Commentary on the Book of Daniel

By COGwriter

The Book of Daniel is a prophetic book, but one that also has lessons of faith.

Unlike other Old Testament books that were written in Hebrew, Aramaic is used from Daniel 2:4b through the end of chapter 7. The main reason seems to be that Aramaic was the main international language at the time Daniel wrote (later Greek became the international language--which is what the New Testament was written in (see also Was the New Testament Written in Greek, Hebrew, or Aramaic?).

This article contains each of the verses of the Book of Daniel --NKJV (used by permission from Thomas Nelson)--as well as comments from me as well as the late Pastor General of the old Worldwide Church of God, Herbert W. Armstrong given at a Bible study on November 8, 1980 (https://www.hwalibrary.com/cgi-bin/get/hwa.cgi?action=getbstudyav&InfoID=1337169772)

HWA

Now we come along to about the year of 604BC. Six hundred and four years before Christ. And I want to read you a little now from the book of Daniel: In the very first of Daniel beginning the first chapter, and the first verse.

The anti-biblical scholars basically claim Daniel was too accurate to have been written then, because they do not believe in God's prophecies.

A Roman Catholic book I own, Kurz, W. What Does the Bible Say About the End Times? A Catholic View. Servant Books, Cincinnati. Nihil Obstat: Kistner H., Schehr T.P. Imprimi Potest: Link F., Paul J.M. Imprimatur: Carl K. Moeddel, Vicar General and Auxiliary Bishop, Archdiocese of Cincinnati, July 19, 2004, states while the early chapters may have been written when the Bible suggests, it states that the latter chapters were not written until the 2nd century--this is false.

It is not just some Roman Catholic who push such nonsense. In it article on the Book of Daniel, Wikipedia starts out with:

The Book of Daniel is a 2nd-century BC biblical apocalypse with a 6th-century BC setting. ... Chapters 7-12 written mainly in late Biblical Hebrew ...

The visions of chapters 7–12 reflect the crisis which took place in Judea in 167–164 BC ... the account must have been completed near the end of the reign of Antiochus but before his death in December 164 BC, or at least before news of it reached Jerusalem, and the consensus of modern scholarship is accordingly that the book dates to the period 167–163 BC. (Book of Daniel. Wikipedia, accessed 06/07/25)

The consensus of modern scholars on the date is false. The Bible warns of those who are:

1 But know this, that in the last days perilous times will come: 2 For men will be lovers of themselves, lovers of money, boasters, proud, blasphemers, ... 6 ... led away by various lusts, 7 always learning and never able to come to the knowledge of the truth. (2 Timothy 3:1-2, 6-7)

Yes, in our time, in these last days, many scholars love themselves and blaspheme the word of God.

Now, notice that a fragment of it in the Dead Sea scrolls, which is not the original, looks to be dated from the 3rd century BC. The Smithsonian Magazine reported:

June 5, 2025

Scholars have long relied on radiocarbon dating and palaeography (the study of ancient handwriting) to date the Dead Sea Scrolls. For the new study, researchers took a mixed approach: They used an artificial intelligence model called “Enoch,” after the Hebrew prophet. ...

the researchers fed Enoch images from 135 Dead Sea Scroll manuscripts that hadn’t been dated, and it produced estimated dates for them. According to a statement from the researchers, expert paleographers determined that approximately 79 percent of the A.I.’s estimates were “realistic.”

“What we have created is a very robust tool that is empirically based—based on physics and on geometry,” as lead author Mladen Popović, an archaeologist at the University of Groningen in the Netherlands, tells the Guardian’s Nicola Davis. ...

Additionally, the program estimated that the Dead Sea Scroll known as 4Q114, which contains parts of the Book of Daniel, was older than previously thought. As Science’s Kristin Romey reports, paleographers had dated the scroll to about 165 B.C.E., while Enoch dated it to between 230 and 160 B.C.E.

“It was previously dated to the late second century B.C.E., a generation after the author of the Book of Daniel,” Popović tells the Guardian. “Now, with our study we move back in time contemporary to that author.” (Anderson S. The Dead Sea Scrolls Changed Our Understanding of the Bible. Could Some of Them Be Even Older Than We Thought? Smithsonian Magazine, June 5, 2025--https://www.smithsonianmag.com/smart-news/the-dead-sea-scrolls-changed-our-understanding-of-the-bible-could-some-of-them-be-even-older-than-we-thought-180986746/?utm_source=firefox-newtab-en-us)

Understand that the Dead Sea Scrolls were NOT the original manuscripts. While most of the Dead Sea Scrolls were written in Hebrew, a portion related to Daniel was written in Greek--specifically Scroll 4Q114. Anyway the Dead Sea Scrolls are translations and/or otherwise based on the original manuscripts. Them being later documents points to Daniel being much older and is consistent with the biblical assertion that it was written when it was. And note that even the Smithsonian is somewhat admitting that. It should also be noted that the Septuagint translation of the Old Testament into Greek is believed to have occurred between 285-287 BC--if the Dead Sea Scroll section 4Q114 was mainly a copy from that, it also points to an earlier date for the original writing of Daniel. While some may assert that the portion of Daniel in the Septuagint was translated later, it would seem to make little sense, particularly with 4Q114 possibly being from the 3rd century BC.

Let me also add that I researched 4Q114 and some of what it states.

In Daniel 11:25,a translation of it reads:

"He will stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south will wage war in battle with an exceedingly great and mighty army; but he won’t stand; for they will devise plans against him."

Notice that the above relates to the 11th chapter--a chapter that many falsely assert was not written until about 165. Yet, a fragment that exists supports the view it was originally written before that.

Do not believe the "consensus of scholars" when they disagree with the word of God.

The Bible also teaches:

4 Indeed, let God be true but every man a liar. (Romans 3:4)

Daniel 1

That said, let's start with Daniel 1:1

1 In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim king of Judah, Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon came to Jerusalem and besieged it.

HWA

Now Nebuchadnezzar had now raised up and organized the first world empire. The greatest government that ever existed since Adam was created on earth. And he came to Jerusalem and besieged it in war. Now he conquered it and he took the Jews, slaves to Babylon.

1:2-4

2 And the Lord gave Jehoiakim king of Judah into his hand, with some of the articles of the house of God, which he carried into the land of Shinar to the house of his god; and he brought the articles into the treasure house of his god. 3 Then the king instructed Ashpenaz, the master of his eunuchs, to bring some of the children of Israel and some of the king's descendants and some of the nobles, 4 young men in whom there was no blemish, but good-looking, gifted in all wisdom, possessing knowledge and quick to understand, who had ability to serve in the king's palace, and whom they might teach the language and literature of the Chaldeans.

HWA

In other words, those Jews were just a little bit smarter in their minds than the other people, and the king of Babylon knew it. And he said; "Pick out the most brilliant young Jewish people and bring them over here and we can use them in our government." So he took four. There was Daniel and his three friends.

Let me add that "young men" were likely in their teens. Notice that the Babylonians wanted advisors who were not only wise, but good looking and without blemish. This might be part of why later, they found that the other advisors were worthless--they likely relied a lot more on appearance than wisdom for picking their advisors.

1:5

5 And the king appointed for them a daily provision of the king's delicacies and of the wine which he drank, and three years of training for them, so that at the end of that time they might serve before the king.

They were given not only education, but food and drink. While that is taken for granted by many people in this age, back then having assured daily provisions was not a given for most people. Hence, just that part of being a potential advisor was probably considered to be a very good job.

1:6-7

6 Now from among those of the sons of Judah were Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah. 7 To them the chief of the eunuchs gave names: he gave Daniel the name Belteshazzar; to Hananiah, Shadrach; to Mishael, Meshach; and to Azariah, Abed-Nego.

The last three are mainly known by their eunich assigned names of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego. Daniel is mainly known as Daniel--but not the name Belteshazzar.

The meaning of Belteshazzar is commonly understood as "Bel protect the king" or "May Bel protect his life".

That name was given to Daniel apparently as part of an effort to assimilate him into Babylonian culture, replacing his Hebrew identity (Daniel = "God is my judge") with a name honoring a Babylonian deity.

That said, despite having daily provisions, there were problems with the provisions that the Hebrews were provided with.

So, what was Daniel to do?

Did he decide to compromise with God's law?

No.

1:8

8 But Daniel purposed in his heart that he would not defile himself with the portion of the king's delicacies, nor with the wine which he drank; therefore he requested of the chief of the eunuchs that he might not defile himself.

This would be because there would have been biblically-unclean items in the king's delicacies. Notice the following:

44 For I am the Lord your God. You shall therefore consecrate yourselves, and you shall be holy; for I am holy. Neither shall you defile yourselves with any creeping thing that creeps on the earth. 45 For I am the Lord who brings you up out of the land of Egypt, to be your God. You shall therefore be holy, for I am holy.

46 'This is the law of the animals and the birds and every living creature that moves in the waters, and of every creature that creeps on the earth, 47 to distinguish between the unclean and the clean, and between the animal that may be eaten and the animal that may not be eaten.' (Leviticus 11:44-47)

So, Daniel refused to defile himself.

Furthermore, Daniel apparently had been respected by the chief of the eunichs, and that chief wondered what to do:

1:9-10

9 Now God had brought Daniel into the favor and goodwill of the chief of the eunuchs. 10 And the chief of the eunuchs said to Daniel, "I fear my lord the king, who has appointed your food and drink. For why should he see your faces looking worse than the young men who are your age? Then you would endanger my head before the king."

The chief of the eunichs realized he would be killed if the king thought he was not feeding those advisors in training enough food.

Then Daniel gave an answer 1:11-14:

11 So Daniel said to the steward whom the chief of the eunuchs had set over Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, 12 "Please test your servants for ten days, and let them give us vegetables to eat and water to drink. 13 Then let our appearance be examined before you, and the appearance of the young men who eat the portion of the king's delicacies; and as you see fit, so deal with your servants." 14 So he consented with them in this matter, and tested them ten days.

So, Daniel made a deal.

How did it turn out?

15 And at the end of ten days their features appeared better and fatter in flesh than all the young men who ate the portion of the king's delicacies. 16 Thus the steward took away their portion of delicacies and the wine that they were to drink, and gave them vegetables.

Yes, it is better to be a vegetarian for your health than to eat biblically unclean creatures. This also brought to mind the following:

1 Better is a dry morsel with quietness,
Than a house full of feasting with strife. (Proverbs 17:1)

Christians are better off avoiding unclean meat than to eat it and strive with the word of God. The first time my wife Joyce and I were in the Netherlands, we were to go out to a restaurant to eat dinner with a friend of hers. But the husband had to be on standby by their telephone because of his job (this is before the days of cellular phones), so instead they served us dinner. However, there were only two items: a pork roast and cauliflower. We only ate the cauliflower.

1:17

17 As for these four young men, God gave them knowledge and skill in all literature and wisdom; and Daniel had understanding in all visions and dreams.

Yes, God blessed the young men for their obedience.

HWA

Now get that, Daniel had been given understanding in visions and dreams. 

Herbert Armstrong elsewhere taught:

All right, now there’s another prophecy for the people …

Joel 2:28-29 And your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, your old men shall dream dreams, your young men shall see visions: (29) And also upon the servants and upon the handmaids in those days will I pour out my spirit.

So there is a time coming when God will start pouring out His spirit on human beings. … Day of Pentecost, 3000 were baptized. Peter preached a sermon. They were pricked in their hearts. God began to draw them. God was now… Remember He said, “I will pour out of my spirit on all flesh.” All right, there’s a duality of that. (Armstrong HW. Building The Temple. Sermon, February 14, 1981)

In these last days, according to biblical prophecy, knowledge, spiritual as well as material, was to be increased. The true Church of God was to be set back on the track, restoring the glorious knowledge of the faith once delivered to the saints in the days of the original apostles. (Armstrong HW. Mystery of the Ages, 1985)

According to the Book of Acts, God was going to provide dreams in the last days, yet most end time Christians will not really accept that--but we of the Continuing Church of God do--see Does the CCOG have the confirmed signs of Acts 2:17-18?

As far as restoring "glorious knowledge' that HWA wrote of, that has been happening as well --see Continuing Church of God, Elijah, and Restoring All Things.

1:18-19

18 Now at the end of the days, when the king had said that they should be brought in, the chief of the eunuchs brought them in before Nebuchadnezzar. 19 Then the king interviewed them, and among them all none was found like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah; therefore they served before the king.

King Nebuchadnezzar did not have much (if any) prior experience with people who read, believed, and obeyed the Bible. That is apparently one of the reasons they were more valuable/impressive to him than others. As it turned out, many podcast hosts, almost none of which had a Church of God leader on their programs before have basically said positive things to me in 2025 as in the CCOG we have a lot of knowledge that others do not.

1:20-21

20 And in all matters of wisdom and understanding about which the king examined them, he found them ten times better than all the magicians and astrologers who were in all his realm. 21 Thus Daniel continued until the first year of King Cyrus.

The truth is more than "ten times better than" what others who do not know it can offer.

Chapter 2

Now to chapter 2.

2:1-9

1 Now in the second year of Nebuchadnezzar's reign, Nebuchadnezzar had dreams; and his spirit was so troubled that his sleep left him. 2 Then the king gave the command to call the magicians, the astrologers, the sorcerers, and the Chaldeans to tell the king his dreams. So they came and stood before the king. 3 And the king said to them, "I have had a dream, and my spirit is anxious to know the dream."

4 Then the Chaldeans spoke to the king in Aramaic, "O king, live forever! Tell your servants the dream, and we will give the interpretation."

5 The king answered and said to the Chaldeans, "My decision is firm: if you do not make known the dream to me, and its interpretation, you shall be cut in pieces, and your houses shall be made an ash heap. 6 However, if you tell the dream and its interpretation, you shall receive from me gifts, rewards, and great honor. Therefore tell me the dream and its interpretation."

7 They answered again and said, "Let the king tell his servants the dream, and we will give its interpretation."

8 The king answered and said, "I know for certain that you would gain time, because you see that my decision is firm: 9 if you do not make known the dream to me, there is only one decree for you! For you have agreed to speak lying and corrupt words before me till the time has changed. Therefore tell me the dream, and I shall know that you can give me its interpretation."

Now, this was not just any dream, this was a dream from God to Nebuchadnezzar. That said, Nebuchadnezzar did not trust his advisors and threatened them with death.

2:10-11

10 The Chaldeans answered the king, and said, "There is not a man on earth who can tell the king's matter; therefore no king, lord, or ruler has ever asked such things of any magician, astrologer, or Chaldean. 11 It is a difficult thing that the king requests, and there is no other who can tell it to the king except the gods, whose dwelling is not with flesh."

HWA

But they told him that, "There is no-one but the gods that can show you what you dreamed. We are only human. We can't do that."

Well anyway, they were going to be put to death.

2:13-14

12 For this reason the king was angry and very furious, and gave the command to destroy all the wise men of Babylon. 13 So the decree went out, and they began killing the wise men; and they sought Daniel and his companions, to kill them.

Instead of going into fear and panic, the prophet Daniel gave a calm and reasoned response.

2:14-19

14 Then with counsel and wisdom Daniel answered Arioch, the captain of the king's guard, who had gone out to kill the wise men of Babylon; 15 he answered and said to Arioch the king's captain, "Why is the decree from the king so urgent?" Then Arioch made the decision known to Daniel.

16 So Daniel went in and asked the king to give him time, that he might tell the king the interpretation. 17 Then Daniel went to his house, and made the decision known to Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, his companions, 18 that they might seek mercies from the God of heaven concerning this secret, so that Daniel and his companions might not perish with the rest of the wise men of Babylon. 19 Then the secret was revealed to Daniel in a night vision. So Daniel blessed the God of heaven.

Notice that Daniel did not immediately know. Instead, when he understood what was behind the terrifying news, he asked for time, prayed, and had his companions pray as well. Would you have prayed?

For more on prayer we have a free ebook: Prayer: What Does the Bible Teach?

Well, Daniel did. Then the secret was revealed to Daniel in a night vision, which most likely was a dream--which is what Herbert Armstrong said Daniel's night visions were.

Anyway, we then see that Daniel thanked God for giving him the answer.

2:20-23

20 Daniel answered and said:

"Blessed be the name of God forever and ever, For wisdom and might are His. 21 And He changes the times and the seasons; He removes kings and raises up kings; He gives wisdom to the wise And knowledge to those who have understanding. 22 He reveals deep and secret things; He knows what is in the darkness, And light dwells with Him.

23 "I thank You and praise You,O God of my fathers; You have given me wisdom and might, And have now made known to me what we asked of You, For You have made known to us the king's demand."

Are we thankful when God responds to our prayers the way we hope?

We should be. See also the article on: Giving Thanks.

Anyway, Daniel then took another step 2:24:

24 Therefore Daniel went to Arioch, whom the king had appointed to destroy the wise men of Babylon. He went and said thus to him: "Do not destroy the wise men of Babylon; take me before the king, and I will tell the king the interpretation."

Then Daniel was brought before the king 2:25:

25 Then Arioch quickly brought Daniel before the king, and said thus to him, "I have found a man of the captives of Judah, who will make known to the king the interpretation."

The king wondered about this 2:26:

26 The king answered and said to Daniel, whose name was Belteshazzar, "Are you able to make known to me the dream which I have seen, and its interpretation?"

The king probably assumed that Daniel would want to take credit personally for being so great--but Daniel did not.

2:27-28a

27 Daniel answered in the presence of the king, and said, "The secret which the king has demanded, the wise men, the astrologers, the magicians, and the soothsayers cannot declare to the king. 28 But there is a God in heaven who reveals secrets, and He has made known to King Nebuchadnezzar what will be in the latter days.

Daniel pointed out that he did not have any special powers. But that the true God did.

Daniel was not unique in that way--as we see what the New Testament said about the prophet Elijah:

17 Elijah was a man with a nature like ours, and he prayed earnestly that it would not rain; and it did not rain on the land for three years and six months. 18 And he prayed again, and the heaven gave rain, and the earth produced its fruit. (James 5:17-18)

Now, Elijah did not stop the rain nor restart it--God did. But God heard his prayers and God can hear yours.

Do not think that Daniel and Elijah were so much better than you and that God cannot hear your prayers.

Related to prayer, we have a free e-book: Prayer: What Does the Bible Teach?

2:28b-30

28b Your dream, and the visions of your head upon your bed, were these: 29 As for you, O king, thoughts came to your mind while on your bed, about what would come to pass after this; and He who reveals secrets has made known to you what will be. 30 But as for me, this secret has not been revealed to me because I have more wisdom than anyone living, but for our sakes who make known the interpretation to the king, and that you may know the thoughts of your heart.

So, again Daniel points out that he has no special power, but that God revealed this.

2:31-35

31 "You, O king, were watching; and behold, a great image! This great image, whose splendor was excellent, stood before you; and its form was awesome. 32 This image's head was of fine gold, its chest and arms of silver, its belly and thighs of bronze, 33 its legs of iron, its feet partly of iron and partly of clay. 34 You watched while a stone was cut out without hands, which struck the image on its feet of iron and clay, and broke them in pieces. 35 Then the iron, the clay, the bronze, the silver, and the gold were crushed together, and became like chaff from the summer threshing floors; the wind carried them away so that no trace of them was found. And the stone that struck the image became a great mountain and filled the whole earth.


Beast of Nebuchadnezzar’s Dream
(Photo from Pixabay)

HWA

A mountain ... is used in symbol in the Bible to mean a nation: Became a great nation... and filled the whole earth. A great kingdom that will fill the whole earth. Now actually that stone was to be Christ and Christ, at His second coming, is going to do that. And that hasn't happened even yet.

Yes, the rock was Jesus, consistent with "they drank of that spiritual Rock that followed them, and that Rock was Christ" (1 Corinthians 10:4)--this was NOT a small stone as it ended up filling the earth, like the Kingdom of God will do.

Although some Protestants believe Jesus' first coming had to do with that stone, that makes no sense as all the Gentile kingdoms have not been struck down with Jesus' first coming and God's kingdom does not yet fill the whole earth. Some Protestants do, however, agree with the CCOG on this, and realize this is a prophecy of the second coming of Jesus.

2:36-37

36 "This is the dream. Now we will tell the interpretation of it before the king. 37 You, O king, are a king of kings. For the God of heaven has given you a kingdom, power, strength, and glory;

HWA

Now there is a purpose in this. Here was a gentile. God had, had Israel and Judah to be His nations and they had both failed Him. They had refused to obey the Constitution (or the basic law of their government), which was the law of God — the way of give, the way of outflowing love. And they wouldn't live that way.

And now here was the gentile that had built the greatest world empire. And God was going to give this gentile king a chance to see if he would surrender to God. And God would then let this gentile be His servant and put in the government of God over the earth. Now King Nebuchadnezzar is being given a chance, like Adam had been given a chance originally.

2:38

38 and wherever the children of men dwell, or the beasts of the field and the birds of the heaven, He has given them into your hand, and has made you ruler over them all — you are this head of gold.

HWA

 The head of gold then represented Nebuchadnezzar and his kingdom, the Chaldean Empire (or, it's often called in ancient history - Babylon, The Kingdom of Babylon. And its capitol was the City of Babylon, which was almost destroyed. It is near Baghdad today. Now; Thou art this head of gold.

2:39

39 But after you shall arise another kingdom inferior to yours; then another, a third kingdom of bronze, which shall rule over all the earth.

HWA

Now that was the image, and as the image comes on down, we find a time sequence. The head of gold was 604 BC. After that was to come the Persian Empire; and after that the Greco/Macedonian Empire.

2:40

40 And the fourth kingdom shall be as strong as iron, inasmuch as iron breaks in pieces and shatters everything; and like iron that crushes, that kingdom will break in pieces and crush all the others.

HWA

the fourth kingdom [there will be a fourth, and that was Rome from 31 BC on] shall be strong as iron...

Now notice as it went on down; silver is a little stronger than gold, but it is not as valuable. In character (spiritually) they were less and less valuable as time went along. They were degenerating. But in physical power and strength, they were getting stronger.

Silver is harder than gold, and brass is stronger and harder than silver. And now iron is stronger and harder than any, but is less in value. A piece of iron doesn't cost much, but the same size chunk of gold would be worth an awful lot of money today. You see? But pure gold is very soft, it is not strong at all. ...

The fourth then is the Roman Empire and it was going to rule over all these other kingdoms and they would have been gone. The Persian Empire, the Greco/Macedonian Empire, they were all gone.

It should be noted that there are two legs. Many in the West do not realize that the Roman Empire had to parts--the one of the West that ruled for 5 or so centuries and the one of the East, also known as the Byzantium Empire, which last nearly a 1,000 years longer.

The fact of two feet and two leags also points to a Western and Eastern portion. Actually, it is because of that the the late WCG evangelist Herman Hoeh announced that the Feast of Tabernacles in Tuscon, Arizona in 1979 that the WCG finally realized that it was not just Germany that would unite--which at the fime there was an East and West Germany, but that many of the other European nations then behind the Iron Curtain, would also unite with the coming Beast power.

And since the fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989, most of the nations of eastern Europe have joined the European Union, and many others are on the waiting list hoping to join.

That said, let's go back to Daniel 2:41-42:

41 Whereas you saw the feet and toes, partly of potter's clay and partly of iron, the kingdom shall be divided; yet the strength of the iron shall be in it, just as you saw the iron mixed with ceramic clay. 42 And as the toes of the feet were partly of iron and partly of clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong and partly fragile.

Herbert W. Armstrong wrote:

"And in the days of these kings... ." It is here speaking of the ten toes, part of iron and part of brittle clay. This, by connecting the prophecy with Daniel 7 and Revelation 13 and 17, is referring to the new UNITED STATES OF EUROPE, which is now forming out of the European Common Market before your very eyes! Revelation 17:12 makes plain the detail that it shall be a union of ten KINGS OR KINGDOMS that (Rev. 17:8) shall resurrect the medieval "HOLY ROMAN EMPIRE. ...

The seventh is now forming—the last, final, brief resurrection of the "Holy Roman Empire" by ten European groups or nations.  (Armstrong HW. 7 PROOFS OF GOD'S TRUE CHURCH: Part Four. Plain Truth, May 1979; that same exact quote is also in his 1985 book: The Bible Superstition or Authority? ...and can you prove it?)

When Herbert W. Armstrong stated in the 20th century that the seventh was forming, what formed was the sixth resurrection--the seventh will come AFTER Europe reorganizes under the Beast which we see in the following:

12 "The ten horns which you saw are ten kings who have received no kingdom as yet, but they receive authority for one hour as kings with the beast. 13 These are of one mind, and they will give their power and authority to the beast. 14 These will make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb will overcome them, for He is Lord of lords and King of kings; and those who are with Him are called, chosen, and faithful." (Revelation 17:12-14)

Revelation 17:12-14 tell of the rise of an end-time power with ten horns that God will destroy.  Daniel 2:41-44 tell of the rise of ten-toed end-time power that God will destroy.

In Daniel 2, we see that the toes of the feet are composed of mixed peoples. Some are iron and some are clay in some of the same toes. This would tend to prove the view that the ten horns in Revelation 17:12 is a reference to an artificial government as opposed to only being inclusive of existing individual nations. Although probably no nation is 100% ethnically consistent, many are quite consistent that way and tend to adhere to themselves.

The passages in Daniel 2 are not really teaching about a 'core Europe' like some Laodicean COG groups have claimed--they are teaching that Europe will adhere for a while despite unity issues.

Just like the ancient Roman Empire was composed on many peoples, so will the one warned about as the Beast power of Revelation 13,17, & 18.

Furthermore, since on human feet, eight of the ten toes seem to be similar in size, the analogy of toes also indicates that the ten kingdoms in the end will be somewhat similar in size--but since there are two great toes on human feet, this is also pointing to two being more influential powers.

2:43

43 As you saw iron mixed with ceramic clay, they will mingle with the seed of men; but they will not adhere to one another, just as iron does not mix with clay.

HWA

[Now imagine, the toes were the very last part of it and it is the toes that were to be struck by Christ when He comes. And here's the time sequence of governments of the earth that it's talking about]; but there shall be in it of the strength of the iron, forasmuch as thou sawest the iron mixed with miry clay. (42) And as the toes of the feet were part of iron, and part of clay, so the kingdom shall be partly strong, and partly broken.{6} (43) And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men: but they shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay.

 Now those toes represent the government that I say is going to come to restore the Holy Roman Empire and they won't stay together.

Now, what we are seeing form in Europe are basically the toes. The nations do not adhere well together, but they are mixed in that way. See also: The European Union and the Seven Kings of Revelation 17. As far as some who are Israelitish who will not adhere, check out the free ebook: Lost Tribes and Prophecies: What will happen to Australia, the British Isles, Canada, Europe, New Zealand and the United States of America?

2:44-45

44 And in the days of these kings the God of heaven will set up a kingdom which shall never be destroyed; and the kingdom shall not be left to other people; it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand forever. 45 Inasmuch as you saw that the stone was cut out of the mountain without hands, and that it broke in pieces the iron, the bronze, the clay, the silver, and the gold — the great God has made known to the king what will come to pass after this. The dream is certain, and its interpretation is sure."

HWA

Now to understand it fully you have got to go to the seventh chapter of Daniel, the thirteenth chapter of Revelation and the seventeenth of Revelation. Put them all together and then you'll really understand it. And I don't know anyone else that does understand it. I really don't. And in the days of these kings (shall)the God of heaven [will] set up a kingdom...

Now God already has set up a kingdom in the days of those kings, and that is the government of God in God's church. And he has put me here to organize it and I am the instrument he has been using. Now just remember this, it is more important than you possibly can dream. This is not some fanatic's wild dream. This is the truth, and it's the truth that no-one has had for nineteen-hundred years on the earth.

...set up a kingdom, which shall never be destroyed:

 Of course now that kingdom won't really be here till Christ comes and he will set it up. It isn't just....but this church is going to go ahead right in and be part of that kingdom. We will be immortal in that time. We won't be human beings.

While we will get to Daniel 7 later in this article, yes, the kingdoms of this world will be replaced by the return of Jesus and the establishment of the Kingdom of God:

15 Then the seventh angel sounded: And there were loud voices in heaven, saying, "The kingdoms of this world have become the kingdoms of our Lord and of His Christ, and He shall reign forever and ever!" (Revelation 11:15-16)

2:46-48

46 Then King Nebuchadnezzar fell on his face, prostrate before Daniel, and commanded that they should present an offering and incense to him. 47 The king answered Daniel, and said, "Truly your God is the God of gods, the Lord of kings, and a revealer of secrets, since you could reveal this secret." 48 Then the king promoted Daniel and gave him many great gifts; and he made him ruler over the whole province of Babylon, and chief administrator over all the wise men of Babylon.

So, Nebucchadnezzar acknowledged that the God of the Bible was the true God. However, like many who do this at various points of their lives, he did not fully repent nor change his way of life as he should have.

Christians often have a similar problem as do many who claim Christianity. Notice also that Daniel received a promotion to be "ruler over the whole province of Babylon,," which likely would have involved him needing to travel.

2:49

49 Also Daniel petitioned the king, and he set Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego over the affairs of the province of Babylon; but Daniel sat in the gate of the king.

Notice that Daniel did NOT just think of himself, but also had Philadelphian love, love for the brethren, as he helped arrange positions for his companions.

Chapter 3

Now to chapter 3.

3:1

1 Nebuchadnezzar the king made an image of gold, whose height was sixty cubits and its width six cubits. He set it up in the plain of Dura, in the province of Babylon.

So, we see that despite admitting that Daniel's God was "is the God of gods, the Lord of kings," Nebuchadnezzar went the wrong way by making a huge idol. Now he might have reasoned that since God said he was the head of gold that this would be good to make--which it was not.

And then Nebuchadnezzar made matters even worse.

2 And King Nebuchadnezzar sent word to gather together the satraps, the administrators, the governors, the counselors, the treasurers, the judges, the magistrates, and all the officials of the provinces, to come to the dedication of the image which King Nebuchadnezzar had set up. 3 So the satraps, the administrators, the governors, the counselors, the treasurers, the judges, the magistrates, and all the officials of the provinces gathered together for the dedication of the image that King Nebuchadnezzar had set up; and they stood before the image that Nebuchadnezzar had set up. 4 Then a herald cried aloud: "To you it is commanded, O peoples, nations, and languages, 5 that at the time you hear the sound of the horn, flute, harp, lyre, and psaltery, in symphony with all kinds of music, you shall fall down and worship the gold image that King Nebuchadnezzar has set up; 6 and whoever does not fall down and worship shall be cast immediately into the midst of a burning fiery furnace."

This got the bulk of the people to fear and obey his decree 3:7:

7 So at that time, when all the people heard the sound of the horn, flute, harp, and lyre, in symphony with all kinds of music, all the people, nations, and languages fell down and worshiped the gold image which King Nebuchadnezzar had set up.

What would you have done?

Well, there were some that did not worship the image.

And, some in the government leadership took this as an opportunity to speak against Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego --perhaps they wanted their positions or somehow wanted them out of their way.

3:8-12

8 Therefore at that time certain Chaldeans came forward and accused the Jews. 9 They spoke and said to King Nebuchadnezzar, "O king, live forever! 10 You, O king, have made a decree that everyone who hears the sound of the horn, flute, harp, lyre, and psaltery, in symphony with all kinds of music, shall fall down and worship the gold image; 11 and whoever does not fall down and worship shall be cast into the midst of a burning fiery furnace. 12 There are certain Jews whom you have set over the affairs of the province of Babylon: Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego; these men, O king, have not paid due regard to you. They do not serve your gods or worship the gold image which you have set up."

Scipture does not state why Daniel was not included. Presumably he was traveling outside of the City of Babylon at the time and was elsewhere in the province.

That said, Nebuchadnezzar was furious that Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego would not obey him and worhship his image 3:13-16

13 Then Nebuchadnezzar, in rage and fury, gave the command to bring Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego. So they brought these men before the king. 14 Nebuchadnezzar spoke, saying to them, "Is it true, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego, that you do not serve my gods or worship the gold image which I have set up? 15 Now if you are ready at the time you hear the sound of the horn, flute, harp, lyre, and psaltery, in symphony with all kinds of music, and you fall down and worship the image which I have made, good! But if you do not worship, you shall be cast immediately into the midst of a burning fiery furnace. And who is the god who will deliver you from my hands?"

Nebuchadnezzar was not used to people disobeying him and forgot that there was a real God. Furthermore, he probably thought he was being nice by offering Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego a way out. This also brings to mind that the ancient Roman Empire would often offer Christians a way out if they would renounce Jesus and participate in some pagan offering.

However, being faithful, like many Christian martyrs later were, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego refused the way out, despite not knowing what God might do as we read in 3:16-18:

16 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego answered and said to the king, "O Nebuchadnezzar, we have no need to answer you in this matter. 17 If that is the case, our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and He will deliver us from your hand, O king. 18 But if not, let it be known to you, O king, that we do not serve your gods, nor will we worship the gold image which you have set up."

Now, Nebuchadnezzar had to have know that Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego had a connection to Daniel and his God. Nebuchadnezzar should have snapped out of his vanity and hate and let them go. But he did not.

3:19-23

19 Then Nebuchadnezzar was full of fury, and the expression on his face changed toward Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego. He spoke and commanded that they heat the furnace seven times more than it was usually heated. 20 And he commanded certain mighty men of valor who were in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego, and cast them into the burning fiery furnace. 21 Then these men were bound in their coats, their trousers, their turbans, and their other garments, and were cast into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. 22 Therefore, because the king's command was urgent, and the furnace exceedingly hot, the flame of the fire killed those men who took up Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego. 23 And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego, fell down bound into the midst of the burning fiery furnace.

Understand that Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego were young men and did not know what was going to happen, and that the furnance was made hotter than normal and then tossed in--that would have been frightening, particularly when they noticed that the men that threw them in died from the heat. But Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego were unharmed.

They had been in a literal fiery trial. As Christians, we should realize that we are subject to them as well as the Apostle Peter wrote:

12 Beloved, do not think it strange concerning the fiery trial which is to try you, as though some strange thing happened to you; 13 but rejoice to the extent that you partake of Christ's sufferings, that when His glory is revealed, you may also be glad with exceeding joy. 14 If you are reproached for the name of Christ, blessed are you, for the Spirit of glory and of God rests upon you. On their part He is blasphemed, but on your part He is glorified. 15 But let none of you suffer as a murderer, a thief, an evildoer, or as a busybody in other people's matters. 16 Yet if anyone suffers as a Christian, let him not be ashamed, but let him glorify God in this matter.

17 For the time has come for judgment to begin at the house of God; and if it begins with us first, what will be the end of those who do not obey the gospel of God? 18 Now

"If the righteous one is scarcely saved,
Where will the ungodly and the sinner appear?"

19 Therefore let those who suffer according to the will of God commit their souls to Him in doing good, as to a faithful Creator. (1 Peter 4:12-19)

While you probably have not faced a fiery trial like Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego did, you may have faced a life filled with health problems, economic struggles, and various disappointments.

But if you do not give up, you will succeed:

22 And you will be hated by all for My name's sake. But he who endures to the end will be saved. (Matthew 10:22)

Enduring suggests long term trials. Daniel and others had them--we are to have them too per Jesus.

Jesus added to not fear the future:

32 Do not fear, little flock, for it is your Father's good pleasure to give you the kingdom. (Luke 12:32)

31 "Therefore do not worry, saying, 'What shall we eat?' or 'What shall we drink?' or 'What shall we wear?' 32 For after all these things the Gentiles seek. For your heavenly Father knows that you need all these things. 33 But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things shall be added to you. 34 Therefore do not worry about tomorrow, for tomorrow will worry about its own things. Sufficient for the day is its own trouble. (Matthew 6:31-34)

And like Jesus, the Apostle Paul guaranteed Christians will succeed:

3 I thank my God upon every remembrance of you, 4 always in every prayer of mine making request for you all with joy, 5 for your fellowship in the gospel from the first day until now, 6 being confident of this very thing, that He who has begun a good work in you will complete it until the day of Jesus Christ; (Philippians 1:3-6)

Your success is guaranteed if you do not give up!

That said, since Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego were unharmed, this shocked the king.

3:24-25

24 Then King Nebuchadnezzar was astonished; and he rose in haste and spoke, saying to his counselors, "Did we not cast three men bound into the midst of the fire?"

They answered and said to the king, "True, O king."

25 "Look!" he answered, "I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire; and they are not hurt, and the form of the fourth is like the Son of God."

Not only was Nebuchadnezzar astonished, God looks to have allowed him to see Jesus--who in Daniel 7:13 is called "like the Son of man." Jesus did not become the Son of God/Man until His incarnation, hence the use of the word like in both places.

One wonders what the one like the Son of Man might have said--but we have no information about this in scripture.

Anyway, what a miracle for Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego. What a blessing for Nebuchadnezzar.

3:26

26 Then Nebuchadnezzar went near the mouth of the burning fiery furnace and spoke, saying, "Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego, servants of the Most High God, come out, and come here." Then Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego came from the midst of the fire.

So, Nebuchadnezzar realizes that there is a Most High God.

His associates were also surprised and wondered what happened.

3:27

27 And the satraps, administrators, governors, and the king's counselors gathered together, and they saw these men on whose bodies the fire had no power; the hair of their head was not singed nor were their garments affected, and the smell of fire was not on them.

While the "mighty men of valor" were burned up for throwing them in, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego did not even smell like they had been near fire. God cab do more than we humans think.

3:28-29

28 Nebuchadnezzar spoke, saying, "Blessed be the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego, who sent His Angel and delivered His servants who trusted in Him, and they have frustrated the king's word, and yielded their bodies, that they should not serve nor worship any god except their own God! 29 Therefore I make a decree that any people, nation, or language which speaks anything amiss against the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego shall be cut in pieces, and their houses shall be made an ash heap; because there is no other God who can deliver like this."

So after this Nebuchadnezzar points out that God saved Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego because they trusted in Him.

We all should as well.

As it says in the Book of Proverbs:

5 Trust in the Lord with all your heart,
And lean not on your own understanding;
6 In all your ways acknowledge Him,
And He shall direct your paths.

7 Do not be wise in your own eyes;
Fear the Lord and depart from evil.
8 It will be health to your flesh,
And strength to your bones. (Proverbs 3:5-8)

Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego trusted to what looked like certain death--and it likely later strengthened their bones.

Anyway, that said, because of this miracle, Nebuchadnezzar again realized that there is a real God.

3:30

30 Then the king promoted Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego in the province of Babylon.

So, in his way to attempt to make some amends, Nebuchadnezzar promoted Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego.

Their bravery has been reported now for thousands of years.

Here is a link to a sermon video related to the first three chapters: Daniel 1-3: Nebuchadnezzar's Dream.

Chapter 4

Now to chapter 4, which starts out with words from Nebuchadnezzar.

4:1-3

1 Nebuchadnezzar the king,

To all peoples, nations, and languages that dwell in all the earth:

Peace be multiplied to you.

2 I thought it good to declare the signs and wonders that the Most High God has worked for me.

3 How great are His signs, And how mighty His wonders! His kingdom is an everlasting kingdom,And His dominion is from generation to generation.

So, like he did in the 2nd chapter of Daniel, Nebuchadnezzar once again is acknowledging "the Most High God." By stating this, he also was being a witness to those in his area.

Starting in 4:4 he continues with:

4 I, Nebuchadnezzar, was at rest in my house, and flourishing in my palace. 5 I saw a dream which made me afraid, and the thoughts on my bed and the visions of my head troubled me. 6 Therefore I issued a decree to bring in all the wise men of Babylon before me, that they might make known to me the interpretation of the dream. 7 Then the magicians, the astrologers, the Chaldeans, and the soothsayers came in, and I told them the dream; but they did not make known to me its interpretation.

So, despite publicly acknowledging "the Most High God," Nebuchadnezzar again calls on pagan counselors and sorcerers to assist, but they were unable to do so.

That is something he should not have done. Notice the following condemnation of the uselessness of astrology:

13 You are wearied in the multitude of your counsels;
Let now the astrologers, the stargazers,
And the monthly prognosticators
Stand up and save you
From what shall come upon you.
14 Behold, they shall be as stubble,
The fire shall burn them;
They shall not deliver themselves
From the power of the flame;
It shall not be a coal to be warmed by,
Nor a fire to sit before! (Isaiah 47:13-14)

More about astrology can be found in the article: The Bible and Astrology.

In our own lives, even though many of us have been converted, baptized, etc., while we do not consult astrologers, how often do we not rely on "the Most High God"?

4:8-9

8 But at last Daniel came before me (his name is Belteshazzar, according to the name of my god; in him is the Spirit of the Holy God), and I told the dream before him, saying: 9 "Belteshazzar, chief of the magicians, because I know that the Spirit of the Holy God is in you, and no secret troubles you, explain to me the visions of my dream that I have seen, and its interpretation.

Daniel's arrival was reassuring to Nebuchadnezzar, who then proceeds to tell Daniel his dream 4:10-17:

10 "These were the visions of my head while on my bed:

I was looking, and behold, A tree in the midst of the earth, And its height was great. 11 The tree grew and became strong; Its height reached to the heavens, And it could be seen to the ends of all the earth. 12 Its leaves were lovely, Its fruit abundant, And in it was food for all. The beasts of the field found shade under it, The birds of the heavens dwelt in its branches, And all flesh was fed from it.

13 "I saw in the visions of my head while on my bed, and there was a watcher, a holy one, coming down from heaven. 14 He cried aloud and said thus:
'Chop down the tree and cut off its branches, Strip off its leaves and scatter its fruit. Let the beasts get out from under it, And the birds from its branches. 15 Nevertheless leave the stump and roots in the earth, Bound with a band of iron and bronze,In the tender grass of the field. Let it be wet with the dew of heaven, And let him graze with the beasts On the grass of the earth. 16 Let his heart be changed from that of a man, Let him be given the heart of a beast, And let seven times pass over him.

17 'This decision is by the decree of the watchers, And the sentence by the word of the holy ones, In order that the living may know That the Most High rules in the kingdom of men, Gives it to whomever He will, And sets over it the lowest of men.'

Before going further, we see a watcher that came down from heaven and learn that the decree was decided by the watchers and is called a decision by the "holy ones."

Who are these watchers?

Angels are called holy in the NT (e.g. Revelation 14:10). Some COG groups--like UCG--think that this is a reference to angels--and perhaps it may be. However, angels are not referred to as holy in the OT. Plus, I am not convinced that God allows angels to make these decisions.

UCG had the following as part of its explanation:

So in Hebrews 1, notice how it describes angels in verse 14, Hebrews 1:14. It says, "Are they not all ministering spirits sent forth to minister for those who will inherit salvation?” Of course, people, human beings inherit salvation and they serve them, they minister on God's behalf. And of course, that means they watch, they oftentimes bring messages from God, they do things on God's behalf.

And so here when we go back to Nebuchadnezzar and his dream, as he describes these watchers, notice what they do, notice what they do. We get down to verse 14, where we left off in Daniel 4, we see that these watchers “cried aloud” and gave this message.  ... the watchers, the angels. They weren't the author of this decree ... “This decision is by the decree of the watchers,” okay, they brought this decree it's not their decree (https://www.ucg.org/course/video-bible-study-series/lessons-prophet-daniel/lessons-prophet-daniel-most-high-rules accessed 03/25/25)

Yes, angels are "ministering spirits," yet that reference does not seem to be in the same category as making decrees over human leaders. It looks like UCG seems to be contradicting itself and the scriptures here. Furthermore, UCG wrote that "watchers" plural cried out, but Daniel 4:13-14 only points to one as they teach, "a holy one ... He cried aloud."

Daniel 4:14 may be a reference to Jesus being the one who "cried aloud" and that He and the Father are the watchers who made the decree.

And that certainly goes along with verse 17 which states, "And the sentence by the word of the holy ones, In order that the living may know That the Most High rules in the kingdom of men, Gives it to whomever He will, And sets over it the lowest of men." It also goes along with verse 24 which states, "this is the decree of the Most High."

Another reason to consider that the Godhead are the watchers is because Job stated that God was the "watcher of men" (Job 7:20). This was not stated about angels.

Now, getting back to Daniel 4:17, note that it includes the words, "the Most High rules in the kingdom of men, Gives it to whomever He will, And sets over it the lowest of men" -- that verse is one of the reasons that those in the Continuing Church of God do not vote (unless legally required to) in carnal elections. Also consdier that verse 25 states that, "the Most High rules in the kingdom of men, and gives it to whomever He chooses." More on voting is in the article Should a Christian Vote?).

4:18

18 "This dream I, King Nebuchadnezzar, have seen. Now you, Belteshazzar, declare its interpretation, since all the wise men of my kingdom are not able to make known to me the interpretation; but you are able, for the Spirit of the Holy God is in you."

So, Nebuchadnezzar recognizes God's Spirit in Daniel.

So, Daniel considers the dream 4:19a

19 Then Daniel, whose name was Belteshazzar, was astonished for a time, and his thoughts troubled him.

The time was so long that Nebuchadnezzar was concerned:

19b So the king spoke, and said, "Belteshazzar, do not let the dream or its interpretation trouble you."

Well, Daniel was troubled and hesistant to explain what God revealed about it, but then did so.

4:19c

19c Belteshazzar answered and said, "My lord, may the dream concern those who hate you, and its interpretation concern your enemies!

20 "The tree that you saw, which grew and became strong, whose height reached to the heavens and which could be seen by all the earth, 21 whose leaves were lovely and its fruit abundant, in which was food for all, under which the beasts of the field dwelt, and in whose branches the birds of the heaven had their home — 22 it is you, O king, who have grown and become strong; for your greatness has grown and reaches to the heavens, and your dominion to the end of the earth.

23 "And inasmuch as the king saw a watcher, a holy one, coming down from heaven

Again note the it was ONE watcher who also was a HOLY ONE who came from heaven.

Continuing:

23b and saying, 'Chop down the tree and destroy it, but leave its stump and roots in the earth, bound with a band of iron and bronze in the tender grass of the field; let it be wet with the dew of heaven, and let him graze with the beasts of the field, till seven times pass over him'; 24 this is the interpretation, O king, and this is the decree of the Most High, which has come upon my lord the king: 25 They shall drive you from men, your dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field, and they shall make you eat grass like oxen. They shall wet you with the dew of heaven, and seven times shall pass over you, till you know that the Most High rules in the kingdom of men, and gives it to whomever He chooses.

26 "And inasmuch as they gave the command to leave the stump and roots of the tree, your kingdom shall be assured to you, after you come to know that Heaven rules. 27 Therefore, O king, let my advice be acceptable to you; break off your sins by being righteous, and your iniquities by showing mercy to the poor. Perhaps there may be a lengthening of your prosperity."

In the Continuing Church of God we advocate national repentance so that "Perhaps there may be a lengthening of " the "prosperity" of the United States and its British-descended allies (e.g. see the free e-book Lost Tribes and Prophecies: What will happen to Australia, the British Isles, Canada, Europe, New Zealand and the United States of America?).

Nebuchadnezzar was given a warning from God.

Nebuchadnezzar may have temporarily repented, but his pride was still a problem.

We all have the word of God which has numerous warnings. The Apostle Peter warned:

18 For when they speak great swelling words of emptiness, they allure through the lusts of the flesh, through lewdness, the ones who have actually escaped from those who live in error. 19 While they promise them liberty, they themselves are slaves of corruption; for by whom a person is overcome, by him also he is brought into bondage. 20 For if, after they have escaped the pollutions of the world through the knowledge of the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, they are again entangled in them and overcome, the latter end is worse for them than the beginning. 21 For it would have been better for them not to have known the way of righteousness, than having known it, to turn from the holy commandment delivered to them. 22 But it has happened to them according to the true proverb: "A dog returns to his own vomit," and, "a sow, having washed, to her wallowing in the mire." (2 Peter 2:18-22)

While to be Christian, we must have repented, we are not to go back to the world.

But King Nebuchadnezzar went back to massive pride.

4:28-31

28 All this came upon King Nebuchadnezzar. 29 At the end of the twelve months he was walking about the royal palace of Babylon. 30 The king spoke, saying, "Is not this great Babylon, that I have built for a royal dwelling by my mighty power and for the honor of my majesty?"

Of course, King Nebuchadnezzar, himself, did probably almost nothing personally to build the royal dwelling, but he claimed that anyway.

He was basically exalting himself to, or even above, the level of God.

4:31-33

31 While the word was still in the king's mouth, a voice fell from heaven: "King Nebuchadnezzar, to you it is spoken: the kingdom has departed from you! 32 And they shall drive you from men, and your dwelling shall be with the beasts of the field. They shall make you eat grass like oxen; and seven times shall pass over you, until you know that the Most High rules in the kingdom of men, and gives it to whomever He chooses."

33 That very hour the word was fulfilled concerning Nebuchadnezzar; he was driven from men and ate grass like oxen; his body was wet with the dew of heaven till his hair had grown like eagles' feathers and his nails like birds' claws.

Nebuchadnezzar was apparently the most powerful leader of the most powerful empire on the planet when this affected him.

Do not think that you are invincible to, or not subject to, God's correction and judgment. And if you are a real Christian, the time for your judgment is now as the Apostle Peter wrote:

17 For the time has come for judgment to begin at the house of God; and if it begins with us first, what will be the end of those who do not obey the gospel of God? 18 Now

"If the righteous one is scarcely saved,
Where will the ungodly and the sinner appear?"

19 Therefore let those who suffer according to the will of God commit their souls to Him in doing good, as to a faithful Creator. (1 Peter 4:17-19)

Furthermore, those who trust in the power of the United States and the prosperity of its British-descended allies will find that was misplaced as they will be conquered by the coming European King of the North Beast power per Daniel 8:25, 11:24, and 11:39.

Nebuchadnezzar fell into the attitude that Lucifer had:

12 "How you are fallen from heaven,
O Lucifer, son of the morning!
How you are cut down to the ground,
You who weakened the nations!
13 For you have said in your heart:
'I will ascend into heaven,
I will exalt my throne above the stars of God;
I will also sit on the mount of the congregation
On the farthest sides of the north;
14 I will ascend above the heights of the clouds,
I will be like the Most High.'
15 Yet you shall be brought down to Sheol,
To the lowest depths of the Pit.

16 "Those who see you will gaze at you,
And consider you, saying:
'Is this the man who made the earth tremble,
Who shook kingdoms,
17 Who made the world as a wilderness
And destroyed its cities,
Who did not open the house of his prisoners?' (Isaiah 14:12-17)

Anyway, for seven years, the great King Nebuchadnezzar lived like an animal and lacked basic human understanding. People looked down on him, and some likely pitied him.

Nebuchadnezzar put too much confidence in himself. Many these days overly trust wealth, their government's power, etc. Caution is advised as biblical prophesies will come to pass.

Nebuchadnezzar never thought, despite the warning, that something like what happened to him would happen.

In time, however, the prophetic "seven times"--seven years-- ended. This example in Daniel is one reason we understand that expressions used in th Bible like time, times, and 1/2 a time refer to 3 1/2 years--and expression that is used elsewhere in Daniel 7:25 and 12:7.

4:34

34 And at the end of the time I, Nebuchadnezzar, lifted my eyes to heaven, and my understanding returned to me; and I blessed the Most High and praised and honored Him who lives forever:

For His dominion is an everlasting dominion, And His kingdom is from generation to generation. 35 All the inhabitants of the earth are reputed as nothing; He does according to His will in the army of heaven And among the inhabitants of the earth. No one can restrain His hand Or say to Him, "What have You done?"

So, Nebuchadnezzar praised God when this ended. This is similar to what Jonah did at the end of his three days and three nights in the belly of the great fish:

1 Then Jonah prayed to the Lord his God from the fish's belly. 2 And he said:

"I cried out to the Lord because of my affliction, And He answered me.

"Out of the belly of Sheol I cried, And You heard my voice. 3 For You cast me into the deep,Into the heart of the seas,And the floods surrounded me;All Your billows and Your waves passed over me. 4 Then I said, 'I have been cast out of Your sight; Yet I will look again toward Your holy temple.' 5 The waters surrounded me, even to my soul; The deep closed around me;Weeds were wrapped around my head. 6 I went down to the moorings of the mountains; The earth with its bars closed behind me forever;Yet You have brought up my life from the pit,O Lord, my God.

7 "When my soul fainted within me, I remembered the Lord; And my prayer went up to You, Into Your holy temple.

8 "Those who regard worthless idols Forsake their own Mercy. 9 But I will sacrifice to YouWith the voice of thanksgiving; I will pay what I have vowed. Salvation is of the Lord."

10 So the Lord spoke to the fish, and it vomited Jonah onto dry land. (Jonah 2:1-10)

Yes, salvation is from God. Anyway, Jonah, after this trial, went out in obedience to God and did the proclamation work he was given.

Hopefully, you will support God's end time proclamation work of the Philadelphian remnant of the true Christian Church of God.

Do not think that because God did not give you a direct message like was done to Jonah, that God will excuse you for not supporting the Philadelphian work. Jesus clearly chastises the bulk of end time Christians in Revelation 3:14-22 for being, not initially cold like Jonah was, but for being lukewarn.

In 4:36 we see that Nebuchadnezzar was given back his physical kingdom after his long trial:

36 At the same time my reason returned to me, and for the glory of my kingdom, my honor and splendor returned to me. My counselors and nobles resorted to me, I was restored to my kingdom, and excellent majesty was added to me. 37 Now I, Nebuchadnezzar, praise and extol and honor the King of heaven, all of whose works are truth, and His ways justice. And those who walk in pride He is able to put down.

Nebuchadnezzar learned that pride and arrogance were no match for God--and that is something that Satan and his demons will learn as well--and the demons already tremble (James 2:19) and know that, at least to a degree (Matthew 8:28-29).

That said, we Christians are given an eternal kingdom beyond the temporal one Nebuchadnezzar was granted.

10 Therefore, brethren, be even more diligent to make your call and election sure, for if you do these things you will never stumble; 11 for so an entrance will be supplied to you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ. (2 Peter 1:10-11)

10 And have made us kings and priests to our God; (Revelation 5:8)

Yes, Christians will be able to reign in the coming Kingdom of God. That is very good news.

Related to that Kingdom and Daniel, Herbert W. Armstrong taught:

The prophet Daniel, who lived 600 years before Christ, knew that the kingdom of God was a real kingdom--a government ruling over literal PEOPLE on the earth . . .

When Christ comes, he is coming as KING of kings, ruling the whole earth (Rev. 19:11-16); and HIS KINGDOM--the KINGDOM OF GOD--said Daniel, is to CONSUME all these worldly kingdoms. Revelation 11:15 states it in these words: “The kingdoms of this world are become THE KINGDOMS OF OUR LORD, AND OF HIS CHRIST: and he shall reign for ever and ever”! This is THE KINGDOM OF GOD. It is the END of present governments--yes, and even the United States and the British nations. They then shall become the kingdoms--the GOVERNMENTS--of the Lord JESUS CHRIST, then KING of kings over the entire earth.

This makes completely PLAIN the fact that the KINGDOM OF GOD is a literal GOVERNMENT. Even as the Chaldean Empire was a KINGDOM--even as the Roman Empire was a KINGDOM--so the KINGDOM OF GOD is a government. It is to take over the GOVERNMENT of the NATIONS of the world. Jesus Christ was BORN to be a KING--a RULER! . . .

The same Jesus Christ who walked over the hills and valleys of the Holy Land and the streets of Jerusalem more than 1,900 years ago is coming again. He said he would come again. After he was crucified, God raised him from the dead after three days and three nights (Matt. 12:40; Acts 2:32; I Cor. 15:3-4). He ascended to the Throne of God. Headquarters of the Government of the Universe (Acts 1:9-11; Heb. 1:3; 8:1; 10:12; Rev. 3:21).
He is the “nobleman” of the parable, who went to the Throne of God--the “far country”--to be coronated as King of kings over all nations, and then to return to earth (Luke 19:12-27).

Again, he is in heaven until the “times of restitution of all things” (Acts 3:19-21). Restitution means restoring to a former state or condition. In this case, the restoring of God's government on earth, and thus, the restoring of world peace, and utopian conditions.

Present world turmoil, escalating wars and contentions will climax in world trouble so great that, unless God intervenes, no human flesh would be saved alive (Matt. 24:22). At its very climax when delay would result in blasting all life from off this planet, Jesus Christ will return. This time he is coming as divine God. He is coming in all the power and glory of the universe-ruling Creator. (Matt. 24:30; 25:31.) He is coming as “King of kings, and Lord of lords” (Rev. 19:16), to establish world super-government and rule all nations “with a rod of iron” (Rev. 19:15; 12:5) . . .

Christ Unwelcome?

But will humanity shout with joy, and welcome him in frenzied ecstasy and enthusiasm--will even the churches of traditional Christianity?

They will not! They will believe, because the false ministers of Satan (II Cor. 11:13-15) have deceived them, that he is the Antichrist. The churches and the nations will be angry at his coming (Rev. 11:15 with 11:18), and the military forces will actually attempt to fight him to destroy him (Rev. 17:14)!
The nations will be engaged in the climactic battle of the coming World War III, with the battlefront at Jerusalem (Zech. 14:1-2) and then Christ will return. In supernatural power he will “fight against those nations” that fight against him (verse 3). He will totally defeat them (Rev. 17:14)! “His feet shall stand in that day upon the mount of Olives,” a very short distance to the east of Jerusalem (Zech. 14:4). (Armstrong HW. The Mystery of the Ages, 1984)

The Bible declares that Jesus will return and He will win, yet many will fight against Him (Revelation 19:19). Many will claim (based upon misunderstanding of Bible prophecy, but partially because of false prophets and mystics) that the returning Jesus is the final Antichrist!

The pride of human leaders did not die with Lucifer or Nebuchadnezzar--and that is one of the lessons of Daniel.

Chapter 5

In chapter 5 we learn of Belshazzar who was the son of King Nabonidus, and born to be crown prince. He who ruled as co-regent with his father in Babylon. Belshazzar was the grandson of Nebuchadnezzar.

In one respect King Nabonidus did not function as king as he liked to spend his time hunting and had Belshazzar reign.

Belshazzar means "Bel protect the king" or "Bel protect the prince".

The old WCG published the following:

Nebuchadnezzar was succeeded on the throne by his son, the unpopular Amel-Marduk (562560) — the Evil — Merodach of scripture. He, in turn, was murdered and succeeded by his brother-in-law Nergal-sharra-usur (Neriglissar) (560-556), a general and son-in-law of Nebuchadnezzar.

Following Neriglissar's death under obscure circumstances, his young son, Labashi-Marduk, reigned for three months before being removed in a rebellion. Nabu-na'id (Nabonidus) came to the throne. His son and crown prince was Bel-shar-usur (the biblical Belshazzar).

Belshazzar was as proud and arrogant as Nebuchadnezzar once had been. Although Babylon at this time was besieged by enemies, Belshazzar remained unconcerned, trusting that the city's formidable defenses would keep him safe. (Babylon: Past, Present ...and Future. Ambassador College Productions, 1990)

5:1

1 Belshazzar the king made a great feast for a thousand of his lords, and drank wine in the presence of the thousand.

Despite there being a military threat, the arrogant Belshazzar through a party. Instead of preparing to deal with an enemy, he began to drink and then came up with a bad idea.

5:2-4

2 While he tasted the wine, Belshazzar gave the command to bring the gold and silver vessels which his father Nebuchadnezzar had taken from the temple which had been in Jerusalem, that the king and his lords, his wives, and his concubines might drink from them. 3 Then they brought the gold vessels that had been taken from the temple of the house of God which had been in Jerusalem; and the king and his lords, his wives, and his concubines drank from them. 4 They drank wine, and praised the gods of gold and silver, bronze and iron, wood and stone.

Not only was Belshazzar and his festival goers drinking from vessels that had been taken from the temple of the house of God, they also praised pagan idols.

Then something frightening happened.

5:5-8

5 In the same hour the fingers of a man's hand appeared and wrote opposite the lampstand on the plaster of the wall of the king's palace; and the king saw the part of the hand that wrote. 6 Then the king's countenance changed, and his thoughts troubled him, so that the joints of his hips were loosened and his knees knocked against each other. 7 The king cried aloud to bring in the astrologers, the Chaldeans, and the soothsayers. The king spoke, saying to the wise men of Babylon, "Whoever reads this writing, and tells me its interpretation, shall be clothed with purple and have a chain of gold around his neck; and he shall be the third ruler in the kingdom."

Like his grandfather Nebuchadnezzar, Belshazzar goes and calls for "the astrologers, the Chaldeans, and the soothsayers." He also offered them a lot.

But, they were useless.

5:8-9

8 Now all the king's wise men came, but they could not read the writing, or make known to the king its interpretation. 9 Then King Belshazzar was greatly troubled, his countenance was changed, and his lords were astonished.

The king saw the handwriting, but did not understand it. Nor could his "experts" figure this out. Nowadays, even most Americans see that the USA is in decline and do not understand it.

Now although Belshazzar's wives and concubines were there, the queen had not attended the party, but heard about this.

5:10-12

10 The queen, because of the words of the king and his lords, came to the banquet hall. The queen spoke, saying, "O king, live forever! Do not let your thoughts trouble you, nor let your countenance change. 11 There is a man in your kingdom in whom is the Spirit of the Holy God. And in the days of your father, light and understanding and wisdom, like the wisdom of the gods, were found in him; and King Nebuchadnezzar your father — your father the king — made him chief of the magicians, astrologers, Chaldeans, and soothsayers. 12 Inasmuch as an excellent spirit, knowledge, understanding, interpreting dreams, solving riddles, and explaining enigmas were found in this Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar, now let Daniel be called, and he will give the interpretation."

So, the queen knew where Belshazzar should go to find out what was happening and reminded him what happened during his grandfather's, Nebuchadnezzar, day. And Daniel was summoned.

5:13-16

13 Then Daniel was brought in before the king. The king spoke, and said to Daniel, "Are you that Daniel who is one of the captives from Judah, whom my father the king brought from Judah? 14 I have heard of you, that the Spirit of God is in you, and that light and understanding and excellent wisdom are found in you. 15 Now the wise men, the astrologers, have been brought in before me, that they should read this writing and make known to me its interpretation, but they could not give the interpretation of the thing. 16 And I have heard of you, that you can give interpretations and explain enigmas. Now if you can read the writing and make known to me its interpretation, you shall be clothed with purple and have a chain of gold around your neck, and shall be the third ruler in the kingdom."

So Belshazzar made his offer to Daniel. He perhaps offered him the third ruler as his father King Nabonidus was perhaps still alive.

After the offer, Daniel reminded him some of the details of what had happened to his grandfather.

5:17-21

17 Then Daniel answered, and said before the king, "Let your gifts be for yourself, and give your rewards to another; yet I will read the writing to the king, and make known to him the interpretation. 18 O king, the Most High God gave Nebuchadnezzar your father a kingdom and majesty, glory and honor. 19 And because of the majesty that He gave him, all peoples, nations, and languages trembled and feared before him. Whomever he wished, he executed; whomever he wished, he kept alive; whomever he wished, he set up; and whomever he wished, he put down. 20 But when his heart was lifted up, and his spirit was hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they took his glory from him. 21 Then he was driven from the sons of men, his heart was made like the beasts, and his dwelling was with the wild donkeys. They fed him with grass like oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven, till he knew that the Most High God rules in the kingdom of men, and appoints over it whomever He chooses.

So Daniel laid out some history, such as was mentioned in chapter 4.

Then Daniel gets bold and says things that normally could have gotten him killed--even though he was telling the truth.

5:22

22 "But you his son, Belshazzar, have not humbled your heart, although you knew all this. 23 And you have lifted yourself up against the Lord of heaven. They have brought the vessels of His house before you, and you and your lords, your wives and your concubines, have drunk wine from them. And you have praised the gods of silver and gold, bronze and iron, wood and stone, which do not see or hear or know; and the God who holds your breath in His hand and owns all your ways, you have not glorified.

It would seem that Daniel had not been pleased with Belshazzar and, before this, probably wondered how long his arrogant ways would last.

We who have read the Bible should realize some of how God works and should be careful about pride and lifting ourselves up.

Daniel then explains what had been happening.

5:24-25

24 Then the fingers of the hand were sent from Him, and this writing was written.
25 "And this is the inscription that was written:
MENE, MENE, TEKEL, UPHARSIN.

Before going further, understand that the basic Babylonian unit of weight was the gold shekel (tekel in this verse). One mene equalled 50 shekels; a upharsin (half a mena) equalled 25. The four words, therefore, stood for: mene, 50 shekels; mene, 50 shekels; tekel, a shekel; a upharsin, 25 shekels. The total equalled 126 shekels.

Now let us look at the words from the wall and apply them to the United States.

  1. Mene: Your days as being on the top of the world order are numbered.  And more in the world are starting to realize this.
  2. Mene: Despite signs of your decline, instead of repenting, you seem to be taking steps to speed it up–you are soon to be finished.
  3. Tekel: Your morality and “conscience” have been weighed in the balances, and found wanting.
  4. Peres/Upharsin: Your nation will be divided by the final Beast, the King of the North (Daniel 11:39), and he will make your people slaves as your nation will be finished.

Do you think that this may be alarmist? Even when he was US President, Barack Obama stated the the deficits of the USA are unsustainable. And he was right about that. Something that is unsustainable cannot be continued forever. Yet, the debt for the USA continue to increase--according to Habakkuk that will end in disaster (cf. Habakkuk 2:6-8).

Getting back to Daniel, he says what the handwriting on the wall meant for that time.

5:26-29

26 This is the interpretation of each word. Mene: God has numbered your kingdom, and finished it; 27 Tekel: You have been weighed in the balances, and found wanting; 28 Peres: Your kingdom has been divided, and given to the Medes and Persians."

Interestingly, Daniel only mentioned the word "Mene" once and did not mention its second time, indicating that this prophecy could have a second fulfillment. The old Radio Church of God felt that this prophecy would have a second fulfillment as well:

Now this prophecy of Belshazzar’s feast was not a message for that day only. Do you realize that even Daniel didn’t understand what he was inspired to write? Notice it in Daniel the 12th chapter, the 8th and the 9th verses:

“And I heard, but I understood not. And then I said, ‘0 my Lord, what shall be the end of these things?”’ Daniel wrote what an angel had been revealing to him. The angel said, “Go thy way, Daniel, for the words are closed and sealed till the time of the end.” Even Daniel didn’t understand what he was inspired to write.

A WARNING for Today!

Do you realize that the Jews were already in captivity when Daniel wrote? This prophecy of the handwriting on the wall was not for them. It came too late to save them. ...

Why This Warning Was Written!

This warning came TOO LATE to save Belshazzar. This account was written FOR YOU ... It wasn’t written for the Jews of that day. It was written for us today, and WE HAVE TIME To HEED. We have the to escape the destruction that is now threatening you and me--if we wake up. ...

The REAL MEANING

“Then Daniel made answer to the king, ‘Keep your gifts for yourself, and give your rewards to someone else. However, I will read the writing for the king, and let him know the meaning of it. 0 king, the Most High God gave king Nebuchadnezzar, your father, the realm’.’’

He is showing here once again that God is the Most High Ruler. He makes and unmakes nations. ...

King Belshazzar had fallen into the illusion that grips most of you TODAY. God had become UNREAL! God seemed to be FAR OFF! God seemed like a myth. Their minds were turned only to the things that they could see, material objects, the things of materialism. A material mind only knows material things, and God does seem like a myth, far off.

God ENDED that world-kingdom! God makes and unmakes nations and empires. ...

The handwriting is upon the wall of America, ... There is protection for you if you will open your eyes to God’s prophecies--if you wiIl study your Bible, if you will surrender your life to your Creator, if you will only come to Him in obedience in living faith through Jesus Christ! (Armstrong HW. The Handwriting is on the Wall of America NOW! Plain Truth, March 1956)

Before going further, let me state that various churches (including the old Worldwide Church of God) have taught that the 'value' of the four words of the handwriting added up to 126 shekels, which equals 2520 gerahs. That could be seven 360 day prophetic years, 2520 days (one way the old WCG once taught it could be 2520 years from Belshazzar's demise, but prophetically, that does not seem to be the case when we look at history in the year 1981, which is 539 BC plus 2520 years). It may be, that being the seven year period that Nebuchadnezzar had been removed, that was a reminder to Belshazzar he had overlooked that.

The old Radio/Worldwide Church of God calculated that the time of the Gentiles for Israel was from roughly 721-718 B.C. to A.D. 1800-1803. And that this coincides with the rise of the Anglo-American world order.

It also speculated that the time of the Gentiles dominating Jerusalem was from to 604 B.C. to A.D. 1917. Because these dates fit with 2,520 years, it was taught in the WCG that this confirmed that interpretation of Leviticus 26, which in four verses refers to a period of "seven times" in relationship to punishments.

Jerusalem has, at least partially, been under British and then Jewish control since December 9, 1917.

So we see two 2,520 year periods that were in the past. One of which involved the British and Americans and the other of which looked to have involved the British and Jerusalem.

Both of these blessings of the Anglo-American-Judah times will end and be replaced by the final time of the Gentiles.

(The 'time of the Gentiles' (Ezekiel 30:3) is not the same as the fullness of the Gentiles being called to be Christian as some claim. Details are in the article: What About Romans 11:25 and the Full Number of the Gentiles?)

There is prophesied time that Gentiles will control Jerusalem (Revelation 11:2) and that will end (cf. Zechariah 14:1-4; Revelation 19). This is the time that the faithful Philadelphian Christians are to be protected (Revelation 3:7-13; 12:14-16).

Once a particular deal has a confirmation by a 'prince 'for a prophetic week (Daniel 9:26-27), in a very real sense, we will see the "handwriting on the wall" for the USA and its British-descended allies.

The final approximately 2520 days until Jesus establishes the millennial Kingdom of God will include the final time of the Gentiles.

Getting back to Daniel 5, after Daniel explained what happened, Belshazzar gave Daniel what he had originally promised.

29 Then Belshazzar gave the command, and they clothed Daniel with purple and put a chain of gold around his neck, and made a proclamation concerning him that he should be the third ruler in the kingdom.

However, that was of little value as ...

5:30

30 That very night Belshazzar, king of the Chaldeans, was slain. 31 And Darius the Mede received the kingdom, being about sixty-two years old.

That kingdom was taken over that very night.

Notice that Daniel 5:30–31 mentions Belshazzar as the final king of Babylon, a detail that was not widely known in later periods until cuneiform records like the Nabonidus Chronicle were rediscovered in 1879. But the writer in the Book of Daniel knew that. This, therefore, is additional evidence that Daniel was written in the 6th century BCE. as no one in the 2nd century A.D. would have likely had access to that.

Here is more about the end of Belshazzar:

Xenophon, the Greek historian who wrote the Cyropaedia in the fourth century before Christ, says that "when Cyrus reached Babylon" 539 B.C. he dug channels for the dispersal of the water in the river Euphrates which ran under the gates of Babylon. Then he and THE MEDO-PERSIAN ARMY SECRETLY ENTERED THE RIVER BED, climbed stealthily through the gates along the river and rushed to the palace "when he heard chat there was a festival in Babylon, in which all the Babylonians drank and revelled the whole night."

It was the night of the new moon of the seventh month of the Babylonian year. Upon reaching the palace where Belshazzar had seen the handwriting on the wall, they "burst in, and, pursuing those who fled, and dealing blows amongst them, came up to the king, and found him in a standing posture with his sword drawn. [They] mastered him." So Belshazzar the King in Babylon — was killed that night exactly as Daniel said. (Hoeh H. There is a Way of Escape. Plain Truth, 1970)

A powerful ruler and his powerful kingdom fell.

Belshazzar did not think that was possible.

The handwriting is on the wall for the USA.

Do not believe that Republican Donald Trump or any Democratic party leader will fix enough of what is wrong in the USA.

The debt level in the USA is rising.

Let's look at Habakkuk and the USA.

2 Then the Lord answered me and said:

“Write the vision
And make it plain on tablets,
That he may run who reads it.
3 For the vision is yet for an appointed time;
But at the end it will speak, and it will not lie.
Though it tarries, wait for it;
Because it will surely come,
It will not tarry. (Habakkuk 2:2-3)

Notice that the word of God states it will tarry, take a while, but the results will surely come. And that the result is that people should run (flee) because of it.

Here are some details about what is coming and why:

6 “Will not all these take up a proverb against him,
And a taunting riddle against him, and say,
‘Woe to him who increases
What is not his — how long?
And to him who loads himself with many pledges’?
7 Will not your creditors rise up suddenly?
Will they not awaken who oppress you?
And you will become their booty.
8 Because you have plundered many nations,
All the remnant of the people shall plunder you,
Because of men’s blood
And the violence of the land and the city,
And of all who dwell in it. (Habakkuk 2:6-8).

Please pay attention to the fact that that above is a prophecy for the appointed time of the end–essentially the time of the Great Tribulation (Matthew 24:21). The USA has been accumulating pledges in the form of US Treasury bonds and notes, and is the most indebted nation of all time. It is descendants of Israel, like the USA, that are prophesied to have debt issues with foreigners if they turn from God’s laws (cf. Deuteronomy 28:43-44)–that is consistent with Habakkuk 2:6-8. The above prophecy is NOT a reference to the nation calling itself Israel as it has nothing compared to USA debt.

As far as how much the USA is indebted to foreigners, notice the following:

Foreign creditors already hold a net claim of $22.5 trillion (and growing) on U.S. assets. Many of these creditors will be inclined to sell American stocks and bonds rather than buy more — especially if they are encouraged by Trump to raise cash to buy American exports. Foreign producers who, for decades, have exchanged their manufactured goods for American stocks and bonds would stop reinvesting export earnings. (Amoss D. From Biden to Trump: Navigating the Economic Ship Through Troubled Waters. Jim Rickard’s Strategic Intelligence, December 2024, p. 10)

The USA has been setting itself up for the penalties prophesied by Habakkuk.

Consider that the prophecy in Habakkuk says what will happen is so bad, that people should run who read it. That is, they should seriously consider what this means and take the appropriate steps.

Foreign creditors will rise up.

The Bible clearly warns that an indebted people will be destroyed by people whose language that they do not understand, and that the destruction will be fairly total:

43 The alien who is among you shall rise higher and higher above you, and you shall come down lower and lower. 44 He shall lend to you, but you shall not lend to him; he shall be the head, and you shall be the tail. 45 Moreover all these curses shall come upon you and pursue and overtake you, until you are destroyed…47 “Because you did not serve the LORD your God with joy and gladness of heart, for the abundance of everything, 48 therefore you shall serve your enemies, whom the LORD will send against you, in hunger, in thirst, in nakedness, and in need of everything; and He will put a yoke of iron on your neck until He has destroyed you. 49 The LORD will bring a nation against you from afar, from the end of the earth, as swift as the eagle flies, a nation whose language you will not understand, 50 a nation of fierce countenance, which does not respect the elderly nor show favor to the young. 51 And they shall eat the increase of your livestock and the produce of your land, until you are destroyed; they shall not leave you grain or new wine or oil, or the increase of your cattle or the offspring of your flocks, until they have destroyed you. 52 They shall besiege you at all your gates until your high and fortified walls, in which you trust, come down throughout all your land; and they shall besiege you at all your gates throughout all your land which the LORD your God has given you (Deuteronomy 28:43-45,47-52).

7 The rich rules over the poor, And the borrower is servant to the lender. (Proverbs 22:7)

13 And the Lord said, “Because they have forsaken My law which I set before them, and have not obeyed My voice, nor walked according to it, 14 but they have walked according to the dictates of their own hearts…16 I will scatter them also among the Gentiles, whom neither they nor their fathers have known. And I will send a sword after them until I have consumed them.” (Jeremiah 9:13,14a,16)

12 One-third of you shall die of the pestilence, and be consumed with famine in your midst; and one-third shall fall by the sword all around you; and I will scatter another third to all the winds, and I will draw out a sword after them. (Ezekiel 5:12)

The above prophecy in Habakkuk will be fulfilled at the time of the end (cf. “The message was true, but the appointed time was long…in the latter days, for the vision refers to many days yet to come”, Daniel 10:1,14). Daniel 8:19, 11:27, 29,35 uses the same Hebrew term for “appointed time” as Habakkuk 2:3, while Daniel 10, using a different term, ties the latter days to the time in Daniel 8:19. Habakkuk 2 was not fulfilled in its entirety anciently. Also, it makes little sense that Habakkuk would be directed towards the modern nation of Israel as it does not have enemy creditors. It must be a nation or group of nations with some prominence at the appointed time of the end. As far as “violence of the land” as a contributing factor, this would seem to include crime, military missions, and perhaps riots/civil unrest, but might it also include promotion of violent sports? Is the USA government not giving shameful counsel regarding matters such as homosexuality and abortion?

While some have claimed that Habakkuk 2 is really only a prophecy for the Babylonian Beast (or ancient Chaldea), that is in error for several reasons. The fact that the prophecy will tarry (seems like it takes a long time to fulfill) shows that this cannot be a prophecy for “the end time Babylonian Beast” as some have asserted because the end time Beast will not be accumulating debt for many years before it is taken over, whereas the USA has been doing so for decades–the Babylonian Beast will not have power for but a fraction of that time. Furthermore, God in chapter one points to the Chaldeans as the ones who will implement punishment to the descendants of Israel--they are not prophesied to be destroyed by Israel.

The Bible shows that the Babylonian Beast power will be taken over by Russia and nations all around the world and it will not be because of monetary reasons:

50:41 “Behold, a people shall come from the north,
And a great nation and many kings
Shall be raised up from the ends of the earth.
42 They shall hold the bow and the lance;
They are cruel and shall not show mercy.
Their voice shall roar like the sea;
They shall ride on horses,
Set in array, like a man for the battle,
Against you, O daughter of Babylon.

43 “The king of Babylon has heard the report about them,
And his hands grow feeble;
Anguish has taken hold of him,
Pangs as of a woman in childbirth…”(Jeremiah 50:41-43).

1 The burden against Babylon which Isaiah the son of Amoz saw…

17 “Behold, I will stir up the Medes against them,
Who will not regard silver;
And as for gold, they will not delight in it.
18 Also their bows will dash the young men to pieces,
And they will have no pity on the fruit of the womb;
Their eye will not spare children.
19 And Babylon, the glory of kingdoms,
The beauty of the Chaldeans’pride,
Will be as when God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah. (Isaiah 13:1, 17-19)

11 Make the arrows bright!
Gather the shields!
The Lord has raised up the spirit of the kings of the Medes.
For His plan is against Babylon to destroy it,
Because it is the vengeance of the Lord,
The vengeance for His temple. (Jeremiah 51:11)

Thus, end time daughter of Babylon will not be taken over because of debt from creditors as the attack will not be related to wanting money!

But, debt will be a factor in taking over the USA per Habakkuk 2 and Deuteronomy 28!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The Debt Spiral

Ray Dalio is one of the world’s most successful hedge fund managers.

His success is due to his consistent ability to get the Big Picture right.

He recently said this:

“We are at a point in which we are borrowing money to pay debt service.

When you keep having debt growth faster than income growth, that means you have debt service encroaching on your spending, and you want to keep spending at the same time.

As that happens, there is a need to get more and more into debt. It accelerates.

We are at the point of that acceleration. We are near that inflection point.”

Dalio is warning about the explosive nature of the US government’s compounding debt situation. …

The financial position of the US government has been gradually deteriorating for decades, so it’s not surprising that many people are complacent. They’ve long heard about the debt problem, and nothing has happened.

However, it is now reaching the tipping point.

That’s because the US government is now borrowing money to pay the interest on the money it has already borrowed, as Dalio noted. Politicians are adding more debt to solve the problems of prior debt.

It’s creating a self-perpetuating doom loop.

It will result in the total debt growing not linearly but exponentially.

The debt increases at a faster rate over time because it is compounding.

Each calculation period adds more interest to the total amount owed, which requires more borrowing and causes a larger interest expense. …

Dalio says the US is near the inflection point where the debt growth will accelerate and explode into previously unimaginable levels.

I think he is correct, and that has enormous implications.  …

But I’m not just talking about a stock market crash or a currency collapse…

It’s something much bigger… with the potential to alter the fabric of society forever.

It’s created an economic situation unlike we’ve ever seen before, and it’s all building up to a severe crisis on multiple fronts.

It could all go down soon… and it won’t be pretty.  09/10/24 https://internationalman.com/articles/the-debt-spiral-crosses-the-point-of-no-return/

Yes, the US debt is rising and is dangerous.

Most will not believe, but that was expected:

6 “Don’t say such things,” the people respond. “Don’t prophesy like that. Such disasters will never come our way!” (Micah 2:6, New Living Translation)

16 … You say, ‘Do not prophesy against Israel, And do not spout against the house of Isaac.’ (Amos 7:16)

People will not want to hear or believe! 

But the handwriting is on the wall for the USA. And since Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and the UK primarily rely on the USA for military protection, the handwritings is on the wall for them as well.

Here is a link to a sermon video related to the fourth and fifth chapters: Daniel 4-5: The Handwriting on the Wall.

Chapter 6

In chapter 5 we were introduced to one called Darius the Mede. Places like Wikipedia essentially assert there is no evidence of him, thus he did not exist as Darius supposedly was only a fictional "literary figure," which is biblically absurd.

So, let's address this by looking at some historical information.

The Greek historian Xenophon, in his work Cyropaedia (4th century BCE), describes a Median king named Cyaxares II, son of Astyages, who was a contemporary of Cyrus the Great. While Xenophon does not explicitly call him "Darius," some scholars, such as Steven Anderson (21st century) and early writers like Josephus (1st century AD) and Jerome (5th cenutyr AD), propose that Cyaxares II could be Darius the Mede, possibly under a throne name or alternate title. Xenophon’s account suggests a close alliance between Cyaxares II and Cyrus, with Cyaxares as a senior figure, which aligns with the Book of Daniel’s depiction of Darius the Mede ruling Babylon before or alongside Cyrus https://www.stegozoeterno.org/aa-darius-the-mede accessed 06/19/25).

The adoption of “Darius” and “Ahasuerus” (= Xerxes) as throne names of the first two Persian kings in the dynasty which followed that of Cyrus is evidence that they were used as throne names by kings of an earlier dynasty. This is indirect evidence that there indeed was a Median king named “Darius,” and another named “Ahasuerus,” as the book of Daniel presents them (Dan 9:1). The use of throne names by Persian kings also gives plausibility to the suggestion that the given name of Darius the Mede was “Cyaxares.” https://truthonlybible.com/2016/01/08/darius-the-mede-a-solution-to-his-identity/

The Behistun Inscription by Darius Hystaspes was created between 522 and 520 BCE. It mentions rebellions by Medians claiming relation to Cyaxares, hence supporting Xenophon's account of Cyaxares II.

The Harran Stele mentions a "king of the land of the Medes" looks to have been made after Cyrus deposed Astyages. This is important because the anti-biblical scholars falsely assert that Astyages was the last Median king, hence there could be now other king of the Medes as Astyages was deposed over a decade before we read of Darius in the Bible--thus an inscription showing that there was a King of the Medes after Astyages basically eliminates the anti-biblical argument. (https://truthonlybible.com/2016/01/08/darius-the-mede-a-solution-to-his-identity/)

Furthermore, Berossus, a 3rd-century BCE Babylonian historian, in his work titled Babyloniaca, refers to the actions of an unspecified "King Darius" shortly after the fall of Babylon in 539 BCE.

So, despite the view of anti-biblical scholars, there is evidence that Darius existed outside of the Book of Daniel.

A linguistic fact is that different languages sometimes use different names for the same person. And that looks to be what happened in the case of Darius the Mede.

That said, now to Chapter 6

1 It pleased Darius to set over the kingdom one hundred and twenty satraps, to be over the whole kingdom; 2 and over these, three governors, of whom Daniel was one, that the satraps might give account to them, so that the king would suffer no loss.

So, a bureaucracy was set up--satraps were provincial governors in the Persian Empire.

And there was a difference between Daniel and others in the government:

6:3

3 Then this Daniel distinguished himself above the governors and satraps, because an excellent spirit was in him; and the king gave thought to setting him over the whole realm.

Daniel heeded a principle from Ecclesiastes, which the Apostle Paul wrote for Christians:

10 Whatever your hand finds to do, do it with your might; (Ecclesiastes 9:10)

5 Bondservants, be obedient to those who are your masters according to the flesh, with fear and trembling, in sincerity of heart, as to Christ; 6 not with eyeservice, as men-pleasers, but as bondservants of Christ, doing the will of God from the heart, 7 with goodwill doing service, as to the Lord, and not to men, 8 knowing that whatever good anyone does, he will receive the same from the Lord, whether he is a slave or free. (Ephesians 6:5-8)

22 Bondservants, obey in all things your masters according to the flesh, not with eyeservice, as men-pleasers, but in sincerity of heart, fearing God. 23 And whatever you do, do it heartily, as to the Lord and not to men, 24 knowing that from the Lord you will receive the reward of the inheritance; for you serve the Lord Christ. (Colossians 3:22-24)

But jealously and covetousness quickly became an issue as the others did not have Daniel's views or ethics:

4 So the governors and satraps sought to find some charge against Daniel concerning the kingdom; but they could find no charge or fault, because he was faithful; nor was there any error or fault found in him. 5 Then these men said, "We shall not find any charge against this Daniel unless we find it against him concerning the law of his God."

So, they plotted against Daniel. People plotted against Jesus. People have long plotted against God's people and His true church.

6:6

6 So these governors and satraps thronged before the king, and said thus to him: "King Darius, live forever! 7 All the governors of the kingdom, the administrators and satraps, the counselors and advisors, have consulted together to establish a royal statute and to make a firm decree, that whoever petitions any god or man for thirty days, except you, O king, shall be cast into the den of lions. 8 Now, O king, establish the decree and sign the writing, so that it cannot be changed, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which does not alter." 9 Therefore King Darius signed the written decree.

Now the government officials were bearing false witness. Neither Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, nor Abed-Nego would have wanted nor approved this. But the politicians wanted to imply that Darius was so loved by everyone that they all wanted to be able to worship him--which of course was nonsense.

Anyway, Darius should not have let this happen, but sadly his own ego got in the way. Flattery works this way at times--and Satan knows that.

Despite Darius signing the decree, this did not change Daniel's praying practices.

6:10

10 Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed, he went home. And in his upper room, with his windows open toward Jerusalem, he knelt down on his knees three times that day, and prayed and gave thanks before his God, as was his custom since early days.

Daniel was willing to face death in order to pray? What would you have done?

Anyway, Daniel still prayed. And there is an artist's representation of him praying on the front cover of our free book: Prayer: What Does the Bible Teach?

That said, the jealous haters of Daniel seized upon this and then further set King Darius up:

11 Then these men assembled and found Daniel praying and making supplication before his God. 12 And they went before the king, and spoke concerning the king's decree: "Have you not signed a decree that every man who petitions any god or man within thirty days, except you, O king, shall be cast into the den of lions?"

The king answered and said, "The thing is true, according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which does not alter."

13 So they answered and said before the king, "That Daniel, who is one of the captives from Judah, does not show due regard for you, O king, or for the decree that you have signed, but makes his petition three times a day."

The king finally realized he messed up--big time:

6:14

14 And the king, when he heard these words, was greatly displeased with himself, and set his heart on Daniel to deliver him; and he labored till the going down of the sun to deliver him. 15 Then these men approached the king, and said to the king, "Know, O king, that it is the law of the Medes and Persians that no decree or statute which the king establishes may be changed."

The king felt he could not violate the ancient equivalent of a constitution.

16a So the king gave the command, and they brought Daniel and cast him into the den of lions.

King Darius had been tricked into his decision, yet he tried to give reassurance to Daniel before casting him into the lions' den:

16b But the king spoke, saying to Daniel, "Your God, whom you serve continually, He will deliver you." 17 Then a stone was brought and laid on the mouth of the den, and the king sealed it with his own signet ring and with the signets of his lords, that the purpose concerning Daniel might not be changed.

But the king did not simply wash his hands of the matter--which is literally what Pontius Pilate did regarding the death of Jesus (Matthew 27:24):

6:18

18 Now the king went to his palace and spent the night fasting; and no musicians were brought before him. Also his sleep went from him.

Darius, the king, fasted and probably prayed for Daniel.

Would you have done that for others?

Prayer and fasting is something that Jesus pointed to for difficult situations (cf. Matthew 17:19-21) and is also discuused as one of the 28 tips on improving the effectiveness of your prayers in our free ebook: Prayer: What Does the Bible Teach?

Continuing:

6:19

19 Then the king arose very early in the morning and went in haste to the den of lions. 20 And when he came to the den, he cried out with a lamenting voice to Daniel. The king spoke, saying to Daniel, "Daniel, servant of the living God, has your God, whom you serve continually, been able to deliver you from the lions?"

Darius had some hope, but he was not optimistic.

But he apparently went early in case Daniel perhaps survived the expected attack from the lions.

Daniel, not only survived, he was never attacked:

21 Then Daniel said to the king, "O king, live forever! 22 My God sent His angel and shut the lions' mouths, so that they have not hurt me, because I was found innocent before Him; and also, O king, I have done no wrong before you."

The king was relieved:

6:23

23 Now the king was exceedingly glad for him, and commanded that they should take Daniel up out of the den. So Daniel was taken up out of the den, and no injury whatever was found on him, because he believed in his God.

Now, the next big thing that seemed to go through Darius' mind is those that flattered him to get the decree and then pressured him to toss Daniel in the lion's den.

The Books of Job and Proverbs warn that being a flatterer is dangerous:

5 He who speaks flattery to his friends,
Even the eyes of his children will fail. (Job 17:5)

5 A man who flatters his neighbor
Spreads a net for his feet.

6 By transgression an evil man is snared,
But the righteous sings and rejoices. (Proverbs 29:5-6)

With that in mind, consider that after seeing Daniel alive, Darius then decided to rid his kingdom of those jealous complainers:

24 And the king gave the command, and they brought those men who had accused Daniel, and they cast them into the den of lions — them, their children, and their wives; and the lions overpowered them, and broke all their bones in pieces before they ever came to the bottom of the den.

We see that the lions would have been hungry enough to eat Daniel--but God prevented that. That said, Darius was too extreme in his actions. According to the Bible, he should not have put children to death because of actions of their parents per Ezekiel 18:20. But Darius did it anyway.

Then Darius decided to decree something about the true God:

25 Then King Darius wrote:
To all peoples, nations, and languages that dwell in all the earth:
Peace be multiplied to you.
26 I make a decree that in every dominion of my kingdom men must tremble and fear before the God of Daniel.
For He is the living God, And steadfast forever; His kingdom is the one which shall not be destroyed, And His dominion shall endure to the end. 27 He delivers and rescues, And He works signs and wonders In heaven and on earth, Who has delivered Daniel from the power of the lions.

This, matter also seemed to help Daniel long term:

28 So this Daniel prospered in the reign of Darius and in the reign of Cyrus the Persian.

Daniel obeyed, God allowed him to undergo another severe trial, but he endured and was blessed.

Chapter 7

Now to chapter 7, which obviously took place BEFORE chapter 5 as chapter 5 was the last day/night of Belshazzar.

7:1-2

1 In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon, Daniel had a dream and visions of his head while on his bed. Then he wrote down the dream, telling the main facts.

2 Daniel spoke, saying, "I saw in my vision by night, and behold, the four winds of heaven were stirring up the Great Sea.

HWA

Belshazzar was the king that succeeded Nebuchadnezzar. This is after Nebuchadnezzar is dead, that Daniel has this dream himself now. You see, what I just read, the king had the dream and Daniel told him what the dream was. But this time Daniel has the dream himself, the young Jewish lad. ...

Now you'll find that John has a vision in Revelation 13 and he saw a beast rise up out of the sea while he was standing on the sea shore. ...

Now, what sea is this talking about?

Well, Daniel refers to it Great Sea. The "Great Sea" that bordered the ancient lands of Israel (Numbers 34:6-7; Joshua 1:4; 9:1; 23:4; Ezekiel 47:13-16) is the Mediterranean Sea--and that is the sea that Daniel was referring to. Europe borders the Mediterranean Sea and will be the power that will once again control the "Great Sea." And while the southern border of the Mediterranean Sea is currently under Arab control, that will change. Like basically the entirety of the Meditarranean Sea was under control of the ancient Roman Empire, the Bible shows that the European King of the North will take over the nations that control the eastern and southern borders of that sea (Daniel 11:40-43; Ezekiel 30:1-9).

Despite some false claims by some, the Beast power is not a nation like Russia, which does not border the Mediterranean Sea. This tie to the Great Sea is one of the reasons that we know that the Beast of Revelation 13:1-10 is a European power.

HWA

Now; John is telling what he saw in vision in the Book of Revelation ...

Revelation 13:1-2 And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast [now again, a wild animal] rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, [here is seven head and ten horns all over again. And you see there were the four parts of the image in Daniel 2.

And the ten toes instead of the ten horns. You see how these things all fit together?] and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the names of blasphemy. [showing that they are of Satan the Devil; very evil] (2) And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, [it wasn't a leopard, it was just like a leopard] and his feet were as the feet of a bear, [that's the strongest part of a bear] and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: [the mouth is the strongest part of a lion] and the dragon [which is the devil] gave him his power….

7:3-5

3 And four great beasts came up from the sea, each different from the other. 4 The first was like a lion, and had eagle's wings. I watched till its wings were plucked off; and it was lifted up from the earth and made to stand on two feet like a man, and a man's heart was given to it.

5 "And suddenly another beast, a second, like a bear. It was raised up on one side, and had three ribs in its mouth between its teeth. And they said thus to it: 'Arise, devour much flesh!'

So, these power look a bit different from each other as they are represented by four different animals. Regarding the three ribs, that may mean that at the time when by of the conquest of Babylon it came into the apocalyptic succession, the bear-empire had laid waste three territories--some have suggested Babylonia, Lydia, and Egypt--others have other views..



Artist Portrayal of Four Beasts of Daniel 7
(Photo from FreeBibleimages.org)

Anyway, those four beast look to be combined into the final Beast of Revelation as one composite Beast:

1 Then I stood on the sand of the sea. And I saw a beast rising up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and on his horns ten crowns, and on his heads a blasphemous name. 2 Now the beast which I saw was like a leopard, his feet were like the feet of a bear, and his mouth like the mouth of a lion. (Revelation 13:1-2)




CCOG portrayal of the Beast of Revelation 13:1-2

HWA

Now ... that first animal which was like a lion, (which is the king of beasts) represented Nebuchadnezzar - was the same as the head of gold of the statue. The second (which is a bear) is the same as the breast of silver. In other words he's talking about the four great world empires. The second one then was like a bear.

The bear was the Medo-Persian Empire.

7:6

6 "After this I looked, and there was another, like a leopard, which had on its back four wings of a bird. The beast also had four heads, and dominion was given to it.

The leopard represented the Greek Empire.

HWA

Dominion: You see it's talking about a government that had dominion to rule (the governments that were influenced by Satan). God told Adam that his children would have these governments. Now here they are coming along. These are the main governments that were world governments.

7:7

7 "After this I saw in the night visions, and behold, a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, exceedingly strong. It had huge iron teeth; it was devouring, breaking in pieces, and trampling the residue with its feet. It was different from all the beasts that were before it, and it had ten horns.

HWA

 [Now, this iron compares to the iron legs of the other beast. The iron legs were the Roman Empire that had a capital in the West at Rome, a capital in the East at Constantinople. It was the two, the East and the West but they were all Roman Empire. "I considered"... Now lets see;] ...before it; and it had ten horns.

Now I want you to notice; the first beast had a head. It was like a lion. The second was like a bear and had a head. Now you've got two heads. The third beast was like a leopard, but the leopard had four heads; and now you've got six heads.

Now there is a seventh one to come up and that makes seven heads. But on this seventh one are ten horns. Now, with that;

7:8

8 I was considering the horns, and there was another horn, a little one, coming up among them, before whom three of the first horns were plucked out by the roots. And there, in this horn, were eyes like the eyes of a man, and a mouth speaking pompous words.

That particular little horn looks to a reference to the papacy ruling in Rome.

HWA

The fourth beast then was the Roman Empire, and the Roman Empire really fell in 476 A.D. And "there were three".

The little horn is the Roman Catholic Church, and before it there were three that were plucked up by the roots. They are gone, you can't find any trace of then in history. They were the Heruli, the Ostergoths and the Vandals.

You could say that there were three "barbarian" groups that took over Rome--the Visogoths, ruled by Alaric (410, Rome sacked)--the Vandals, ruled by Genseric (455, Rome sacked)--the Heruli, ruled by Odoacer (476, Roman emperor killed). The Roman pontiffs arose and essentially filled the power vacuum there.

7:9

9 "I watched till thrones were put in place, And the Ancient of Days was seated; His garment was white as snow, And the hair of His head was like pure wool. His throne was a fiery flame, Its wheels a burning fire;

HWA

I beheld till the thrones [of these governments now; represented by these wild animals who had the characteristics of wild animals, not of tame animals] were cast down, and the Ancient of Days did sit, [that is God, the Ancient of Days, and] whose garment was white as snow, [which is a symbol in the Bible of purity and righteousness and holiness] and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame, and his wheels [like] burning fire.

God has a throne. God is the one who governs the whole universe.

God's kingdom and way involves governance.

7:10

10 A fiery stream issued And came forth from before Him. A thousand thousands ministered to Him; Ten thousand times ten thousand stood before Him. The court was seated, And the books were opened.

11 "I watched then because of the sound of the pompous words which the horn was speaking; I watched till the beast was slain, and its body destroyed and given to the burning flame. 12 As for the rest of the beasts, they had their dominion taken away, yet their lives were prolonged for a season and a time.

Notice the fulfillment of this prophesied in Revelation:

19 And I saw the beast, the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against Him who sat on the horse and against His army. 20 Then the beast was captured, and with him the false prophet who worked signs in his presence, by which he deceived those who received the mark of the beast and those who worshiped his image. These two were cast alive into the lake of fire burning with brimstone. (Revelation 19:19-20)

HWA

The people went on but their government was taken away and destroyed. You see? 

7:13-14


13 "I was watching in the night visions, And behold, One like the Son of Man, Coming with the clouds of heaven! He came to the Ancient of Days, And they brought Him near before Him. 14 Then to Him was given dominion and glory and a kingdom,That all peoples, nations, and languages should serve Him.His dominion is an everlasting dominion,Which shall not pass away, And His kingdom the one Which shall not be destroyed.

Notice that one LIKE the Son of Man. Jesus did not actually become the son of a human until He was conceived in Mary. We know that this is not about an angel as angels are ministering spirits to humans (Hebrews 1:14), but in Daniel 7:13 we see humans serving the one like the Son of Man.

HWA

That is the Kingdom of God when Christ will come, and that's going to happen in your life time - you younger people.

The coming Kingdom of God is good news and we have a booklet on it, The Gospel of the Kingdom of God, translated into more languages than have ever happened since the Church began in the second chapter of the Book of Acts (see Preaching the Gospel in Over 1500 Languages).

7:15-18

15 "I, Daniel, was grieved in my spirit within my body, and the visions of my head troubled me. 16 I came near to one of those who stood by, and asked him the truth of all this. So he told me and made known to me the interpretation of these things: 17 'Those great beasts, which are four, are four kings which arise out of the earth. 18 But the saints of the Most High shall receive the kingdom, and possess the kingdom forever, even forever and ever.'

Yes, true Christians will reign in the Kingdom of God forever.

HWA

The saints are the church. Many of the saints are dead. That includes Peter, and Paul, and John, and Andrew, and Philip. They are going to be resurrected. That includes the church today. We're going to be there. I expect to be there.

Now if you like the governments and the way on earth today, and you want the agony as well as the ecstasy, you can have it. I don't want it. You can have it. If you want to be sick at your stomach and vomit and throw up and then go and eat your own vomit. Go ahead and do it. I don't want to.

I want the way of God (the right way, the happy way), that's the way I'm going to live. But the saints of the most High are going to take over all the governments. That's why we have to have government in the church. We're going to rule the rest of the nations. We have to learn how to govern and how to be governed in the church now, today. And you'll notice that many of them that have gone out of the church, their whole trouble is they don't like the government. They don't want the government of God. They want the government of man.

This is not just a problem for the world, the bulk of the true Christians do not accept the type of hierarchical governance God expects His Philadelphian Christians to follow. See also: The Bible, Peter, Paul, John, Polycarp, Herbert W. Armstrong, Roderick C. Meredith, and Bob Thiel on Church Government.

7:19-20a

19 "Then I wished to know the truth about the fourth beast, which was different from all the others, exceedingly dreadful, with its teeth of iron and its nails of bronze, which devoured, broke in pieces, and trampled the residue with its feet; 20 and the ten horns that were on its head, and the other horn which came up, before which three fell,

The fourth beast with the ten horns is also shown in Revelation 17. This is the final Beast ridden by Mystery Babylon the Great:

3 So he carried me away in the Spirit into the wilderness. And I saw a woman sitting on a scarlet beast which was full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns. 4 The woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet, and adorned with gold and precious stones and pearls, having in her hand a golden cup full of abominations and the filthiness of her fornication. 5 And on her forehead a name was written:

MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND OF THE ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.

6 I saw the woman, drunk with the blood of the saints and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus. And when I saw her, I marveled with great amazement. (Revelation 17:3-6)

7:20b-21

namely, that horn which had eyes and a mouth which spoke pompous words, whose appearance was greater than his fellows.

21 "I was watching; and the same horn was making war against the saints, and prevailing against them,

HWA

and a mouth that spake very great things, [which really represented the papacy and the Roman Catholic Church] whose look was more stout than his fellows. (21) I beheld, and the same horn made war with the saints…

And in history they have. They put the saints to death. The Catholic Church persecuted and put the saints to death That's the history of the Catholic Church. That's why God calls it a Great Whore, full of blasphemies and the worst thing that even God could call anyone. It's the worst counterfeit that ever happened.

Let me note that the Church of Rome will get destroyed by supporters of the Beast:

15 Then he said to me, "The waters which you saw, where the harlot sits, are peoples, multitudes, nations, and tongues. 16 And the ten horns which you saw on the beast, these will hate the harlot, make her desolate and naked, eat her flesh and burn her with fire. 17 For God has put it into their hearts to fulfill His purpose, to be of one mind, and to give their kingdom to the beast, until the words of God are fulfilled. 18 And the woman whom you saw is that great city which reigns over the kings of the earth." (Revelation 17:15-18)

The old WCG did not, and most other COGs do not, understand this. While the harlot Church of Rome is destroyed, the false prophet is not until Revelation 19. This is one of the reasons I have long contended that the last pope would be an anti-pope. Also, from Revelation 13:11-17, you can see that he gets people to worship the Beast that rises from the Sea--promoting emperor worship like that is not something a pontiff who believes the modern Roman Catholic faith would do.

7:22-24

22 until the Ancient of Days came, and a judgment was made in favor of the saints of the Most High, and the time came for the saints to possess the kingdom.

23 "Thus he said:

'The fourth beast shall be A fourth kingdom on earth,Which shall be different from all other kingdoms, And shall devour the whole earth,Trample it and break it in pieces. 24 The ten horns are ten kings Who shall arise from this kingdom.And another shall rise after them; He shall be different from the first ones, And shall subdue three kings.

HWA

24) And the ten horns [Now get this. The ten horns out of that kingdom, that was that seventh head now of the Roman Empire] ...are ten kings [or kingdoms] that shall arise: and another shall rise after them…

That was the papacy now; and after them but before the bishops of Rome; the Heruli, the Ostergoths and the Vandals were passed out and plucked up by the roots. 

Regarding the horns and the seventh head, check out the article: The European Union and the Seven Kings of Revelation 17.

That said, let me state that we have been living in abnormally peaceful times for the true Church. And while we have seen various forms of persecution, it will get worse.

The Book of Daniel shows a two-part persecution coming (I added the a and b below for emphasis).

7:25

25 a He shall speak pompous words against the Most High, Shall persecute the saints of the Most High, And shall intend to change times and law. b  Then the saints shall be given into his hand For a time and times and half a time. (Daniel 7:25)

First of all (a), he shall persecute certain of the saints, which is consistent with what Jesus said was coming:

9 “Then they will deliver you up to tribulation and kill you, and you will be hated by all nations for My name’s sake. 10 And then many will be offended, will betray one another, and will hate one another. 11 Then many false prophets will rise up and deceive many. 12 And because lawlessness will abound, the love of many will grow cold. 13 But he who endures to the end shall be saved. 14 And this gospel of the kingdom will be preached in all the world as a witness to all the nations, and then the end will come. (Matthew 24:9-14)

Much of the above will affect the Philadelphian Christians:

30 For ships from Cyprus {Western Lands}shall come against him; therefore he shall be grieved, and return in rage against the holy covenant, and do damage.

"So he shall return and show regard for those who forsake the holy covenant. 31 And forces shall be mustered by him, and they shall defile the sanctuary fortress; then they shall take away the daily sacrifices, and place there the abomination of desolation. 32 Those who do wickedly against the covenant he shall corrupt with flattery; but the people who know their God shall be strong, and carry out great exploits. 33 And those of the people who understand shall instruct many; yet for many days they shall fall by sword and flame, by captivity and plundering. 34 Now when they fall, they shall be aided with a little help; but many shall join with them by intrigue. 35 And some of those of understanding shall fall, to refine them, purify them, and make them white, until the time of the end; because it is still for the appointed time. (Daniel 11:30-35)

Now, Jesus promised the Philadelphian Christians will be protected (see also There is a Place of Safety for the Philadelphians. Why it May Be Petra):

7 "And to the angel of the church in Philadelphia write,

'These things says He who is holy, He who is true, "He who has the key of David, He who opens and no one shuts, and shuts and no one opens": 8 "I know your works. See, I have set before you an open door, and no one can shut it; for you have a little strength, have kept My word, and have not denied My name. 9 Indeed I will make those of the synagogue of Satan, who say they are Jews and are not, but lie — indeed I will make them come and worship before your feet, and to know that I have loved you. 10 Because you have kept My command to persevere, I also will keep you from the hour of trial which shall come upon the whole world, to test those who dwell on the earth. (Revelation 3:7-10)

13 Now when the dragon saw that he had been cast to the earth, he persecuted the woman who gave birth to the male Child. 14 But the woman was given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness to her place, where she is nourished for a time and times and half a time, from the presence of the serpent. 15 So the serpent spewed water out of his mouth like a flood after the woman, that he might cause her to be carried away by the flood. 16 But the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened its mouth and swallowed up the flood which the dragon had spewed out of his mouth. 17 And the dragon was enraged with the woman, and he went to make war with the rest of her offspring, who keep the commandments of God and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. (Revelation 12:13-17)

Part of why the Philadelphians will be persecuted is for proclaiming the gospel of the kingdom and probably also for identifying the coming King of the North, who will not wish to be identified that way. This will likely result in internet and other restrictions on getting the truth of God out to the world (cf. Amos 8:11-12).

Second of all as Daniel 7:25 b and Revelation 12:17 both show, the remaining saints will be given into the King of the North Beast's hand for a time, times, and half a time. This is the portion of the COG, the non-Philadelphians, who are NOT protested in the wilderness as Revelation 12:17 shows.

While many in the Church of God have experienced economic and social persecution in their walk with Christ, future severe persecution, beginning first with the Philadelphia remnant of Christians, is expected.

Persecution is a fact of history. It has happened before and we should be prepared for the fact that it will happen again. And during the time of the final persecutions, the Bible records:

12 Here is the patience of the saints; here are those who keep the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus (Revelation 14:12).

Thus, though the Philadelphian Christians will be subject to intense persecution first before this, even the Laodiceans (The Laodicean Church Era) and other Christians will receive some praise if they endure the persecutions that will then come during the time of “the hour of trial which shall come upon the whole world” (Revelation 3:10).

While many seem to not wish to pay attention to this subject, the reality is that persecution has existed throughout history against those with Church of God doctrines. Jesus predicted that as well as more persecution to come. Some may be shocked by certain doctrines that Christians have been persecuted for (and often by those who profess to be Christian).

Those in the true Church of God have always been the side being persecuted and has never been on the side of the persecutors. And this will be true again in the future.

Getting back to Daniel 7:25, we saw the statement "And shall intend to change times and law."

Dallas Theological Seminary pointed to perhaps changing the seven day week by a beast in its course on Daniel (which I took) related to this verse.

It appears that the Beast will modify the calendar and change the days of the week somehow. If we consider that Emperor Constantine was a type of the Beast, his imperial Council of Nicea of 325 A.D. asserted that Passver was not on the biblical date, but on a Sunday. Later, Emperor Theodosius declared the death penalty for Christians who held to the biblical date of the 14th of Nisan/Abib.

Various Sabbath-keepers have felt that Sunday-keeping was the ‘mark of the beast.’ Christians will enter God’s rest (Hebrews 4:9-11), the Beast’s followers will not. However, the ‘mark of the beast’ involves commandment breaking--not just Sabbath breaking (see Mark of the Beast)--how the King of the North Beast and Antichrist will violate each of them is discussed in our free ebook: The Ten Commandments: The Decalogue, Christianity, and the Beast. Anyway, somehow the Beast will try to change times.

7:26-27

26 'But the court shall be seated, And they shall take away his dominion,To consume and destroy it forever. 27 Then the kingdom and dominion,And the greatness of the kingdoms under the whole heaven, Shall be given to the people, the saints of the Most High. His kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, And all dominions shall serve and obey Him.'

HWA

{the saints} That is God's church. And the saints that are already dead will be resurrected. That will start back with old father Abraham and the prophets of the Old Testament and the apostles of the New. They'll be resurrected and the kingdom (the government) will be given to them. ...

Now, you see, you've got that as a background. Now we turn onto the thirteenth chapter of Revelation. The book of Revelation, and the thirteenth chapter of Revelation ties right up to it. Now of course there is a whole time sequence in Revelation. It would be nice to begin at the first of Revelation. And the second and third are the messages of Christ about the seven epics and eras of the church. And the fourth and the fifth show the throne of God; the sixth shows the opening of the seals; and the seventh and eighth and ninth, and so on show the time of the beginning of the Day of the Lord.

The book of Revelation is all about the time when God begins to intervene in world affairs. Now, here in the thirteenth chapter of the book of Revelation and John is telling what he saw in vision. He seemed to think he was taken in vision to…well he was on the Island of Patmos when this vision came to him.

7:28

28 "This is the end of the account. As for me, Daniel, my thoughts greatly troubled me, and my countenance changed; but I kept the matter in my heart."

Daniel was wise, God's prophet, had the dream from God, but did not understand it, though he did see it was about a greatly troubled time.

Chapter 8

Now to chapter 8

8:1 In the third year of the reign of King Belshazzar a vision appeared to me -- to me, Daniel -- after the one that appeared to me the first time.

Again this is chronologically BEFORE chapter 5.

2 I saw in the vision, and it so happened while I was looking, that I was in Shushan, the citadel, which is in the province of Elam; and I saw in the vision that I was by the River Ulai. 3 Then I lifted my eyes and saw, and there, standing beside the river, was a ram which had two horns, and the two horns were high; but one was higher than the other, and the higher one came up last. 4 I saw the ram pushing westward, northward, and southward, so that no animal could withstand him; nor was there any that could deliver from his hand, but he did according to his will and became great.

This ram is identified later in this chapter.

8:5

5 And as I was considering, suddenly a male goat came from the west, across the surface of the whole earth, without touching the ground; and the goat had a notable horn between his eyes. 6 Then he came to the ram that had two horns, which I had seen standing beside the river, and ran at him with furious power. 7 And I saw him confronting the ram; he was moved with rage against him, attacked the ram, and broke his two horns. There was no power in the ram to withstand him, but he cast him down to the ground and trampled him; and there was no one that could deliver the ram from his hand.

8 Therefore the male goat grew very great; but when he became strong, the large horn was broken, and in place of it four notable ones came up toward the four winds of heaven.

This male goat is believed to be Alexander the Great. His empire broke into four parts after his death: the Ptolemaic Kingdom (centered in Egypt), the Seleucid Empire (in Persia and Mesopotamia), the Antigonid Kingdom (in Macedonia and Greece), and the Attalid Kingdom (in Pergamon, Asia Minor). These kingdoms were ruled by Alexander's generals or their descendants.

8:9

9 And out of one of them came a little horn which grew exceedingly great toward the south, toward the east, and toward the Glorious Land. 10 And it grew up to the host of heaven; and it cast down some of the host and some of the stars to the ground, and trampled them.

Now the only one of the four horns of Alexander's empire that was north and west of Jerusalem was the Antigonid Kingdom. It ended up being conquered and included as part of the Roman Empire.

A horn is sometimes used in the Bible related to kings (cf. Revelation 17:12). Now, let me add that this little horn is not the papacy, but now looks to be the horn that has grown into the European Union--which will grow into the final Beast power. And while the above has had a past fulfillment anciently, this prophecy seems to be dual.

The European Union has mainly expanded south and east of the Benelux nations. Now, approximately 450 million people are under a new, single (though not completed united) government, called the European Union, headquartered in Brussels. The prophecy in Daniel 8:9 looks to be pointing the EEU and EU because of the amount and timing of that expansion--but that will later lead per Daniel 8:10-12 to the rise of the final Beast of the sea who is also the final King of the North of Daniel 11.

While the expansion has mainly occurred with what looks to be the EEU/EU, the final rising up pertains to the final King of the North who is also the seventh king of Revelation 17:10 (see The European Union and the Seven Kings of Revelation 17). And he will also end up going south, not just towards, but into and past the glorious land per Daniel 11:40-43. He then may have control of much of the east and south side of the Mediterranean Sea like the ancient Roman Empire did.

Let me add that while some Protestants have been starting to wake up to the reality of an emerging European superpower being the revival of the old Roman Empire to represent the Beast of Revelation. And that is consistent with the following which is consistent with the Beast of the Sea of Revelation 13:1-10 and the final King of the North of Daniel 11:29-38:

11 He even exalted himself as high as the Prince of the host; and by him the daily sacrifices were taken away, and the place of His sanctuary was cast down.

Regarding that horn, here is something that the last evangelist Dr. Herman Hoeh wrote:

What the “Little Horn” Will Do

Continue with this amazing prophecy for the latter days! “And it {the little horn} waxed great, even to the host of heaven; and it cast down some of the host and of the stars to the ground, and stamped upon them. Yea, he magnified himself even to the Prince of the host, and BY HIM THE DAILY SACRIFICE WAS TAKEN AWAY, AND THE PLACE OF HIS SANCTUARY WAS CAST DOWN” (Dan. 8:10-11).

The “little horn” also persecutes the true Church — the “holy people” who shall shine in the resurrection like the stars of heaven (compare Dan. 8:10 and 24 with Dan. 12:3).

NOT Heavenly Sanctuary!

Turn to Daniel 8:11. See the BIBLE answer with your own eyes: “Yea, he {the “little horn”} magnified himself even to the Prince of the host, and by him the daily sacrifice was taken away, and the place of his sanctuary was cast down.” The margin in the King James Version provides an alternative rendering. Instead of “by him” -- meaning the “little horn” -- it has “from him” -- meaning the Prince of the host. The original inspired Hebrew can be translated both ways into English. Either translation is correct. But notice what this scripture says! The daily sacrifice is to be taken away! The sanctuary is to be cast down!

Now consider: IF the daily sacrifice is, as some believe, the daily work of Christ in heaven, then a mortal man — the “little horn” — would have power to intervene IN HEAVEN and STOP THE WORK OF JESUS CHRIST! Further, IF the “sanctuary” were in heaven, he would have the power to “cast down” the sanctuary -- the very throne of God in heaven! IMPOSSIBLE! No man can stop Jesus Christ from performing His work in heaven! No man — no ruler -- not even the devil himself -- can cast down the throne of God and profane His Holy Sanctuary!...

THIS IS A PROPHECY FOR THE LATTER DAYS! Some have tried to explain this prophecy before God's time came to reveal it! One particular denomination claims that this vision of "2300 days" commenced in 457 B.C. and ended in A.D. 1844. This denomination claims that the "2300 days" represent 2300 years in fulfillment. This denomination further insists that the "sanctuary" that was cast down is the Holy of Holies in heaven itself — God's very throne! They claim that the very throne of God was "cleansed" beginning in 1844.

This denomination has assumed that the prophecy commenced fulfillment in 457 B.C. How did they arrive at this date? They certainly didn't get it from the Bible!

Notice why!

The Medo-Persian Empire ruled the world until 331 B.C. Then Alexander came on the scene. He died in 323 B.C., after which his empire was divided into four parts. Out of one of the four divisions of Alexander's Empire is to rise this little horn "IN THE LATTER DAYS!" It is the little horn which takes away the daily sacrifice and casts down the sanctuary! Whatever the little horn is to do for "2300 days" cannot have begun UNTIL AFTER THE DIVISION OF ALEXANDER'S EMPIRE INTO FOUR PARTS! But 457 B.C. is over a century too early! That date cannot be the commencement of the "2300 days"!

But notice further. The little horn takes away the daily sacrifice! Was the daily sacrifice taken away from 457 B.C. until 1844? Did a king for 2300 years prevent the daily sacrifice from being offered? Did a king for 2300 years cast down the sanctuary of God? Of course not! THE JEWS WERE OFFERING THE DAILY SACRIFICE ALMOST CONTINUOUSLY FROM THE DAYS OF EZRA AND NEHEMIAH UNTIL THE JEWS WERE DRIVEN OUT OF JERUSALEM IN 70 A.D.

The date 457 B.C. is the commencement of ANOTHER prophecy altogether — the "seventy weeks" prophecy in Daniel 9:25. The year 457 B.C. marks the commencement of Daniel's prophecy of "seventy weeks" which led to the first coming of Jesus Christ! THAT PROPHECY HAS NOTHING DIRECTLY TO DO WITH THE PROPHECY RECORDED HERE IN DANIEL 8! The prophecy of Dan. 9 is a detailed explanation of one aspect of Daniel's FIRST vision in chapter 7 (compare Dan. 9:21,23 and 7:16).

The prophecy of Daniel 9 is not the explanation of the "2300 days." That prophecy was sealed from human understanding until this "time of the end."
Daniel 8 proves that this prophecy of the "2300 days" could not have commenced in 457 B.C.! And therefore IT DID NOT END IN 1844! (Hoeh H. The 2300 Days. Plain Truth, August 1965)

The group related to the 1844 explanation is the Seventh-Day Adventists.

8:12

12 Because of transgression, an army was given over to the horn to oppose the daily sacrifices; and he cast truth down to the ground. He did all this and prospered.

Vss.11-12 seems to be consistent with Daniel 11:31-39.

Note that before these sacrifices can be objected to, they must start. That starting is something to watch for. When we see it stopped, Jesus said His followers should flee per Matthew 24:15.

Dr. Herman Hoeh wrote:

... verse -- 12 -- is not clearly translated in the King James Version. It reads: “And a host was given him against the daily sacrifice by reason of transgression” -- the margin reads: “the host was given over for the transgression against the daily sacrifice” -- “and it cast down the truth to the ground; and it practised, and prospered.”

A clearer rendering of verse 12 is found in the Jewish translation: “And the host was given over to it [the little horn] together with the continual burnt-offering through transgression.

8:13

13 Then I heard a holy one speaking; and another holy one said to that certain one who was speaking, "How long will the vision be, concerning the daily sacrifices and the transgression of desolation, the giving of both the sanctuary and the host to be trampled underfoot?"

14 And he said to me, "For two thousand three hundred days; then the sanctuary shall be cleansed."

Dr. Herman Hoeh wrote:

verses 13 and 14 of Daniel 8 ...

Another enigma!

This answer to this mysterious time period was hidden from Daniel’s understanding — was not to be revealed until the latter days! …

The King of the North

The little horn in Daniel 8 is none other than the LAST KING of one of the four divisions of Alexander’s Empire. He is, in fact, the final “King of the North” described in Daniel 11. …

That “little horn” — the final “king of the north” — is about to manifest himself on the world scene!

... verse 14 of chapter 8...here is a prophecy that two thousand three hundred evenings and morning sacrifices would cease to be offered.  Since the daily sacrifice was offered twice a day, this prophecy is actually speaking of one thousand one hundred fifty (1150) days.  In 1150 days there would be exactly two thousand three hundred sacrifices offered at evening and morning…At the end of this 1150-day period the sanctuary is to be “cleansed” or “justified”…

In Daniel 11 the last King of the North is pictured…This amazing prophecy of the 2300 evenings and mornings is yet to be fulfilled in our day.  A great crisis is yet to occur in Palestine… 

A great European Church-State union will be in control of Palestine and the whole Western World. It will prohibit the Truth. It will "cast down the truth to the ground." It will practice and prosper!

It will persecute and martyr God's Holy people. It will be allowed to tread Jerusalem underfoot and to prohibit the daily sacrifice at the sanctuary for 1150 days. It will substitute its own abominable, idolatrous rites in place of the evening and morning sacrifice. Jesus referred to this same event in Matthew 24:15. "When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, STAND IN THE HOLY PLACE, (whoso readeth, let him understand;) Then let them which be in Judea flee into the mountains ... for then shall be great tribulation ..."--climaxing in the second coming of Jesus Christ (verses 15-21).

The Gentiles will tread down Jerusalem for 1260 days (Rev. 11)--a period that includes the 1150 days. It is the time of the two witnesses...God will suddenly intervene in human affairs. He will put an end to this idolatrous system. (Hoeh H. The 2300 Days Revealed. Plain Truth, August 1965, pp. 25-29)

Another explanation might allow that approximately 110 days before the 1260 days is over (1260 minus 1150; there are also 3 days that the two witnesses are dead and the 1290 days that needs to be considered, etc., thus 110 is in that sense an approximate number) that the European Church/State power will be stopped from holding its idolatrous sacrifices (“mass” is considered a sacrifice by Eastern and Roman Catholics).

8:15

15 Then it happened, when I, Daniel, had seen the vision and was seeking the meaning, that suddenly there stood before me one having the appearance of a man. 16 And I heard a man's voice between the banks of the Ulai, who called, and said, "Gabriel, make this man understand the vision." 17 So he came near where I stood, and when he came I was afraid and fell on my face; but he said to me, "Understand, son of man, that the vision refers to the time of the end."

So, we see that Daniel was not sure what this meant. God decided to have Gabriel, the angel, give him some information:

8:18

18 Now, as he was speaking with me, I was in a deep sleep with my face to the ground; but he touched me, and stood me upright. 19 And he said, "Look, I am making known to you what shall happen in the latter time of the indignation; for at the appointed time the end shall be. 20 The ram which you saw, having the two horns — they are the kings of Media and Persia. 21 And the male goat is the kingdom of Greece. The large horn that is between its eyes is the first king. 22 As for the broken horn and the four that stood up in its place, four kingdoms shall arise out of that nation, but not with its power.

So, in the verses above we see that the Medo-Persian empire and then the Greek empire were prophesied. This is one reason that the anti-biblical scholars do not accept that Daniel was written until the 2nd century BC. But they are in error.

Sadlyl, they do not believe the word of God which states:

9 Remember the former things of old,
For I am God, and there is no other;
I am God, and there is none like Me,
10 Declaring the end from the beginning,
And from ancient times things that are not yet done,
Saying, 'My counsel shall stand,
And I will do all My pleasure,'
11 Calling a bird of prey from the east,
The man who executes My counsel, from a far country.
Indeed I have spoken it;
I will also bring it to pass.
I have purposed it;
I will also do it. (Isaiah 46:9-11)

Yes, God can make prophecies, or inspire His prophets to make and/or record them, and then make them come to pass.

8:23

23 "And in the latter time of their kingdom,When the transgressors have reached their fullness,A king shall arise,Having fierce features,Who understands sinister schemes.

Dr. Herman Hoeh wrote:

Look at this prophecy again. Notice it is a prophecy for the latter days. The little horn symbolizes a king who shall arise "in the latter time of their kingdom" (verse 23). This man stands up AGAINST THE PRINCE OF PRINCES — that is Christ at His second coming! Here is a great Gentile world ruler who stands up against Christ and is supernaturally destroyed — "without hand" — not by human hand but by divine intervention in human affairs.
The Bible interprets this "little horn" as A RULER WHO SHALL EXIST AT THE SECOND COMING OF CHRIST! He comes on the scene when world transgression — world sin — has reached its climax (verse 23).

This "little horn" is described again in Revelation 17:14. There we read that he makes war with the Lamb and the Lamb shall overcome him and his allies. This "little horn" does the same thing as the final "beast" of Revelation!

8:24

24 His power shall be mighty, but not by his own power; He shall destroy fearfully, And shall prosper and thrive; He shall destroy the mighty, and also the holy people.

Dr. Herman Hoeh wrote:

The explanation of verse 10 is revealed in verse 24: “And his {the little horn’s} power shall be mighty.” That’s the explanation of the first part of verse 10: “it waxed great.” To continue with verse 24: “But not by his own power.” This king will not accomplish his great deeds by his own strength. Revelation 17:17 reveals why. Ten lesser kings GIVE THEIR MILITARY POWER AND STRENGTH “unto the Beast.”

This little horn (Dan 8:24) “shall destroy wonderfully” -- shall have marvelous, frightening military powers “and shall destroy the mighty and the holy people” (verse 24). Here is a persecuting power, a union of church and state, which destroys the hosts -- armies of the “mighty people” God’s people Israel. That includes not only the Jews -- the House of Judah, but the whole English-speaking world the House of Israel, the so-called Lost Ten Tribes!

The holy people are Christians. As far as the descendants of Israel go, more on the identity of the Ten Tribes can be found in our free e-book: Lost Tribes and Prophecies: What will happen to Australia, the British Isles, Canada, Europe, New Zealand and the United States of America?

Anyway, just Daniel 8:24 is prophesying a persecution for God's people--end time Christians! Christians not protected during the Great Tribulation (for information on those that can be, please see the article There is a Place of Safety for the Philadelphians. Why it May Be Petra and/or the YouTube video Might Petra be the Place of Safety?) will have a dreadful time. See also: Persecutions by Church and State.

8:25

25 "Through his cunning He shall cause deceit to prosper under his rule; And he shall exalt himself in his heart. He shall destroy many in their prosperity. He shall even rise against the Prince of princes; But he shall be broken without human means.

Yes, he will exalt himself in his heart. He is also the same one who is called the 'man of sin" in 2 Thessalonians (see also Who is the Man of Sin of 2 Thessalonians 2?). Related to this in a class I took on Daniel at Dallas Theological Seminary, interestingly, the instructor, Dr. Bramer, added, "I think that many things in our university are completely false, they're against the word of God, but they're being spoken with great enthusiasm and authority and people are buying into them." And let me add that is true in regards to trinitarianism, salvation, prophecy, and other issues taught there, as well as other theological seminaries.

8:26

26 "And the vision of the evenings and mornings Which was told is true; Therefore seal up the vision, For it refers to many days in the future."

So, the fulfillment of the 2300 evenings and mornings was NOT for Daniel's day, over 2500 years ago! But it expected to be fulfilled in the 21st century.

8:27

27 And I, Daniel, fainted and was sick for days; afterward I arose and went about the king's business. I was astonished by the vision, but no one understood it.

Apparently Daniel explained the vision to some, but none understood. The closer we get to the end, the more we likely will understand about it.

Here is a link to a sermon covering the three previous chapters: Daniel 6-8: Four Beasts and the King of the North.

Chapter 9

In the Decemer 1965 Good News magazine, the old Radio Church of God published an article titled Daniel Nine Proves Jesus Is The Christ.

That had to do with what is known as the 70 weeks prophecy, which we will get to.

And many people, in an outside the Church of God, see that prophecy as pointing to Jesus. Specifically the first 69 weeks of it.

Secular sources, like Wikipedia to cite one example, downplay the significance of that prophecy as it would undermine the anti-biblical view that many scholars hold.

That said, the seventy weeks prophecy is included in the 9th chapter of the Book of Daniel.

Now to chapter 9 where a seventy year prophesy is also mentioned:

1 In the first year of Darius the son of Ahasuerus, of the lineage of the Medes, who was made king over the realm of the Chaldeans -- 2 in the first year of his reign I, Daniel, understood by the books the number of the years specified by the word of the Lord through Jeremiah the prophet, that He would accomplish seventy years in the desolations of Jerusalem.

Notice that desolations is part of that prophecy. As far as a period for its fulfillment, the Study Bible commentary states:

The seventy-year desolation of Jerusalem is a significant prophetic period that reflects God's judgment and mercy. This period began with the first deportation of Jews to Babylon in 605 BC and concluded with the decree of Cyrus allowing the Jews to return in 538 BC. 

If the years shown above are correct, that only adds up to 67 years--and possibly 66 1/2 since this captivity, according to one in the old WCG, did not start until the Summer of 605 or the Spring of 606 (Wardrop G. Introduction to Bible Chronology. 1986)--hence that suggests another 3 1/2 years of desolation for Jerusalem, which is consistent with Daniel 9:27.

Jeremiah referred to the deportation of Jews from the Kingdom of Judah (Jeremiah 52:29), which began in c. 605-606 BC, but did not list an amount of years.

As far as seventy years goes, Dr. Bramer of Dallas Theological Seminary pointed to Jeremiah 25:11-12 and 29:10, but that points to something else--Babylon being captive, and not desolations of Jerusalem. He also pointed to Zechariah 1:2; 7:5; 2 Chronicles 36:21, which looks to be applicable--but not in direct relationship to Jeremiah.

Now Daniel did not say that Jeremiah wrote about those 70 years, but since the verse says words, it looks like this 70 years was spoken by the prophet Jeremiah.

Anyway, Daniel then prays:

9:3

3 Then I set my face toward the Lord God to make request by prayer and supplications, with fasting, sackcloth, and ashes. 4 And I prayed to the Lord my God, and made confession, and said, "O Lord, great and awesome God, who keeps His covenant and mercy with those who love Him, and with those who keep His commandments, 5 we have sinned and committed iniquity, we have done wickedly and rebelled, even by departing from Your precepts and Your judgments. 6 Neither have we heeded Your servants the prophets, who spoke in Your name to our kings and our princes, to our fathers and all the people of the land. 7 O Lord, righteousness belongs to You, but to us shame of face, as it is this day — to the men of Judah, to the inhabitants of Jerusalem and all Israel, those near and those far off in all the countries to which You have driven them, because of the unfaithfulness which they have committed against You.

Daniel admits that his people had sinned and not followed God.

9:8

8 "O Lord, to us belongs shame of face, to our kings, our princes, and our fathers, because we have sinned against You. 9 To the Lord our God belong mercy and forgiveness, though we have rebelled against Him. 10 We have not obeyed the voice of the Lord our God, to walk in His laws, which He set before us by His servants the prophets. 11 Yes, all Israel has transgressed Your law, and has departed so as not to obey Your voice; therefore the curse and the oath written in the Law of Moses the servant of God have been poured out on us, because we have sinned against Him. 12 And He has confirmed His words, which He spoke against us and against our judges who judged us, by bringing upon us a great disaster; for under the whole heaven such has never been done as what has been done to Jerusalem.

Daniel seems to be referring to passages in Leviticus 26 and Deuteronomy 28.

9:13

13 "As it is written in the Law of Moses, all this disaster has come upon us; yet we have not made our prayer before the Lord our God, that we might turn from our iniquities and understand Your truth. 14 Therefore the Lord has kept the disaster in mind, and brought it upon us; for the Lord our God is righteous in all the works which He does, though we have not obeyed His voice. 15 And now, O Lord our God, who brought Your people out of the land of Egypt with a mighty hand, and made Yourself a name, as it is this day — we have sinned, we have done wickedly!

Yes, the end time descendants of Israel (see Lost Tribes and Prophecies: What will happen to Australia, the British Isles, Canada, Europe, New Zealand and the United States of America?) need to heed the law, which God had promised blessings for obedience and curses for disobedience in Leviticus 26 and Deuteronomy 28.

Daniel continues his prayer.

9:16

16 "O Lord, according to all Your righteousness, I pray, let Your anger and Your fury be turned away from Your city Jerusalem, Your holy mountain; because for our sins, and for the iniquities of our fathers, Jerusalem and Your people are a reproach to all those around us. 17 Now therefore, our God, hear the prayer of Your servant, and his supplications, and for the Lord's sake cause Your face to shine on Your sanctuary, which is desolate. 18 O my God, incline Your ear and hear; open Your eyes and see our desolations, and the city which is called by Your name; for we do not present our supplications before You because of our righteous deeds, but because of Your great mercies. 19 O Lord, hear! O Lord, forgive! O Lord, listen and act! Do not delay for Your own sake, my God, for Your city and Your people are called by Your name."

9:20

20 Now while I was speaking, praying, and confessing my sin and the sin of my people Israel, and presenting my supplication before the Lord my God for the holy mountain of my God, 21 yes, while I was speaking in prayer, the man Gabriel, whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning, being caused to fly swiftly, reached me about the time of the evening offering. 22 And he informed me, and talked with me, and said, "O Daniel, I have now come forth to give you skill to understand. 23 At the beginning of your supplications the command went out, and I have come to tell you, for you are greatly beloved; therefore consider the matter, and understand the vision:

So, God sends the angel Gabriel to provide information.

9:24

24 "Seventy weeks are determined For your people and for your holy city, To finish the transgression, To make an end of sins, To make reconciliation for iniquity, To bring in everlasting righteousness, To seal up vision and prophecy, And to anoint the Most Holy.

The above relates to 490 years. The events in verse 24 above may or may not be sequential chronologically.

Jesus came "when the fullness of time had come" (Galatians 4:4). If the anointing of the Most Holy is not a place (and while some translation suggest that is so, details from numerous commentators suggest a person), it would perhaps seem that the anointing of the Most Holy could have been when Jesus was baptized--and that is an event recorded in all four of the Gospel accounts (Matthew 3:16; Mark 1:10; Luke 3:22; John 1:32). Consider:

9 It came to pass in those days that Jesus came from Nazareth of Galilee, and was baptized by John in the Jordan. 10 And immediately, coming up from the water, He saw the heavens parting and the Spirit descending upon Him like a dove. 11 Then a voice came from heaven, "You are My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased."

12 Immediately the Spirit drove Him into the wilderness. 13 And He was there in the wilderness forty days, tempted by Satan, and was with the wild beasts; and the angels ministered to Him.

14 Now after John was put in prison, Jesus came to Galilee, preaching the gospel of the kingdom of God, 15 and saying, "The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand. Repent, and believe in the gospel." (Mark 1:9-15)

So, we see the fulfillment of the time in Daniel 9:24 to anoint the Most Holy could have been completed by Mark 1:15--with the other option (presuming this is a reference to Jesus) would seem to be when Jesus returns--because He will be King then (Revelation 19:16), and not a Prince like we see in Daniel 9:25.

9:25

25 "Know therefore and understand, That from the going forth of the command To restore and build Jerusalem Until Messiah the Prince, There shall be seven weeks and sixty-two weeks; The street shall be built again, and the wall, Even in troublesome times.

69 weeks from the time of the decree to rebuild Jerusalem to the Messiah. 69 times 7 days in a week equals 483, seeming years. And that looks like it points to the year Jesus was baptised and started His ministry. Notice here the Messiah is a Prince, not the King of King and Lord of Lords.

9:26a

26 "And after the sixty-two weeks Messiah shall be cut off, but not for Himself;

The passages in Daniel 9:24-26a have been pointed to as proof of Jesus being the Messiah. How so?

Well, for one reason, that prophecy shows that the Messiah was to come before the Temple was destroyed.

Furthermore, the prophecy in Daniel 9:24 ties the timing of the “anointed one/Mashiach” in verse 26, to a decree. This is the decree of Ezra 7:12-26. Daniel also mentions that Jerusalem will be rebuilt and that happened as we can see in the Book of Nehemiah.

Daniel 9:25-26 says that after the cutting off of the “anointed one” the city (Jerusalem) will be destroyed and the sanctuary (the Temple) will be destroyed as well. The sanctuary/temple was destroyed by General Titus in 70 A.D.

In the Continuing Church of God, we have taught that Jesus was resurrected in 31 A.D. or possibly 34 or 35 A.D. (this is also partially based upon the date on the Hebrew calendar Jesus took His last Passover, plus outside confirmation related to darkness that happened per Matthew 27:45, Mark 15:33, and Luke 23:45). Hence the Temple was destroyed after the Messiah came.

Now, let’s look at an explanation from the old Radio Church of God about the Daniel 9 prophecy:

At the time of Jesus’ life on this earth, Herod — the king in Judea — the wise men from the nations to the east, and many of the priests, scribes, and elders, as well as the common people, realized that the seventy weeks prophecy of Daniel 9 was nearing its completion. The Messiah, the Prince, was eagerly looked forward to, to free them from the yoke of Roman oppression. The Messiah was expected because of an understanding of this prophecy. But He was misunderstood when He appeared in the fulfillment of this prophecy, because they refused to recognize the first portion of the prophecy and hung their hope only on the last portion. …

Here, very plainly, is listed the exact time at which the prophesied Messiah would appear to begin to do the work mentioned in verse 24. The command to restore and rebuild Jerusalem was given by Artaxerxes in 457 B.C. Much of the book of Ezra and the entire book of Nehemiah cover this particular event. Seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks equal sixty-nine weeks. So the prophecies show that from the going forth of the command to rebuild Jerusalem in 457 B. C. it would be 483 years until the appearance of the prophesied Messiah to begin fulfilling the works of verse 24. (Hill DJ. HERE’S WHY Jews Reject Jesus and Christians Reject Christ! Plain Truth, April 1962)

Adding 483 to the year 457 B.C. brings the year 27 A.D. (there was no year “zero” between B.C. and A.D.). That brings us to the time that Jesus began His ministry (apparently in the Fall of the year). His ministry is believed to have lasted 3 ½ years or possibly longer, hence the veil would have seemingly been torn in the Spring of 31 A.D. The Greco-Roman Catholic historian Sextus Julius Africanus also pointed to the decree being from Artaxerxes (see Jerome's Commentary on Daniel).

Thus, the ministry of Jesus, as well as the subsequent destruction of Jerusalem is consistent with that prophecy in Daniel 9.

Based on that timing, one would think that the Jews would accept Jesus, but that is generally not the case.

Let’s look at a Jewish argument against Daniel 9:

Christians based their understand {sic} with a belief that the starting point of the prophesy begins in 444 BCE with the decree issued by King Artaxerxex (Ezra 7:11-16). Sixty–nine weeks (483 years) would bring you to 39 CE. This is 7 years off the commonly accepted date of 32 CE being the year Jesus was put to death. …

This seven-year discrepancy is resolved by Christian theologians who redefined the definition of a “year.” They claim that prophecies like Daniel’s are to be understood in “Prophetic years” that have 360 days rather than 365 ¼ days. (Daniel 9 – A True Biblical Interpretation A brief explanation of Daniel Chapter 9. Jews for Judaism http://jewsforjudaism.org/knowledge/articles/daniel-9-a-true-biblical-interpretation/ accessed 04/24/18)

The two issues with the above are that while some Protestants may have used 444 B.C. as their starting point, the ascension year for King Artaxerxes began in 464 B.C.E., which placed his seventh year as 458-457. So, if you use 365¼ day years, you arrive at 26-27 A.D.--essentially with the start of Jesus' ministry in the Fall of 27 A.D.

Let’s look at what Ezra recorded (some verses not included for space) using a Jewish translation of the Book of Ezra:

7 And there went up some of the children of Israel, and of the priests, and the Levites, and the singers, and the porters, and the Nethinim, unto Jerusalem, in the seventh year of Artaxerxes the king. 8 And he came to Jerusalem in the fifth month, which was in the seventh year of the king. (Ezra 7:7-8, JPS)

11 Now this is the copy of the letter that the king Artaxerxes gave unto Ezra the priest, the scribe, even the scribe of the words of the commandments of the LORD, and of His statutes to Israel:

12 “Artaxerxes, king of kings, unto Ezra the priest, the scribe of the Law of the God of heaven, and so forth. And now 13 I make a decree, that all they of the people of Israel, and their priests and the Levites, in my realm, that are minded of their own free will to go with thee to Jerusalem, go. (Ezra 7:11-13, JPS)

25 And thou, Ezra, after the wisdom of thy God that is in thy hand, appoint magistrates and judges, who may judge all the people that are beyond the River, all such as know the laws of thy God; and teach ye him that knoweth them not. 26 And whosoever will not do the law of thy God, and the law of the king, let judgment be executed upon him with all diligence, whether it be unto death, or to banishment, or to confiscation of goods, or to imprisonment.”

27 Blessed be the LORD, the God of our fathers, who hath put such a thing as this in the king’s heart, to beautify the house of the LORD which is in Jerusalem; (Ezra 7:25-27, JPS)

Now, the two main Jewish arguments against the timing seem to be 1) which decree, by whom, and when and 2) the anointed one does not have to be the Messiah (per Jews for Judaism; other Jewish sources were also consulted to conclude this).

Yet, if one accepts the decree in Ezra 7 and that Daniel 9 was referring to the Messiah as the Anointed One (as the Complete Jewish Bible and other sources confirm), all should accept that Jesus fulfilled the timing of that.

Now, what about Jesus being cut off after the 62 weeks? Well, when does that 62 week period start? Well, it has to start later than when the 69 weeks began as the Messiah could not be cut off before He was born. Presuming it starts when Jerusalem was fully rebuilt, we are looking at probably somewhere between 405-400 BC. The reality is that archeologists are not sure when Jerusalem's rebuilding was complete (Borschel-Dan. 2,500-year-old seals may show Jews rebuilding Jerusalem after 1st Temple exile. Times of Israel, June 30, 2020), thus, to reach a 31 A.D. cutting off execution of Jesus, that would point to c. 404 BC.

According to Jewish writer, Abba Hillel Silver, many Jews did expect the Messiah during the first century:

The Book of Daniel, the one canonized apocalyptic tract out of many which were widely circulated and held in high regard by the people dwelt upon the mystery of the “end of days” …

Prior to the first century, Messianic interest was not excessive …

The first century … witnessed a remarkable outburst of Messianic emotionalism. This is to be attributed … to the prevalent belief induced by the popular chronology of that day (Silver AH. The History of Messianic Speculation in Israel. Written 1927. Kessinger Publishing paperback 2010, pp. 4,5)

So, there was a lot of Messianic expectation in the first century, based upon calculations from writings such as Daniel.
Shlomo Yitzchaki, also known as Rashi (RAbbi SHlomo ben Isaac), of the 11th century, wrote about Daniel 9:24,26:

Seventy weeks [of years] have been decreed on Jerusalem from the day of the first destruction in the days of Zedekiah until it will be [destroyed] the second time. to terminate the transgression and to end sin so that Israel should receive their complete retribution in the exile of Titus and his subjugation, in order that their transgressions should terminate, their sins should end, and their iniquities should be expiated, in order to bring upon them eternal righteousness and to anoint upon them (sic) the Holy of Holies: the Ark, the altars, and the holy vessels, which they will bring to them through the king Messiah. The number of seven weeks is four hundred and ninety years. The Babylonian exile was seventy [years] and the Second Temple stood four hundred and twenty [years]. …

And after those weeks. the anointed one will be cut off. Agrippa, the king of Judea, who was ruling at the time of the destruction, will be slain and he will be no more Heb. וְאֵין לוֹ, and he will not have. The meaning is that he will not be the anointed one Heb. מָשִׁיחַ. This is purely an expression of a prince and a dignitary and the city and the Sanctuary lit. and the city and the Holy and the people of the coming monarch will destroy [The monarch who will come] upon them. That is Titus and his armies. (Rashi. Judaica Press Complete Tanach, Daniel - Chapter 9)

So, Rashi correctly admitted Daniel 9 was a messianic prophecy that was fulfilled about the time of Jesus.

“Herod” Marcus Julius Agrippa was king of Judah from around A.D. 27--basically the same time Jesus looks to have started His ministry. So, if the timing of Agrippa is right like Rashi wrote, then obviously the timing of Jesus was in accordance with Daniel 9:24-26.

As far as Agrippa goes, the Jews revolted against him in 66. Later, he helped the Romans and their general Titus conquer Jerusalem. Agrippa was rewarded for his efforts in helping Rome and lived and reigned decades after the fall of Jerusalem. King Agrippa II was not the anointed “King Messiah.”

As far as Rashi goes, apparently the reason for the messiahship going to Agrippa was because of Israel’s sins. Rashi also declared:

After 2000 years of Torah it was God’s decree that the Messiah would come and the wicked generation would come to an end and the subjugation of Israel would be destroyed.

But Jesus did come at the right time and the Temple was afterwards destroyed as was prophesied in Daniel 9:24-26.

Consider further that Abraham ibn Ezra (1092-1167), who is considered one of the most distinguished Jewish biblical commentators in the Middle Ages, also taught “Daniel … (chap. 9) leads up to Titus and the destruction” (Silver, pp. 212,213).

So, even Jewish authorities have agreed that Daniel 9 was pointing to the time of Jesus.

Yet, notice something related to some messianic teachings in the Talmud:

The Messiah will come not in accordance with the opinion of our Rabbis, (Sanhedrin 97b, v. 5)

Of course, the Messiah comes in accordance with scripture and God’s plan. Yet it may be that the above came out because Daniel 9 pointed to Jesus and as well as the disappointment associated trying to time Daniel 9 with Simon Bar Kokhba.

Jews should accept the “chronology” of Daniel 9 which clearly pointed to the time of Jesus and the subsequent Temple destruction.

There is no doubt the Temple was destroyed.

There should be no doubt that Jesus was the prophesied Messiah.

Daniel 9 pointed to His first coming.

Daniel 9 also helps us know about Jesus' second coming as well.

Furthermore, would you like know prior to the start of the Great Tribulation and WWIII approximately when it will begin?

Is there any event in prophecy that seems to give a multi-year (like 3 1/2 year) advance notification?

Many believe that they will know the fulfillment and sequence of certain end time prophecies. Yet, relatively few truly will. One such end time prophecy, that is part of the key sequence, will not be understood when it happens.

Let's continue with Daniel 9:26:

9:26 b

b And the people of the prince who is to come Shall destroy the city and the sanctuary.The end of it shall be with a flood, And till the end of the war desolations are determined.

9:27

27 Then he shall confirm a covenant with many for one week; But in the middle of the week He shall bring an end to sacrifice and offering. And on the wing of abominations shall be one who makes desolate, Even until the consummation, which is determined, Is poured out on the desolate."

While some teach that it is Jesus that is the one who will confirm a covenant with many for one week, He never mention a one week covenant according to the scriptures. Furthermore, while various ones point to Jesus being killed after a 3 1/2 year ministry, His ministry may have been longer than that. Let's look at another translation:

27 The ruler will make a treaty with the people for a period of one set of seven, but after half this time, he will put an end to the sacrifices and offerings. And as a climax to all his terrible deeds, he will set up a sacrilegious object that causes desecration, until the fate decreed for this defiler is finally poured out on him. (Daniel 9:27, New Living Translation)

The covenant treaty deal is considered to be some to be a peace deal. The same Hebrew word is used in the following:

15 So Joshua made peace with them, and made a covenant with them to let them live; and the rulers of the congregation swore to them. (Joshua 9:15)

Such treaties are normally called peace deals. And, in most cases, such deals come from wars or threats of war. I have long written that we would likely not see the deal of Daniel 9:27 until after a regional conflict--and we have seen the Hamas-Israel War and the Israel-Iran attacks. While that may be enough, I suspect more conflict will happen before the deal of Daniel 9:27 is confirmed by a European prince--but that is not strictly necessary as it is possible that Isaiah 22:6-9 could come after the deal and around when Jerusalem is being surrounded by armies per Luke 21:20.

That said, we see in the 27th verse that sacrifices will be stopped. In order to be stopped, they first must be started. This is NOT referring to what Jesus did as can be determined from Daniel 11:31 and 12:11--which relate to future events. Even LCG, teaches that the stopping of sacrifices in Daniel 12:11 is a prophesied event--and while I was there, its Dr. Meredith taught that Daniel 9:27 related to the "prince" who becomes the King of the North Beast power, and NOT Jesus, confirming the covenant (that is also consistent with what Herbert W. Armstrong wrote in 1972--see below Daniel 11:22). However, that group has been moving more to the wrong view that Jesus is being discussed in verse 27.

It is the King of the North that stops the sacrifices per Daniel 11:31, which is the same stopping referred to in Daniel 9:27. The one that was the prince who confirmed the deal is going to violate it per Daniel 9:27 and Daniel 11:31.

So, what is the 70th week?

It begins when a "prince" of the Roman Empire peoples confirms a covenant with many for a seven year period. The Bible shows that the deal is broken in the middle, yet, it will still end seven years after it has been confirmed. At the end of that time Jesus will return. He will rule when He brings in righteousness in the millennial Kingdom of God per Jeremiah 23:5. That also is what is supposed to happen after the 70 weeks are fulfilled, consistent with Daniel 9:24.

 Hippolytus (died 235) of Rome wrote:

Now Daniel will set forth this subject to us. For he says, "And one week will make a covenant with many, and it shall be that in the midst (half) of the week my sacrifice and oblation shall cease." By one week, therefore, he meant the last week which is to be at the end of the whole world ... (Hippolytus. On Christ and Antichrist, Chapter 43)

21 ... For he says, I shall make a covenant of one week, and in the midst of the week my sacrifice and libation will be removed. For by one week he indicates the showing forth of the seven years which shall be in the last times. 25 ... For when Daniel said, I shall make my covenant for one week, he indicated seven years; and the one half of the week is for the preaching of the prophets, and for the other half of the week -- that is to say, for three years and a half -- Antichrist will reign upon the earth. And after this his kingdom and his glory shall be taken away. (Hippolytus. On the End of the World, Chapters 21, 25. Translated by J.H. MacMahon. From Ante-Nicene FathersVol. 5. Edited by Alexander Roberts, James Donaldson, and A. Cleveland Coxe. Buffalo, NY: Christian Literature Publishing Co., 1886)

He is clearly pointing this to be a seven year period as the 70th week. Notice his writing has that last week end when the Antichrist is deposed, which is when Jesus returns.

Related to the deal of Daniel 9:27, check out the article: The 'Peace Deal' of Daniel 9:27.

The focus of this verse has mainly been the first half of Daniel 9:27. But what about the last half? Here is what it says:

27 b Even until the consummation, which is determined, Is poured out on the desolate. (Daniel 9:27b)

The last half is 3 1/2 years and could also relate to what looks to be the remaining 3 1/2 years of the desolationS for Jerusalem prophesied in Daniel 9:2.

Furthermore, ten times in the Book of Revelation (NKJV) it speaks of God's wrath--many of those times speak of His wrath being poured out (e.g. Revelation 16:1).

The consummation in Daniel 9:27b seems to be related to the final "Day of the Lord." When it happens (and it starts 2 1/2 years after the start of the Great Tribulation), the world will basically be desolate spiritually--and it is on the desolate it will be poured out on. Information on the Great Tribulation and Day of the Lord is found in the article When Will the Great Tribulation Begin?

The fulfillment of Daniel 9:27 will begin the countdown to the start of the Great Tribulation and what could be called World War Three.

The reason that most Christians will not see the deal is that most will think that they are fine, will not believe the confirmation is the correct one, and will NOT do ALL that Jesus wants His people to do in the end time.

Jesus told his people to pray about this as most would not understand:

35 For it will come as a snare on all those who dwell on the face of the whole earth. 36 Watch therefore, and pray always that you may be counted worthy to escape all these things that will come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man. (Luke 21:35-36)

You might say, that YOU pray about this.

Good. But notice what James wrote:

22 But be doers of the word, and not hearers only, deceiving yourselves. 23 For if anyone is a hearer of the word and not a doer, he is like a man observing his natural face in a mirror; 24 for he observes himself, goes away, and immediately forgets what kind of man he was. 25 But he who looks into the perfect law of liberty and continues in it, and is not a forgetful hearer but a doer of the work, this one will be blessed in what he does. (James 1:22-25)

Why is that important?

One is not only to pray to be accounted worthy, one is to be A DOER OF THE WORK. Many falsely believe that they simply be a "watcher" and not a supporter of the work to fulfill Matthew 24:14--those who feel that way are deceiving themselves.

You do not need to be among those that will not see. Gather together (Zephaniah 2:1). It is the highly dedicated Philadelphians in the real Church of God that will finish the final phase of the work before (Matthew 24:14; Daniel 11:32-33) and during (Revelation 11:3-14) the Great Tribulation and Day of the Lord.

Here is a link to a chapter 9 sermon: Daniel 9: 70 Years & 70 Weeks Prophecies.

Chapter 10

Now to chapter 10.

1a In the third year of Cyrus king of Persia a message was revealed to Daniel, whose name was called Belteshazzar.

Jerome, in his Commentary on Daniel, wrote:

And how is it that we read at the end of the first vision, "And Daniel lived until the first year of Cyrus the King"? Well then, we understand that he enjoyed his former high position among the Chaldeans and was clothed in purple and fine linen right up until the first year of King Cyrus, when Cyrus overthrew the Chaldeans, and afterwards Daniel commenced service under Darius, the son of Ahasuerus of the Median line, who reigned over the kingdom of the Chaldeans. Or else, indeed, that Darius had already died in whose first year Daniel had learned of the mystery of the seventy weeks, and he is now relating that he beheld these things in the third year of King Cyrus. "And it was a true word and great strength" refers either to the strength of the God who was going to perform these things or to the strength of the prophet who would comprehend them.

10:1b

1 b The message was true, but the appointed time was long; and he understood the message, and had understanding of the vision. 2 In those days I, Daniel, was mourning three full weeks. 3 I ate no pleasant food, no meat or wine came into my mouth, nor did I anoint myself at all, till three whole weeks were fulfilled.

So, Daniel was so concerned about this vision that, even though it was for the appointed time, which was not his time, he mourned for three weeks and apparently did a fast of only drinking water.

Then, something else happened.

10:4

4 Now on the twenty-fourth day of the first month, as I was by the side of the great river, that is, the Tigris, 5 I lifted my eyes and looked, and behold, a certain man clothed in linen, whose waist was girded with gold of Uphaz! 6 His body was like beryl, his face like the appearance of lightning, his eyes like torches of fire, his arms and feet like burnished bronze in color, and the sound of his words like the voice of a multitude.

Daniel saw an angel of some sort. This would not have been Gabriel as Daniel had not described him that way before--some suspect that this was Jesus--who may have been the one who instructed Gabriel to communicate with David in Daniel 8:15-16.

10:7

7 And I, Daniel, alone saw the vision, for the men who were with me did not see the vision; but a great terror fell upon them, so that they fled to hide themselves.

Only Daniel got to see it, but those with him must have been affected somehow as the fled and hid. The Apostle Paul had a similar experience in the Book of Acts, in that while the others could see nothing, he alone beheld the vision (Acts 22:6-9).

10:8

8 Therefore I was left alone when I saw this great vision, and no strength remained in me; for my vigor was turned to frailty in me, and I retained no strength. 9 Yet I heard the sound of his words; and while I heard the sound of his words I was in a deep sleep on my face, with my face to the ground.

So, we see that this vision was also a type of dream as Daniel was in a deep sleep.

10:10

10 Suddenly, a hand touched me, which made me tremble on my knees and on the palms of my hands. 11 And he said to me, "O Daniel, man greatly beloved, understand the words that I speak to you, and stand upright, for I have now been sent to you." While he was speaking this word to me, I stood trembling.

Even though Daniel was greatly beloved in this dream, he also trembled from it. On May 13, 2022, evangelist Evans Ochieng had a dream in which a voice from a messenger said to him, "Dr Bob is a beloved man" (see Dreams, the Bible, the Radio Church of God, and the Continuing Church of God).

10:12

12 Then he said to me, "Do not fear, Daniel, for from the first day that you set your heart to understand, and to humble yourself before your God, your words were heard; and I have come because of your words.

Notice that if we truly humble ourselves, it helps out words to be heard. In our booklet Prayer: What Does the Bible Teach?:

David prayed and fasted when others were sick:

13 But as for me, when they were sick, My clothing was sackcloth; I humbled myself with fasting; And my prayer would return to my own heart. (Psalms 35:13) ...

Tip Number 24: The Difficult: Remember Fasting

Some matters are quite difficult.  What should you do? ...

Fasting is an adjunct to prayer.  Difficult situations often need fasting along with prayer. ...

When Nehemiah heard about how terrible the conditions in Jerusalem were, he prayed AND fasted (Nehemiah 1:4). Nehemiah was only a person who brought the king things to drink (Nehemiah 1:11). Yet, after prayer and fasting, he assisted and later became governor in Judah (Nehemiah 5:14; 8:9). 

The people in Jerusalem were in a difficult way, and God provided relief through one who prayed and fasted.

Notice also:

6 "Is this not the fast that I have chosen: To loose the bonds of wickedness, To undo the heavy burdens, To let the oppressed go free, And that you break every yoke? 7 Is it not to share your bread with the hungry, And that you bring to your house the poor who are cast out; When you see the naked, that you cover him, And not hide yourself from your own flesh? 8 Then your light shall break forth like the morning, Your healing shall spring forth speedily, And your righteousness shall go before you; The glory of the Lord shall be your rear guard. 9 Then you shall call, and the Lord will answer; You shall cry, and He will say, 'Here I am.' "If you take away the yoke from your midst, The pointing of the finger, and speaking wickedness, 10 If you extend your soul to the hungry And satisfy the afflicted soul, Then your light shall dawn in the darkness, and your darkness shall be as the noonday. (Isaiah 58:6-10)

For difficult situations, do not forget fasting. The Bible recommends it.

10:13

13 But the prince of the kingdom of Persia withstood me twenty-one days; and behold, Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me, for I had been left alone there with the kings of Persia.

The prince of Persia, in this case, appears to be a fallen angel, a demon. And apparently one with a fair amount of power. This is possibly Satan, the god of this world/age (2 Corinthians 4:4), which at that time had Persia as the leading empire. One of the reason I pointed to Satan is because he is shown as resisting/opposing one of God's human leaders:

1 And he shewed me Joshua the high priest standing before the angel of the LORD, and Satan standing at his right hand to resist him. (Zechariah 3:1, KJV)

1 Then he showed me Joshua the high priest standing before the Angel of the Lord, and Satan standing at his right hand to oppose him. (Zechariah 3:1, NKJV)

More on Joshua can be found in our article: Zerubbabel, Joshua, and Prophecy

Notice in Daniel 9:13 that the resisting looks to have happened during the entire time of Daniel's three week water fast. Hence, it may be that if Daniel stopped it sooner, he would not have gotten his answer.

But after 21 day, the archangel Michael interceded. He is called an archangel in Jude 9 and one of the chief princes here in Daniel 10:13.

10:14

14 Now I have come to make you understand what will happen to your people in the latter days, for the vision refers to many days yet to come."

So, we learn that the vision is not for Daniel's time.

10:15

15 When he had spoken such words to me, I turned my face toward the ground and became speechless. 16 And suddenly, one having the likeness of the sons of men touched my lips; then I opened my mouth and spoke, saying to him who stood before me, "My lord, because of the vision my sorrows have overwhelmed me, and I have retained no strength. 17 For how can this servant of my lord talk with you, my lord? As for me, no strength remains in me now, nor is any breath left in me."

18 Then again, the one having the likeness of a man touched me and strengthened me. 19 And he said, "O man greatly beloved, fear not! Peace be to you; be strong, yes, be strong!"

The fact that twice the one speaking to Daniel in these verses has "the likeness of a man" suggests this could be Jesus. The New Testament teaches "the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy" (Revelation 19:10)--and that would be consistent with Jesus giving important prophecies to Daniel.

10:18b

So when he spoke to me I was strengthened, and said, "Let my lord speak, for you have strengthened me."

20 Then he said, "Do you know why I have come to you? And now I must return to fight with the prince of Persia; and when I have gone forth, indeed the prince of Greece will come. 21 But I will tell you what is noted in the Scripture of Truth. (No one upholds me against these, except Michael your prince.

Now, while one may conclude that Jesus did not need to help of Michael the archangel or anyone else, the reality is that the Bible shows that the returning Jesus will (cf. Jude 1:14-15; Revelation 19:13-14,19).

Chapter 11

Verse 1 of chapter 11 starts out with something that should have been part of chapter 10. This was not due to divine inspiration, but probably a misunderstanding by someone who helped finalize the chapter and verse breaks--which were not in the Bible, but added by men later.

11:1

1 "Also in the first year of Darius the Mede, I, even I, stood up to confirm and strengthen him.)

This article covered Darius previously.

Dr. Bramer of Dallas Theological Seminary said there are 135 fulfilled prophecies in Daniel, and that is why the anti-biblical scholars do not believe it was written by Daniel when the book says it was written. I do not know the exact number of fulfilled prophecies or unfullfilled ones in Daniel, the fact is that because of many of the clearly fulfilled prophecies, many will not believe it--many do not realize believe God.

Daniel chapter 11 is one of the reasons anti-God scholars do not accept that Daniel himself could have written this chapter.

The fact is that he did.

Jesus verified that Daniel spoke words in the book named after him (Matthew 24:15; Mark 13:14). So, all scholars who deny that Daniel could have said/written them in the 6th/7th century BC are clearly also denying that Jesus told the truth.

That said, many prophecies in this chapter, including many associated with the King of the North, have had a type of fulfillment. They also correctly show that the individuals who fulfilled the role of the King of the North were Greco-Romans, whose base of power for most (if not all) of them was in Europe.

But many these prophecies were not fulfilled in their entirety in past ages.

The late Pastor General of the old Worldwide Church of God, Herbert W. Armstrong, long taught that much in Bible prophecy is dual. Here is a statement from him related to this chapter of the Book of Daniel:

... at least a part of Daniel 11 must also be DUAL! And no wonder, for we find the chapter concludes with the "time of the end" (verse 40) - leading up to the resurrection of the saints (chapter 12 :2). (Ambassador College Bible Correspondance Course, Lesson 2, World Peace Coming in Our Time! 1972 edition, p. 14)

Now some prophecies in Daniel 11.

11:2

2 And now I will tell you the truth: Behold, three more kings will arise in Persia, and the fourth shall be far richer than them all; by his strength, through his riches, he shall stir up all against the realm of Greece. 3 Then a mighty king shall arise, who shall rule with great dominion, and do according to his will.

Herbert W. Armstrong wrote:

Actually there were 12 more kings in the Persian Empire, but only the first four following Cyrus were of importance for the purpose of this prophecy. They were Cambyses, pseudo-Smerdis, Darius and Xerxes. It was the last, or Xerxes, who was the richest of all and stirred up war with Greece.

Then King Philip of Macedonia planned a great war to conquer the Persian Empire, with an army made up mostly of Grecians. He died before the plans were completed. But his son, Alexander the Great, took over his plans, and invaded Persia. He met the Persian army at the Battle of Issus, 333 B.C. (Dan. 8:2, 5-6). Then he swept down into Egypt, and then to a final crushing defeat of the Persian Empire at the Battle of Arbella, 331 B.C., after which Alexander marched on a conquest clear to India, sweeping all before him. (Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

One of the reasons this section on chapter 11 is including comments from Herbert W. Armstrong is that he mentioned how many of the prophesies in this chapter have been fulfilled.

And that will be the focus of many of the verses in the first half of this chapter.

11:4

4 And when he has arisen, his kingdom shall be broken up and divided toward the four winds of heaven, but not among his posterity nor according to his dominion with which he ruled; for his kingdom shall be uprooted, even for others besides these.

Herbert W. Armstrong wrote:

How marvelously -- how accurately -- that came to pass. We quote from one of the authoritative English-language histories published in the last century, A Manual of Ancient History (Student Series) by Rawlinson: "Cut off unexpectedly in the vigor of early manhood [the 33rd year of his age, June, 323 B.C.], he [Alexander] left no inheritor, either of his power or of his projects" (p. 237). The Empire was left leaderless and in confusion, but out of this emerged, by the year 301 B.C., four divisions, just as prophesied, as a result of a division of the Empire into four divisions by Alexander's generals. They were:

1. Ptolemy (Soter), ruling Egypt, part of Syria and Judea.

2. Seleucus (Nicator), ruling Syria, Babylonia and territory east to India.

3. Lysimachus, ruling Asia Minor.

4. Cassander, ruling Greece and Macedonia.

 Thus was the prophecy of verse 4 fulfilled to the letter.

Now notice what follows. From here the prophecy foretells the activities only of two of these four divisions: Egypt, called "king of the south," because it is south of Jerusalem; and the Syrian kingdom, the king of the north, just north of Judea. It is because the Holy Land passed back and forth between those two divisions, and because their different wars were principally over possession of Judea, that the prophecy is concerned with them. Here is verse 5:

"And the king of the south [Egypt] shall be strong, and one of his princes; and he shall be strong above him, and have dominion; his dominion shall be a great dominion." In history, we learn that the original Ptolemy I, called Soter, became strong and powerful, developing Egypt beyond the greatest dreams of Alexander. One of his princes, or generals, Seleucus Nicator, also became strong and powerful. And, in 312 B.C., taking advantage of Ptolemy's being tied up in a war, he established himself in Syria, and assumed the diadem as king. (Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

11:5

5 "Also the king of the South shall become strong, as well as one of his princes; and he shall gain power over him and have dominion. His dominion shall be a great dominion.

11:6

6 And at the end of some years they shall join forces, for the daughter of the king of the South shall go to the king of the North to make an agreement; but she shall not retain the power of her authority, and neither he nor his authority shall stand; but she shall be given up, with those who brought her, and with him who begot her, and with him who strengthened her in those times.

Herbert W. Armstrong wrote:

Fulfilled to the Letter!

At the end of 50 years, this occurred exactly as described!

Syria's ruler, the king of the north, at this time was Antiochus II, called Theos. His wife was named Laodice. And, says Rawlinson's Ancient History, page 251, "Her influence ... engaged him in a war with Ptolemy Philadelphus [king of the south], B.C. 260, which is terminated, B.C. 252, by a marriage between Antiochus and Bernice, Ptolemy's daughter."

The prophecy says "he that begat her" shall be given up. Also that she shall not retain the power of the arm, neither shall the king of the north, whom she married, stand. All three are to come to their end. Notice how accurately this came to pass.

Says Rawlinson's History, pages 251 and 252: "On the death of Philadelphus [he that begat her], B.C. 247, Antiochus repudiated Bernice, and took back his former wife, Laodice, who, however, doubtful of his constancy, murdered him to secure the throne for her son Seleucus (II) B.C. 246 ... Bernice ... had been put to death by Laodice."

Nowhere in all the Bible is there so literal a prophecy, giving so many details of future history. And to read an ancient history of these kingdoms is simply to see unfolded before your eyes, step by step, verse by verse, this marvelous prophecy. There can be no doubt of its right application! (Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

11:7

7 But from a branch of her roots one shall arise in his place, who shall come with an army, enter the fortress of the king of the North, and deal with them and prevail.

Herbert W. Armstrong wrote:

The Holy Land Changes Hands

Next let us notice verse 7: "But out of a branch of her roots shall one stand up in his estate [margin, "in his office"], which shall come with an army, and shall enter into the fortress of the king of the north, and shall deal against them, and shall prevail."

"Out of a branch," or "shoot," of her roots. Her parents were her roots. Hence, this must be her brother, who next should occupy the throne of king of the south and fulfill this prophecy. Now listen to this accurate fulfillment, quoted word for word from the same page of Rawlinson's work (p. 252):

"Ptolemy Euergetes [the III, eldest son of Philadelphus (p. 272) and therefore Bernice's brother, a branch of her roots] invaded Syria, B.C. 245, to avenge the murder of his sister, Bernice ... .In the war which followed, he carried everything before him." (Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

11:8

8 And he shall also carry their gods captive to Egypt, with their princes and their precious articles of silver and gold; and he shall continue more years than the king of the North.

9 "Also the king of the North shall come to the kingdom of the king of the South, but shall return to his own land.

Herbert W. Armstrong wrote:

The eighth verse of Daniel 11 says this king of the south would carry captives and vessels of silver and gold into Egypt, and continue to reign more years than the king of the north, who at that time was Seleucus II, and verse 9 says he shall return into Egypt. As verse 7 said he should "enter into the fortress of the king of the north," Ptolemy III did seize the fortress of Syria, Seleucia, the port of Antioch, capital of the kingdom! Then he carried back to Egypt immense booty and 2,500 molten images and idolatrous vessels which, in 526 B.C. Cambyses had carried away from Egypt. He continued to rule until 222 B.C., while the king of the north, Seleucus II, died in 226 B.C.

When he died, his two sons took over the kingdom of the north; first Seleucus III, 226-223 B.C., who ruled only three years, and then his brother Antiochus III, called "the Great," 223-187 B.C. Both of these two sons of Seleucus II assembled immense forces to war against Egypt, avenge their father, and recover their port and fortress, Seleucia. (Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

11:10

10 However his sons shall stir up strife, and assemble a multitude of great forces; and one shall certainly come and overwhelm and pass through; then he shall return to his fortress and stir up strife.

11 "And the king of the South shall be moved with rage, and go out and fight with him, with the king of the North, who shall muster a great multitude; but the multitude shall be given into the hand of his enemy.

Herbert W. Armstrong wrote:

And this was accurately prophesied in verse 10: "But his sons shall be stirred up, and shall assemble a multitude of great forces: and one shall certainly come, and overflow, and pass through: then shall he return and be stirred up [margin, "be stirred up again"], even to his fortress."

"And," continues verse 11, "the king of the south shall be moved with choler, and shall come forth and fight with him, even with the king of the north: and he shall set forth a great multitude; but the multitude shall be given into his hand."

In fulfillment of the latter part of verse 10, Antiochus the Great, after 27 years, recovered his fortress, Seleucia, and he also conquered the territory of Syria, as far as Gaza, including Judea. But the young Egyptian king, now Ptolemy IV (Philopater), was roused, and with an army of 20,000 inflicted severe defeat on Antiochus the Great; (Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

11:12

12 When he has taken away the multitude, his heart will be lifted up; and he will cast down tens of thousands, but he will not prevail.

Herbert W. Armstrong wrote:

Ptolemy IV (Philopater), was roused, and with an army of 20,000 inflicted severe defeat on Antiochus the Great; and fulfilling verse 12, he killed tens of thousands and again annexed Judea to Egypt. But he was not strengthened, for he made a rash and speedy peace with Antiochus, and returned to dissipation, throwing away the fruits of victory. Says verse 12, "And when he hath taken away the multitude, his heart shall be lifted up; and he shall cast down many ten thousands: but he shall not be strengthened by it." (Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

13 For the king of the North will return and muster a multitude greater than the former, and shall certainly come at the end of some years with a great army and much equipment.

Herbert W. Armstrong wrote:

"For," as verse 13 continues, "the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth a multitude greater than the former, and shall certainly come after certain years with a great army and with much riches." It was "after certain years," or 12 years later, 205 B.C., that Ptolemy Philopator died, leaving his throne to an infant son, Ptolemy Epiphanes. Then Antiochus assembled a greater army, and won great victories.

He then made a treaty allying Philip of Macedonia with him, and others, against Egypt, and they wrested Phoenicia and southern Syria from the king of the south. In this they were assisted by some of the Jews. Josephus' Jewish history says many Jews helped Antiochus. But notice how accurately Almighty God had foretold this, hundreds of years before it happened! ... v. 14 (Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

11:14

14 "Now in those times many shall rise up against the king of the South. Also, violent men of your people shall exalt themselves in fulfillment of the vision, but they shall fall.

15 So the king of the North shall come and build a siege mound, and take a fortified city; and the forces of the South shall not withstand him. Even his choice troops shall have no strength to resist. 16 But he who comes against him shall do according to his own will, and no one shall stand against him. He shall stand in the Glorious Land with destruction in his power. (Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

Herbert W. Armstrong wrote:

Verses 15-16 — "the glorious land," of course, refers to Judea, the Holy Land. Antiochus the Great besieged and took Sidon from Egypt, ruined the interests of Egypt in Judea at the Battle of Mount Panium, 198 B.C., and then Antiochus took possession of Judea. (Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

11:17

17 "He shall also set his face to enter with the strength of his whole kingdom, and upright ones with him; thus shall he do. And he shall give him the daughter of women to destroy it; but she shall not stand with him, or be for him.

Herbert W. Armstrong wrote:

Verse 17 — "upright ones" ... In 198 B.C., Antiochus arranged a marriage between his daughter, Cleopatra (not the Cleopatra of 31 B.C. in Egypt) and young Ptolemy Epiphanes, king of the south, by which he hoped subtly to gain complete possession of Egypt; but the plan failed.

Says Rawlinson, page 254, "Coele-Syria and Palestine promised as a dowry, but not delivered." Cleopatra did not truly stand on the side of Antiochus, for it was only a trick to gain possession of Egypt. (Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

11:18

18 After this he shall turn his face to the coastlands, and shall take many. But a ruler shall bring the reproach against them to an end; and with the reproach removed, he shall turn back on him.

Herbert W. Armstrong wrote:

Verse 18 — and so Antiochus turned his attention in another direction and tried to conquer, 197 to 196 B.C., the islands and coasts of Asia Minor. But the Roman general, Lucius Cornelius Scipio Asiaticus, utterly defeated him at the Battle of Magnesia, 190 B.C. (Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

11:19

19 Then he shall turn his face toward the fortress of his own land; but he shall stumble and fall, and not be found.

Herbert W. Armstrong wrote:

Verse 19 — Antiochus next turned his attention to the fortresses of his own land, in the east and west. But, attempting to recruit his dissipated wealth by the plunder of the Oriental Temple of Belus, in Elymais, he was killed, 187 B.C. (Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

11:20

20 "There shall arise in his place one who imposes taxes on the glorious kingdom; but within a few days he shall be destroyed, but not in anger or in battle.

Herbert W. Armstrong wrote:

Verse 20 -- Seleucus IV Philopator (187-176), his son, in an effort to raise money, sent a tax collector, Heliodorus, through Judea. But he reigned only 11 years, when Heliodorus poisoned him. (Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

11:21 This is from a paraphrase:

21 The successor of this king of the north will be a worthless nobody, who doesn’t even come from a royal family. He will suddenly appear and gain control of the kingdom by treachery. (Daniel 11:21, CEV)

Herbert W. Armstrong wrote:

Verse 21 -- he left no heir. But his brother, a younger son of Antiochus the Great, named Epiphanes (Antiochus IV), a contemptible reprobate, came by surprise and through flattery took the kingdom. To his aid came his assistant, Eumenes. Rawlinson says, page 255, "Antiochus [Epiphanes], assisted by Eumenes, drives out Heliodorus, and obtains the throne, B.C. 176. He astonishes his subjects by an affectation of Roman manners" and "good-natured profuseness [flattery]." (Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

As far as the future prophetic sequence of Daniel 11 goes, notice that Herbert W. Armstrong wrote the following:

"Next to happen, verses 21 and 22, is the soon-coming Great Tribulation! But I want you to understand what is meant by 'the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet.'

"In Daniel 11:21, referring in original, typical fulfillment to Antiochus Epiphanes, there shall stand up a vile person ... So once again before the second coming of Christ, a vile leader will stop the daily sacrifices being offered ... This same prophecy spoken by Jesus is also reported by Luke ... 21:20-24 (Armstrong HW. Personal, Plain Truth magazine, June 1967).

Thus, Herbert W. Armstrong clearly taught that starting at least from verse 21, that Daniel 11 had a dual/future fulfillment. We are getting very close to the fulfillment of Daniel 11:21.

Now, let’s go back and see that the Bible suggests that before the final King of the North rises up, there will come a raiser of taxes:

20 “There shall arise in his place one who imposes taxes on the glorious kingdom; but within a few days he shall be destroyed, but not in anger or in battle. 21 And in his place shall arise a vile person, … (Daniel 11:20-21a)

Time is getting short (see Does God Have a 6,000 Year Plan? What Year Does the 6,000 Years End?). And if various taxes are soon raised in Europe (and some have been proposed), this may signal how close we may be to the rising up of the final King of the North, and also the Antichrist.

The “vile person” is the final King of the North (who is also the final Beast of the Sea of Revelation 13:1-10).

Notice what is shown after verse 20 in a couple of different translations:

21 And there shall stand up in his place one despised, and the kingly honour shall not be given him: and he shall come privately, and shall obtain the kingdom by fraud. (Daniel 11:21, Douay-Rheims)

21 “‘His place will be taken by a reject, a man spurned and passed over for advancement. He’ll surprise everyone, seemingly coming out of nowhere, and will seize the kingdom. (Daniel 11:21 from THE MESSAGE: The Bible in Contemporary Language © 2002 by Eugene H. Peterson. All rights reserved.)

A disgraced man will arise. And this leader will promise peace and prosperity. He will make a deal with a small amount of people to gain power (cf. Revelation 17:12-13; see also Must the Ten Kings of Revelation 17:12 Rule over Ten Currently Existing Nations?).

Greco-Roman Catholic prophecy tells of someone like that:

Anonymou Paraphrasis (10th century): Men thought of him that he is a nobody and useful for nothing. (Tzima Otto, The Great Monarch and WWIII in Orthodox, Roman Catholic, and Scriptural Prophecies, p. 32)

Brother Louis Rocco (died 1840): A Catholic descendant of a German imperial house (Hapsburg?) will rule a united Germany with peace, prosperity and great power, for God will be with this sovereign (Great Monarch?) . (Culleton, The Prophets and Our Times. Imprimatur Bishop P.G. Scher, November 15, 1941. TAN reprint, p. 195).

Anonymou Paraphrasis (10th century): And the name of his Father is divine [or august, i.e. having an "imperial title"]. (Tzima Otto, The Great Monarch and WWIII in Orthodox, Roman Catholic, and Scriptural Prophecies, p. 40)

That Hapsburg comment was added by Priest Culleton. An imperial title could possibly include something like duke or baron.

So, perhaps a disgraced Hapsburg? See also: Might German Baron Karl-Theodor zu Guttenberg become the King of the North?

The following Greco-Roman Catholic private prophecies show that in the latter days some expect a future emperor of Europe, who with a major pope (possibly an antipope), will control the earth:

Capuchin Friar (18th century): A scion of the Carlovingian race {a descendant of Charlemagne}, by all considered extinct, will come to Rome to behold and admire the piety and clemency of this Pontiff, who will crown him, and declare him to be the legitimate Emperor of the Romans, and from the Chair of St. Peter, the Pope will lift the standard, the crucifix, and will give it to the new emperor. (Culleton R. Gerald. The Prophets and Our Times. Nihil Obstat: L. Arvin. Imprimatur: Philip G. Scher, Bishop of Monterey-Fresno, November 15, 1941 Reprint 1974, TAN Books, Rockford (IL), pp. 177-178)

Venerable Bartholomew Holzhauser (died 1658): There will rise a valiant monarch anointed by God. He will be Catholic … He will rule supreme in temporal matters. The pope will rule supreme in spiritual matters at the same time. The reign of the Great Ruler may be compared with that of Caesar Augustus who became Emperor after his victory over his enemies, thereby giving peace to the world, also with the reign of Emperor Constantine the Great, who was sent by God, after severe persecutions, to deliver both the Church and State. By his victories on water and land he brought the Roman empire under subjection, which he then ruled in peace ... The Great Monarch will have the special help of God and be unconquerable … ‘Golden crown’ refers to his Holy Roman (German) Empire … ( Culleton, The Prophets and Our Times, pp. 171,172)

St. Ephraem (5th century): Then the Lord from his glorious heaven shall set up his peace. And the kingdom of the Romans shall rise in place of this latter people, and establish dominion upon the earth, even to its ends, and there shall be no one who will resist it.

Comment on the above from Roman Catholic writer Desmond Birch: He is talking about some future “Kingdom of the Romans“ of a “latter people.” (Birch, DA. Trial, Tribulation & Triumph: Before During and After Antichrist. Queenship Publishing Company, Goleta (CA), 1996, pp. 225,226)

Desmond Birch (1996): At some point, the Great King chases an invading Moslem army back to the Holy Land ... The Great King will be crowned Holy Roman Emperor by the reigning Pope. (Birch, pp. 553, 555)

Thus, some writers and mystics were foretelling of the rise of a future European emperor. Perhaps it should be added that then Pope Francis once publicly stated that he dreamed of a humane European utopia that his church would assist in bringing about. (Pope’s Address at Being Awarded Charlemagne Prize. Zenit, May 6, 2016)

History shows that European emperors who attempt to establish dominion upon the earth tend to do that through conquering. 

Because of scriptural warnings, Greco-Roman Catholics (and all others) would do well not to wish to follow the one known as the Great Monarch. Some, of course, do realize this as the following shows:

The tradition of the Great King and the Holy Pope ... first emerged from the Tiburtine Sibyl, a work that may date back to AD 380-400 ...

Catholic writer Paul Thigpen warns, “Looking for the Great Monarch, then, who does not appear in Scripture, might lead to overlooking the Antichrist who does. It might even lead to--a more disturbing thought--to mistaking the Antichrist for the Great Monarch. After all, lesser antichrists of the past such as Hitler and Stalin have seduced followers with visions of grand and glorious earthly kingdoms. Surely Antichrist of the last days will do the same. (Penn L. False Dawn. Sophia Perennis, 2005, p. 420)

“Could looking for the Great Monarch, then, lead believers to overlook the Antichrist, or even to mistake the one for the other?” (Thigpen P. The Rapture Trap, 2nd edition. Nihil obstat Joseph C. Price, June 14, 2002. Imprimatur Anthony Cardinal Bevilacqua, Archbishop of Philadelphia, June 18, 2002. Ascension Press, 2002, pp. 222-225)

The reality is that many will see the King of the North as some type of ‘Great Monarch’ and support this Beast that the Bible warns against (see also The Great Monarch: Biblical and Greco-Roman Catholic Prophecies).

Notice a Greek Orthodox prophecy related to the ‘Great Monarch’:

Anonymou Paraphrasis (10th century): The one true King, … whom men have expulsed from his own dwelling … will be revealed when the time of the power of the Ishmaelites comes to an end. … Men thought of him that he is a nobody and useful for nothing. (Tzima Otto, pp. 30, 32)

One considered to be a useless nobody will rise up.

Did you notice the similarities of the Great Monarch being warned against in scripture? A disgraced politician, such as a former German Defense Minister who was passed over from being Chancellor, could fill that role.

Notice two other translations of Daniel 11:22, one Protestant, the other Roman Catholic:

21 And in his place shall arise a vile person, to whom they will not give the honor of royalty; but he shall come in peaceably, and seize the kingdom by intrigue. (NKJV)

21 'In his place will rise a wretch: royal honours will not be given to him, but rather he will insinuate himself into them at his pleasure and will gain possession of the kingdom by intrigue. (NJB)

As it turns out, while certain descendants of the Habsburg family in Austria go through an investiture ceremony declaring them royals with various titles, such does not happen with Habsburg descendants in Germany—they are NOT given the honor of royalty.

This same vile leader of Daniel 11, who appears at the "appointed time" of "the end" is described without that King of the North title in Daniel 8:

19 And he said, "Look, I am making known to you what shall happen in the latter time of the indignation; for at the appointed time the end shall be...23 "And in the latter time of their kingdom, When the transgressors have reached their fullness, A king shall arise, Having fierce features, Who understands sinister schemes. 24 His power shall be mighty, but not by his own power; He shall destroy fearfully, And shall prosper and thrive; He shall destroy the mighty, and also the holy people. 25 "Through his cunning He shall cause deceit to prosper under his rule; And he shall exalt himself in his heart. He shall destroy many in their prosperity. He shall even rise against the Prince of princes; But he shall be broken without human means. 26 "And the vision of the evenings and mornings Which was told is true; Therefore seal up the vision, For it refers to many days in the future." (Daniel 8:19,23-26)

This King is also the "Beast" that rises from the sea that ten future kings will give their power to per Revelation 17:12-13 (see also Must the Ten Kings of Revelation 17:12 Rule over Ten Currently Existing Nations?). He is also the seventh king of Revelation 17:10, and becomes so with the fulfillment of Revelation 17:13.

But notice the portion of Daniel 8:23 that I bolded above. This King rises up when the transgressors have reached their fullness, which suggests that this is about when God has had enough of the increasing immorality in nations like the U.S.A. as well as in Europe. Immorality is increasing in the Western lands, and will get to the point that the King will rise up.

Perhaps it may be of historical interest to note that even though some modern Protestant (see The Dangerous Rise of Preterists) and Roman Catholic scholars believe that all of Daniel 11 was fulfilled (e.g. Kurz, W. What Does the Bible Say About the End Times? A Catholic View. Servant Books, Cincinnati. Nihil Obstat: Kistner H., Schehr T.P. Imprimi Potest: Link F., Paul J.M. Imprimatur: Carl K. Moeddel, Vicar General and Auxiliary Bishop, Archdiocese of Cincinnati, July 19, 2004, p. 68), that this is not consistent with the teachings of many earlier Greco-Roman Catholic teachers.

For one example, even though he confused the Antichrist as being the King of the North (as many others do), the late 4th century Roman Catholic Jerome felt that from at least verse 22 on, that a future fulfillment involving a King of the North would occur as Jerome wrote:

"And there shall stand up in his place one despised, and the kingly honor shall not be given him; and he shall come privately and shall obtain the kingdom by fraud. And the arms of the fighter shall be overcome before his face and shall be broken, and the prince of the covenant as well. And after friendly advances he shall deal deceitfully with him, and shall go up and shall overcome with a small people. And he shall enter into rich and prosperous cities, and shall do things which his fathers never did, nor his fathers' fathers. He shall scatter their spoil and their booty and their wealth, and shall undertake plots against the best fortified cities, and shall continue thus for a time." Up to this point the historical order has been followed...But those of our persuasion believe all these things are spoken prophetically of the Antichrist who is to arise in the end time...Verses 40, 41...the king of the North...(Jerome. Commentary on Daniel, Chapter 11. Translated by Gleason L. Archer. (1958). http://www.tertullian.org/fathers/jerome_daniel_02_text.htm viewed 12/20/08).

The future fulfillment view of the Continuing Church of God is consistent with what Herbert W. Armstrong and Jerome both taught.

11:22

22 With the force of a flood they shall be swept away from before him and be broken, and also the prince of the covenant.

Herbert Armstrong wrote:

Verse 22 — "the prince of the covenant" does not refer to Christ. This was the attempt of Antiochus to replace the Jewish high priest by another who would be subservient to him. (Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

That is also true for "the prince ... who will confirm a covenant" mentioned in Daniel 9:26b-27. Furthermore, realize that Herbert Armstrong taught a DUAL FULFILMENT from at least Daniel 11:21 on--hence he is clearly teaching that Jesus is NOT the prince of the covenant, and the one who is coming will be a conquerer who will bring abomination to Jerusalem. Yet, many once part of the old Worldwide Church of God do not understand that.

11:23

23 And after the league is made with him he shall act deceitfully, for he shall come up and become strong with a small number of people. 24 He shall enter peaceably, even into the richest places of the province; and he shall do what his fathers have not done, nor his forefathers: he shall disperse among them the plunder, spoil, and riches; and he shall devise his plans against the strongholds, but only for a time.

Herbert W. Armstrong taught:

Verses 23-24 — although only a few were with him at first, yet by this "Roman manner," by deceit and flattery, he crept into power and prospered. He also invaded Galilee and Lower Egypt. His fathers, the former kings of Syria, had favored the Jews, but says Rawlinson, page 255, they "were driven to desperation by the mad project of this self-willed monarch."

But what about a future fulfillment?

Well, it looks like the final King of the North will make a deal.

As far as a small number of people, one such small number appears to be those of Revelation 17:12. Notice:

12 "The ten horns which you saw are ten kings who have received no kingdom as yet, but they receive authority for one hour as kings with the beast. 13 These are of one mind, and they will give their power and authority to the beast. (Revelation 17:12-13)

Other translations of Daniel 11:23-24 refer to him being involved in a ceasefire (The Message), alliances (DRB, NJB, NLT), or a treaty (CEV, GNT, WEB), which is consistent with Daniel 9:26-27.

Let's look at verse 24 again:

24 He shall enter peaceably, even into the richest places of the province; and he shall do what his fathers have not done, nor his forefathers: he shall disperse among them the plunder, spoil, and riches; and he shall devise his plans against the strongholds, but only for a time.

Notice another scripture that discuss this leader:

25 And through his policy also he shall cause craft to prosper in his hand; and he shall magnify himself in his heart, and by peace shall destroy many: he shall also stand up against the Prince of princes; but he shall be broken without hand. (Daniel 8:25, KJV).

So this leader gives people the impression that there will be "peace" and is involved with peace. This is the same leader who makes some type of deal in verse 23 and that confirms the covenant in Daniel 9:27. The term is translated as "peace" in Daniel 8:25 is from the Hebrew term shalvah and essentially means security. In other words, this leader will destroy "many" who are under the impression that they are secure because of some type of security and/or trade arrangement. Such arrangements are now commonly referred to as peace deals or treaties. Land swaps or changes to territories are likely.

As far as verse 24 goes, allow me to mention some speculation as well as a scriptural connections to its future fulfillment.

Notice that the Beast will enter peaceably. I have long speculated that this may because he may invade under the guise of a NATO or similar exercise.

The Beast will, to some degree, be considered a friend.

Well, the Book of Lamentations warns that the one who was great will be betrayed by friends who became enemies:

1 How lonely sits the city
That was full of people!
How like a widow is she,
Who was great among the nations!
The princess among the provinces
Has become a slave!

2 She weeps bitterly in the night,
Her tears are on her cheeks;
Among all her lovers
She has none to comfort her.
All her friends have dealt treacherously with her;
They have become her enemies. (Lamentations 1:1-2)

The United States has been considered great among the nations, as was the United Kingdom when it had the British Empire (which was the largest land empire in human history).

Notice that the great is shown to be conquered by friends who became enemies.

Why NATO or something like it?

First let's consider NATO:

The North Atlantic Treaty Organization ... is an intergovernmental transnational military alliance of 32 member states—30 European and 2 North American.

Established in the aftermath of World War II, the organization implements the North Atlantic Treaty, signed in Washington, D.C., on 4 April 1949. ...

NATO's main headquarters are located in Brussels, Belgium, while NATO's military headquarters are near Mons, Belgium. The alliance has increased its NATO Response Force deployments in Eastern Europe ...

In addition, NATO recognizes Bosnia and Herzegovina, Georgia, and Ukraine as aspiring members. ...

Article 5 of the North Atlantic treaty, requiring member states to come to the aid of any member state subject to an armed attack, was invoked for the first and only time after the September 11 attacks ...

NATO has thirty-two members, mostly in Europe with two in North America. NATO's "area of responsibility", within which attacks on member states are eligible for an Article 5 response, is defined under Article 6 of the North Atlantic Treaty to include member territory in Europe, North America, Turkey, and islands in the North Atlantic north of the Tropic of Cancer. Attacks on vessels, aircraft and other forces in the North Atlantic (again, north of the Tropic of Cancer) and the Mediterranean Sea may also provoke an Article 5 response. (NATO. Wikipedia, accessed 07/10/25)

The reality is that without the USA, NATO really has been not much of a military power. US President Donald Trump has threatened to NOT defend European nations that do not contribute more to military spending. This has caused not only anti-American sentiments, it has also gotten more and more in Europe to call for Europe to be a military power of its own right, independent of the United States. Pressures from the Trump Administration have caused the NATO members to pledge to increase military spending to 5% their GDP by 2035 (see NATO meeing–Europeans want a military independent of the United States).

Donald Trump and his Administration has offended the Europeans so much that they do not see the USA as an ally, but currently a necessary partner (see Another poll reveals that Europeans mainly consider that the USA is a ‘necessary partner,’ not an ally). EU Commission President Ursula von der Leyen would not even refer to the USA as a ally in 2025 when she was asked--plus she said that the West as we know it no longer exists (see EU President says because of Donald Trump ‘The West as we knew it no longer exists’).

Since the bulk of the NATO nations are in the EU, yes, the time will come when they will turn against the USA militarily (cf. Daniel 11:39), whether or not they do this under the guise of a NATO exercise.

Now, also in verse 24, we read that the Beast will extend "even into the richest places of the province; and he shall do what his fathers have not done, nor his forefathers." Well, neither in WWI or WWII did Germany enter much into the USA, Canada, Australia, or New Zealand, and other than military bomber planes, really much in the UK. But that will change.

Notice also that "he shall disperse among them the plunder, spoil, and riches; and he shall devise his plans against the strongholds, but only for a time." This also ties in with Daniel 11:39--which is covered later. The verses of Daniel 11:22-26 look to parallel Daniel 11:39-43 as after the strongest fortresses of Daniel 11:39 are conquered, he conquers the King of the South. Which we see in the next verse.

11:25

25 "He shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the South with a great army. And the king of the South shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand, for they shall devise plans against him.

Herbert W. Armstrong wrote of the past fulfillment of verses 25-32:

Verse 25 — Rawlinson, pages 255-256, says, "Threatened with war by the ministers of Ptolemy Philometor [now king of the south], who claim Coele-Syria and Palestine as the dowry of Cleopatra, the late queen-mother, Antiochus marches against Egypt ... B.C. 171" (pp. 277-278). But he was met by his nephew, Ptolemy Philometor, king of the south, with another immense army. But the Egyptian king was defeated through the treachery of his own officers and was outwitted by Antiochus.

Verses 26-27 — continuing in Rawlinson, page 278: "After his victory at Pelusium, Antiochus advanced to Memphis, and having obtained possession of the young king's person [Ptolemy Philometor, king of the south], endeavored to use him as a tool for effecting the entire reduction of the country." In 174 B.C., the uncle of the king of the south sat at a banquet. Antiochus pretended to ally himself with the young Ptolemy, against his brother, Euergetes II, but each was trying to deceive the other.

Verse 28 — in 168 B.C., returning from Egypt with great plunder, Antiochus set himself against the Jews, massacred many, and then returned to Antioch with golden vessels from the Temple at Jerusalem.

Verse 29 — the same year, he again invaded Egypt, but with none of his former success, because Philometor, king of the south, got help from Rome.

Verse 30 — the Roman fleet came against Antiochus, he was forced to surrender to the terms of Popillius, commander of the Roman fleet, and retire from Egypt and restore Cyprus to Egypt. Returning through Judea, smarting under the defeat, he vented his exasperation against the Jews, and extended special favors to those Jews who would turn from their religion.

Verse 31 — then, 167 B.C., the next year, came the climax of the horror. Antiochus sent troops to the Holy Land, who desecrated the Temple and sanctuary, abolished the daily sacrifice (see also Daniel 8:11, 24) and (Kislev 15, Hebrew calendar) placed the abomination — an image — on the altar in the Temple precincts, making it desolate (Rawlinson, p. 255). Many who claim to teach the Bible try to apply the prophecy of this verse to Moslems in the 7th century A.D., building the Dome of the Rock on the supposed site of the ancient Temple at Jerusalem! But every verse of this prophecy, step by step, verse by verse, unfolded in actual history, just as here recounted, so there can be not the slightest shadow of doubt as to this abomination that "maketh desolate" — it was an idol set up in 167 B.C., by Antiochus Epiphanes. ...

Verse 32 — Antiochus tried to end the religion of the Jews. He took away the daily sacrifice, forbade the ministration at the Temple. He perverted by flatteries the Jews who were willing to forsake their religion.

(Armstrong HW. The Middle East in Prophecy. Worldwide Church of God, 1972)

Here is a link to a sermon video: Daniel 10-11:32: Prophecies Fulfilled in History.

Notice also that for the future, we see in Daniel 11:25 that the final King of the North will have a great army.

We also see that the coming King of the South will have a very great and powerful army. While we currently do not see this, the Arabs have had large joint military exercises and many Arab nations do have fairly modern weapons--but more will cooperation, etc. will come. For more on the King of the South, check out the article: Is the Future King of the South Rising Up?

This part of the Bible is considered to have been written around 160 BCE or later by anti-biblical scholars.

The Bible warns of those who are:

1 But know this, that in the last days perilous times will come: 2 For men will be lovers of themselves, lovers of money, boasters, proud, blasphemers, ... 6 ... led away by various lusts, 7 always learning and never able to come to the knowledge of the truth. (2 Timothy 3:1-2, 6-7)

Yes, in our time, in these last days, many scholars love themselves and blaspheme the word of God.

Now, notice that a fragment of it in the Dead Sea scrolls, which is not the original, looks to be dated from the 3rd century BC. The Smithsonian Magazine reported:

June 5, 2025

Scholars have long relied on radiocarbon dating and palaeography (the study of ancient handwriting) to date the Dead Sea Scrolls. For the new study, researchers took a mixed approach: They used an artificial intelligence model called “Enoch,” after the Hebrew prophet. ... the program estimated that the Dead Sea Scroll known as 4Q114, which contains parts of the Book of Daniel, was older than previously thought. As Science’s Kristin Romey reports, paleographers had dated the scroll to about 165 B.C.E., while Enoch dated it to between 230 and 160 B.C.E.

(Anderson S. The Dead Sea Scrolls Changed Our Understanding of the Bible. Could Some of Them Be Even Older Than We Thought? Smithsonian Magazine, June 5, 2025--https://www.smithsonianmag.com/smart-news/the-dead-sea-scrolls-changed-our-understanding-of-the-bible-could-some-of-them-be-even-older-than-we-thought-180986746/?utm_source=firefox-newtab-en-us)

Understand that the Dead Sea Scrolls were NOT the original manuscripts. While most of the Dead Sea Scrolls were written in Hebrew, a portion related to Daniel was written in Greek--specifically Scroll 4Q114. Anyway the Dead Sea Scrolls are translations and/or otherwise based on the original manuscripts. Them being later documents points to Daniel being much older and is consistent with the biblical assertion that it was written when it was. And note that even the Smithsonian is somewhat admitting that.

It should also be noted that the Septuagint translation of the Old Testament into Greek is believed to have occurred between 285-287 BC--if the Dead Sea Scroll section 4Q114 was mainly a copy from that, it also points to an earlier date for the original writing of Daniel. While some may assert that the portion of Daniel in the Septuagint was translated later, it would seem to make little sense, particularly with 4Q114 possibly being from the 3rd century BC.

Let me also add that I researched 4Q114 and some of what it states.

In Daniel 11:25, a translation of 4Q114 reads:

"He will stir up his power and his courage against the king of the south with a great army; and the king of the south will wage war in battle with an exceedingly great and mighty army; but he won’t stand; for they will devise plans against him."

Notice that the above relates to the 11th chapter of Daniel--a chapter that many falsely assert was not written until about 165 BC. Yet, a fragment that exists supports the view it was originally written before that.

Do not believe the "consensus of scholars" when they disagree with the word of God.

Furthermore, consider that, related to the text in the Book of Daniel:

The evidence of the language of the book leads to the conclusion that it was written in the fifth century BC plus or minus a century.  That is a fairly broad range.  In other words, the Aramaic and Hebrew in the book, according to the experts, is from somewhere between roughly 350 and 600 BC.  Some would give an earlier date, some later.  Only the liberals who have a preconceived notion give a later date, but when I look at their arguments their bias is so obvious it can be discounted.  Other evidence puts the book pre-300 BC.  This includes the inclusion of Daniel in the Greek Septuagint translation (made by about 180 BC, and probably earlier) as well as the discovery of fragements of Daniel in the Dead Sea Scrolls.  This evidence puts Daniel in the Hebrew canon of scripture certainly by 200 BC, and very likely much earlier.  Given the time for a book to be accepted as inspired, one can say with confidence that the book was written before 300 BC, and very likely much earlier.

The physical evidence for Daniel being written after 160 BC is completely missing in my opinion.  The reason people believe it was written so late is principally because of the ridiculous accuracy of the book’s statements about the career of the Ptolemies, the Seleucids and of course of Antiochus Epiphanes.  They simply HAVE to assume the book was written after these events or their pre-conceived notion that the Bible is NOT inspired by God falls apart. (What evidence do we have that the book of Daniel was written in the 600s BC, and what evidence is used for a later date of composition, after the time of Antiochus Epiphanes? Posted on September 21, 2008 by Dr. John Oakes https://evidenceforchristianity.org/what-evidence-do-we-have-that-the-book-of-daniel-was-written-in-the-600s-bc-and-what-evidence-is-used-for-a-later-date-of-composition-after-the-time-of-antiochus-epiphanes/)

The Bible also teaches:

4 Indeed, let God be true but every man a liar. (Romans 3:4)

Now to the next verse.

11:26

26 Yes, those who eat of the portion of his delicacies shall destroy him; his army shall be swept away, and many shall fall down slain.

So, the King of the South will be betrayed.

Perhaps it should be mentioned that there are many Roman Catholic prophecies that indicate that the Turks will become Roman Catholic and betray an Arab leader. And that although they will probably for a while support Muslim interest, notice the following one about betrayal:

Nostradamus: The Great Arab shall progress well forward, But betrayed shall be by the Byzantines. (Turks).

Comment on above from Catholic writer Yves Dupont: Here, we are told that Turkey will break its faith with the rest of the Arab world. (Dupont, Yves. Catholic Prophecy: The Coming Chastisement. TAN Books, Rockford (IL), 1973, p. 107).

The "Great Arab" is probably supposed to represent the Mahdi of Islamic prophecy and the King of the South from scripture. This betrayal from Nostradamus is consistent with Daniel 11:26 (see also The Arab and Islamic World In the Bible, History, and Prophecy; see also the article Turkey in Prophecy and/or video What Should You Know About Turkey in Prophecy).

Some in Islam have taught several things about the Mahdi that suggest that he is the King of the South of the Bible. Notice the following:

Rasaullah [Muhammed] said: "There will be four peace agreements between you and the Romans [Christians].  The fourth agreement will be mediated through a person who will be the progeny of Hadrat Haroon [Honorable Aaron -- Moses' brother] and will be upheld for seven years (Richardson J. Antichrist: Islam's Awaited Messiah. Pleasant Word, 2006, p. 48)

The above sounds similar to the seven year (one week in biblical language) agreement discussed in Daniel 9:27 that involves a "prince" who appears to be the one the Bible warns will become the King of the North and apparently the nation of Israel. It certainly would make sense that there would be Muslim representation in a peace deal.

However, the Bible shows that this deal will be broken (Daniel 9:27) and the King of the North will invade Jerusalem (Daniel 11:31) and ultimately the King of the South (Daniel 11:40-43). Notice that this too, however, seems to be consistent with some Islamic prophecy:

...a life of peace as a result of a peace agreement between you and the Banil Asfaar (Romans) which they will break and attack you  (Ibn Zubair Ali, Mohammed Ali. The minor signs of Last Days from: The Signs of Qiyamah. http://www.islamawareness.net/Prophecies/minor.html viewed 06/21/09).

But why might Turkey betray the Muslim leader?

There are several reasons.

One is, according to a Muslim my wife and I spent several days with in Turkey, "Turks aren't very good Muslims."

Another is that Turkey is not only more geographically connected to Europe than the Islamic Arabic countries, it also has more travel and economic ties. Furthermore, Turkey has applied to be a part of the European Union. Turkey is the most Islamic of any nation that has attained candidate status to be part of the European Union.

Additionally, the Turks, themselves, want to rule the Arabs. The Ottoman Empire did for centuries -- and many Turks want that still (as they have told me that). Since the King of the South will not be a Turk, while I believe that Turkey will temporarily support him, Turkey will turn against that leader. That is also consistent with something that the Book of Daniel prophesies.

Notice:

40 At the time of the end the king of the South shall attack him; and the king of the North shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter the countries, overwhelm them, and pass through. 41 He shall also enter the Glorious Land, and many countries shall be overthrown; but these shall escape from his hand: Edom, Moab, and the prominent people of Ammon. (Daniel 11:40-42)

Notice that Edom escapes the wrath of the King of the North. It is logical that if Edom was allied with the King of the South, that the reason that it escapes the King of the North's conquering is because Edom somehow switched sides--which is consistent with something the old WCG taught--see later discussion of verse 41). Betraying the King of the South, which we see in verse 26, points to Turkish involvement.

The old Radio Church of God taught related to the identity of Edom:

Esau, or Edom, as he is also called, lived southeast of Palestine near Petra. Arab Bedouins live there now. Then where have Esau's children gone?

From the days of Nebuchadnezzar, who carried them captive, they disappear for 1000 years from history. Then suddenly we find Amalek the name of a city in Turkestan in Central Asia (from Paul Herrmann's SIEBEN VORBEI UND ACHT VERWEHT, p.451). The Egyptians used to call the Amalekites Amu. In Turkestan is the River Amu today! In Bible times the Edomites inhabited Mt.Seir (Gen.32:4). In Turkestan is the Syr Darya — the River of Syr or Seir.

The leading Turkish tribe is the Ottoman. The prophecies referring to Edom or Esau mention Teman as the leading tribe in these latter days (Obadiah 9). The conclusion is inescapable. The Ottoman Turks are the sons of Teman. Merely the vowels in spelling have been changed over these past millenniums. From Central Asia the Turks or Edomites moved into Asia Minor. That is where Esau's children live today! Turkey controls the "crossway" of the nations — the Dardanelles (Obadiah 14).

How clear, ESAU OR EDOM IS TURKEY today! ... Canaanites have also intermarried into Esau — Turkey today (Gen.26:34) (Hoeh H. The TRUTH about the RACE QUESTION! Plain Truth, July 1957)

Another writer stated:

History shows us that a good portion of Esua/Edom finally settled in the land called TURKEY today. (Hunt KM. The Biblical Prophets for Today. iUniverse, 2011, p. 173).

The Turks themselves say that they were a nomadic people who ended up in Turkey when they pushed the Greeks out of that territory. 

Biblically, they are connected to Edom.

More on the Mahdi and Turkey can be found in the article The Arab World In the Bible, History, and Prophecy; Turkey is also the subject of the article Turkey in Prophecy and the video What Should You Know About Turkey in Prophecy.

Starting with verse 27, I believe that verses in the rest of chapter 11 are chronologically sequential. LCG does not, though its leadership (Charlotte-based evangelists all told me I was correct on the sequence when I was there (see also LCG: What About the Living Church of God? Are there Doctrinal Differences with the Continuing Church of God?).

11:27

27 Both these kings' hearts shall be bent on evil, and they shall speak lies at the same table; but it shall not prosper, for the end will still be at the appointed time.

Notice that these two kings make a deal together, but both sides are lying to each other. Thus, whatever agreement they make is not destined to be permanent. But that this deal will be at the appointed time of the end.

Verse 27 suggests that some type of bad agreement is made between the two—this would seem to be the deal that leads to the fulfillment of Psalm 83. It is highly likely that this deal will be portrayed publicly as a type of peace deal, but in fact will unleash terror.

Psalm 83 shows that an Arab-Turkish confederation will arise and want to eliminate the descendants of Israel, perhaps through terrorism and warfare, and that the Assyrian (apparently European based on other prophecies) power decides to join them in order for this to succeed. 

Daniel 11:27 likely sets the stage for proposing that the Antichrist supporters come to Jerusalem to eliminate Israeli control of that city, as well as to fulfill Daniel 11:31 and probably Daniel 11:39.

Notice that this deal in Daniel 11:27 will be based upon deceit but will result in the end coming at the appointed time. Thus, this deal apparently pertains to the appointed time of the end.

Because of that, the Bible clearly supports the idea that there must be a future fulfillment of verse 27 onwards. Yet, most details of the deal will likely not be made public.

In his commentary related to this verse, the Greco-Roman Catholic saint Jerome stated his belief "that all these things refer to the Antichrist and to the king of Egypt." Which he is pointing to the biblical King of the North (who is in league with final Antichrist) and the King of the South.

Before going farther, let me add that some, including the Jehovah’s Witnesses, have correctly taught, "The designations ‘the king of the north’ and ‘the king of the south’ refer to kings north and south of Daniel’s people …{in} to the land of Judah" (Pay Attention to Daniel’s Prophecy! Watchtower Bible and Tract Society of New York, Brooklyn, 1999; 2006 printing, p. 218 ). Yet, despite the correct understanding of geography, the Jehovah’s Witnesses incorrectly concluded that in the 20th century the United States and the United Kingdom became the King of the South (Ibid, p. 247). More on that group can be found in the article: Similarities and Differences Between the Jehovah's Witnesses and the Continuing Church of God.

Beginning in verse 28, we see that the King of the North made a prosperous financial deal, but that he also wants to, and later will, persecute God's people.

11:28

28 While returning to his land with great riches, his heart shall be moved against the holy covenant; so he shall do damage and return to his own land.

Somewhat oddly, something upsets the King of the North even though he feels that he made a very good deal.

This comment about his heart being "moved against the holy covenant" may be referring to the fact that some of God's people are warning against what the deal in verse 27 means.

What causes the northern king’s heart to be against the holy covenant of the most faithful in God’s Church and what he does then is not specified in Daniel’s writings. It should perhaps be noted that the word “damage” is not in the original Hebrew, so perhaps something else may be going on. 

In addition to setting the stage for a prosperous King of the North (see also verse 36 below), the above specifically indicates that something will upset the King of the North, apparently related to a visit to the Palestine/Israel area, and he will return to his land (Europe) upset with the holy covenant, which are probably the most faithful of spiritual Israel (Romans 9:6).

During the end times, true Christians would seem to have to be the people of the holy covenant (see Matthew 26:28; Hebrews 8:6–13; Daniel 12:7). Baptism, obedience, and receiving God’s Holy Spirit is what makes one an heir of the “holy covenant” in the New Testament, (cf. Luke 1:72–73; Acts 2:38-39,5:32; Galatians 3:26–29; Romans 8:9-11). 

The reason that the King of the North may be moved against the most faithful Christians is that they may be somewhat effectively reporting/broadcasting what this deal in verse 27 of chapter 11 may mean--as well as that he is the Beast of Revelation and is or will be working with the final Antichrist. The faithful may also have tried to expose the deal in Daniel 9:26–27, presuming that he confirmed it earlier, as well.

By this time, the short work/word Paul mentioned in Romans 9:28 probably will have begun or be almost finished (see Preparing for the 'Short Work' and The Famine of the Word), as will the gospel preaching of Matthew 24:14 that Jesus spoke of. Both are part of what I have termed The Final Phase of the Work

Furthermore, the King of the North may simply say something publicly, such as threatening to affect the true Philadelphia Christians’ (Revelation 3:7-13) ability to continue to broadcast messages such as the gospel of the kingdom of God, a message that is not popular with many. He could call the CCOG and its messages hate speech, a conspiracy theory, extremist, fake news, dangerous, misinformation, and/or whatever he thinks may get his point across.

As far as Philadelphian Christians go, the United States Conference of Catholic Bishops explains:

"The letter to Philadelphia praises the Christians there for remaining faithful even with their limited strength ... they will be kept safe at the great trial ... [3:8] An open door: opportunities for sharing and proclaiming the faith." (Revelation, Chapter 3. United States Conference of Catholic Bishops. www.usccb.org/bible/revelation/3 viewed 08/25/2012; also https://www.ofmcapcameroon.org/revelation/ 07/07/2025)

The true end-time Philadelphia Christians are those who go through the open door of Revelation 3:7-8 to proclaim the Gospel (cf. Colossians 4:3) and have truly held fast to biblical teachings (Revelation 13:7-13; 14:12). See also Why is there a Philadelphian remnant of the true Christian Church of God?

These genuine and most faithful Church of God Christians (Acts 20:28) apparently have upset the King of the North by telling the world in general, and the North Americans in particular, that he is apparently the prophesied King of the North, seemingly the The Great Monarch of Greco-Roman Catholic prophecy, he is the one who will lead end time Babylon, and that he will soon invade and destroy Israel and the Anglo-American nations (Daniel 11:31,39) and then destroy an Arabic-Muslim confederation (Daniel 11:40-43).

Notice the following translation of verse 28 in the Contemporary English Version (CEV). It also supports the view that the holy covenant could be the true Christians at the end, as Christianity, and not Judaism, has been the "religion of God’s people" for nearly two thousand years:

28 Then the king of the north will return to his country with great treasures. But on the way, he will attack the religion of God’s people and do whatever else he pleases. (CEV)

The Douay-Rheims Bible also seems to point to that faith when it uses the term "holy testament":

28 And he shall return into his land with much riches: and his heart against the holy testament, and he shall prosper and shall return into his own land. (DRB)

The Good News Translation (GNT) states the king becomes "determined to destroy the religion of God’s people." Hence, Daniel 11:28 supports the notion that the true church is the holy covenant/holy testament. Jerome also pointed out that the holy covenant dealt with people related to "our Lord" (Jerome. Commentary on Daniel, Chapter 11).

Notice also the following rendering of this verse from The Message (MSG) translation:

28 The king of the north will go home loaded down with plunder, but his mind will be set on destroying the holy covenant as he passes through the country on his way home. (MSG)

There is something intriguing about the above rendering. 

It suggests that by the end of this verse, the King of the North has made up his mind that it is time to destroy the holy covenant, or at least part of the Christian message. He may have decided to begin persecution, interfere with broadcasting/internet abilities (cf. Amos 8:11-12), and/or at least began to think of plans to affect those Christians. If one or more of these actions do not begin in or by 11:28, they are likely to begin no later than Daniel 11:30, (both of which are shortly before the start of the Great Tribulation).

Regardless of the verse that shows when this persecution precisely begins, it is clear that a specific persecution will happen through verse 35, and it may include all of the forty-five-day period (1335 days-1290 days), and part of the thirty-day-period (1290 days-1260 days), in Daniel 12:11–12. 

This looks to be the time when Satan is cast to the earth. Let us notice what Revelation 12:13–14 shows:

13 Now when the dragon saw that he had been cast to the earth, he persecuted the woman who gave birth to the male Child.

14 But the woman was given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness to her place, where she is nourished for a time and times and half a time. 

This persecution appears to mainly be a persecution against the Philadelphian Christians (Revelation 3:8), as they are given protection shortly thereafter (Revelation 3:10). Yet it needs to be understood that the woman is apparently still persecuted until verse 16 of Revelation 12, therefore, the persecutions of the Philadelphians apparently occur until Daniel 11:35—when the archangel Michael may stand up (Daniel 12:1), a decree is issued (Zephaniah 2:1-3), and the Philadelphians flee into the wilderness, for protection (Revelation 3:7-10).

Even the Book of Mormon speaks of a time when a great kingdom will arise with a great church and persecute:

And it came to pass that I saw among the nations of the Gentiles the formation of a great church … which is abominable … which slays the saints of God, yea and tortureth them … (1 Nephi 13:4-5)

Also, notice that the Bible states:

6 "Flee from the land of the north," says the LORD ...7 Up Zion! Escape you that dwell with the daughter of Babylon (Zechariah 2:6, 7).

It may be that prior to going to a place of protection (please see There is a Place of Safety for the Philadelphians. Why it May Be Petra), some Christians will flee out of the European lands dominated by the rising King of the North prior to him moving into Jerusalem--probably during verses 28-30 of Daniel 11 as this is when the King of the North begins his anger against God's most faithful (and I believe that since God's faithful will understand these passages in Daniel 11 by then, some will not wait until verses 30 or 31 to flee from the north--and will most likely go to Judea, though some possibly to Jordan).

Since it is the Church of God religion that historically is the "religion of God's people" (for many details, see Continuing History of the Church of God) and its members are the ones who fulfill aspects of the new covenant by having the law written into their hearts, it seems likely that the literal expression "holy covenant" refers to the most faithful of the true Christians (cf. Luke 1:72-75; Hebrews 8:8-12; Daniel 12:7). It appears that God's people are teaching something publicly that the King of the North does not want taught--otherwise he would have little reason to bother to attack such a "little flock" (Luke 12:32). This is about the time that the "one thousand three hundred and thirty-five days" days (1335 days) mentioned in Daniel 12:12 begin--although it may not be until the next verse or two.

The Book of Daniel shows that this king of the North will persecute God's people, have major power for 3 1/2 years, and intend to change times and laws (Daniel 7:24-25). Notice something about him in the New Testament:

5 And he was given a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies, and he was given authority to continue for forty-two months. 6 Then he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme His name, His tabernacle, and those who dwell in heaven. 7 It was granted to him to make war with the saints and to overcome them. And authority was given him over every tribe, tongue, and nation. 8 All who dwell on the earth will worship him, whose names have not been written in the Book of Life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world.

9 If anyone has an ear, let him hear. 10 He who leads into captivity shall go into captivity; he who kills with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints. (Revelation 13:5-10)

Time, times, and half a time is 3 1/2 years as is 42 months--essentially 1260 days.

While I believe that the "religion of God's people" in Daniel 11:28 specifically includes the remnant of the Philadelphia portion of the Church of God, it may or may not include others like the Sardis remnant as it has a name that it is alive while it is dead, or the Laodiceans as their work will most likely be too lukewarm to wish to truly and powerfully warn against these events by the King of the North (or if the Laodiceans begin to do that, I believe that they will pull back). But, consistent with Daniel 12:7, Daniel 11:28 seems to be referring the beginning of the scattering of God's people. And as Daniel 7:25 states, there will be two persecutions, one that begins prior to the Great Tribulation and the other which lasts the 1260 days ("a time and times and half a time").

11:29

Now at "the appointed time," something will trigger the King of the North going towards the south:

29 At the appointed time he shall return and go toward the south; but it shall not be like the former or the latter.

The ‘he’ is still the King of the North. This verse suggests that the “appointed time“ is not only different than any before, but that this is the specific appointed time that leads to the final end of both the King of the North and the King of the South (cf. vs. 27).

Although he had other misunderstandings, even the 19th  century Protestant commentator, Andrew Faucett, realized that the deal in Daniel 11:27 is related to the fulfillment of verse 29 as he wrote the following about Daniel 11:29:

29. At the time appointed--”the time” spoken of in Daniel 11:27. (Fausset, A. R., A.M. "Commentary on Daniel 11". "Commentary Critical and Explanatory on the Whole Bible". http://bible.crosswalk.com/Commentaries/JamiesonFaussetBrown
/jfb.cgi?book=da&chapter=011>. 1871. viewed 7/23/08)

Political interference, with perhaps bringing some troops on ships, is probably what is happening in verse 29 as ships come against this King in the next verse.

11:30

30 For ships from Cyprus shall come against him; therefore he shall be grieved, and return in rage against the holy covenant, and do damage. So he shall return and show regard for those who forsake the holy covenant (Daniel 11:30).

The King of the North will be grieved, scared off. Note: the Hebrew term translated as "Cyprus" in the NKJV is a mistranslation as according to Vine’s Expository Reference,  the  Hebrew  term translated as Cyprus in it, kittim, means "Western lands" (Holy Bible: Vine’s Expository Reference Edition., p. 788). The KJV uses the term Chittim,-but could include ships from the island of Cyprus--which is where the UK has ships and the USA often has its naval ships visit. Kittim originally referred to people from Cyprus, descended from Javan, but it later became a general term for Western maritime powers.

Anyway, the Bible is mainly showing that the King of the North will apparently be temporarily stopped by a Western naval power (see also Germany in Biblical and Greco-Roman Catholic Prophecy). A similar passage is in Numbers 24:24, which according to Numbers 24:14, is for the latter times--and in it the Western naval power troubles descendants of Asshur/Assyria (many of whom now seem to be residing in Europe, see Germany’s Assyrian Roots Throughout History).

Here are some other translations that better express what is occurring:

30 For warships from western coastlands will scare him off, and he will withdraw and return home. But he will vent his anger against the people of the holy covenant and reward those who forsake the covenant. (Daniel 11:30, New Living Translation 1996 Greg Laurie)

30 Ships of the western coastlands will oppose him, and he will lose heart. Then he will turn back and vent his fury against the holy covenant. He will return and show favor to those who forsake the holy covenant. (Daniel 11:30, NIV)

30 Ships from the west will come to attack him, and he will be discouraged. Then he will start back to his own country and take out his anger on the religion of God's faithful people, while showing kindness to those who are unfaithful. (Daniel 11:30, CEV)

30 Ships will come from the west to attack him, and he will be discouraged and turn back. Angry at the holy promise, he will return, take action, and favor those who abandon the holy promise. (Daniel 11:30, GWT)

(Note the the Aramaic Lamsa Bible says these ships come from China, which is not the case.)

The Roman Catholic Jerome wrote about this as follows:

"And his heart shall be against the holy covenant, and he shall succeed and return into his own land. At the time appointed he shall return and shall come to the South; but the latter time shall not be like the former. And the galleys shall come upon him, and the Romans, and he shall be dealt a heavy blow." Or, as another has rendered it, "... and they shall threaten him with attack." (Jerome. Commentary on Daniel, Chapter 11)

Daniel 11:30 suggests that a major western naval power will put on a display of force and that will upset the south-heading King of the North, who will then decide to enter at least the area where Jews are making sacrifices, perhaps in retaliation for that action and/or to satisfy the complaints of his King of the South allies (vs. 27). A similar passage is in Numbers 24:24, which according to Numbers 24:14, is clearly for the latter times—and in it, the Western naval power troubles descendants of Asshur/Assyria, many of whom now are residing in Europe. 

It is of interest to note that the USA and its ships, from a Judean or European Union perspective, are from western lands.

Here are several translations of the seemingly related event from Numbers 24:14 and 24:

14 … Come, I will advise you what this people will do to your people in the latter days. (Numbers 24:14, NKJV)

24 But ships shall come from the coasts of Cyprus, And they shall afflict Asshur and afflict Eber, And so shall Amalek, until he perishes. (Numbers 24:24, NKJV)

24 But ships will come from the direction of Kittim, troubling Asshur and troubling Eber, and like the others their fate will be destruction. (Numbers 24:24. Bible in Basic English, BBE)

24 And — ships [are] from the side of Chittim, And they have humbled Asshur, And they have humbled Eber, And it also for ever is perishing.’ (Numbers 24:24, Young’s Literal Translation)

24 Sea-Peoples, raiders from across the sea, will harass Asshur and Eber, But they’ll also come to nothing, just like all the rest. (Numbers 24:24, The Message).

24 And ships shall come from the coast of Kittim (Cyprus), and shall afflict Asshur (Assyria), and shall afflict ‘Ever (i.e., Region beyond the River [Euphrates]), and he also shall be unto destruction. (Numbers 24:24, Orthodox Jewish Bible, OJB)

So a naval power comes and troubles the Assyrians and some other peoples and that naval power will end up coming to nothing according to the Book of Numbers. The above is an important end time sign.

Let me also add that on February 7, 2024, Germany sent a warship to the Middle East for seemingly military purposes. So, yes, Asshur will do its part to fulfill Daniel 11:30 and Numbers 24:24.

We in the Continuing Church of God expect that we will be warning the world that the King of the North is fulfilling Bible prophecy when he does this and is confronted by American/British ships. This is likely to be part of the "short work" of Romans 9:28 that God will accomplish through His most faithful (see also Preparing for the 'Short Work' and The Famine of the Word).

No later than 2003 (which was also in a paper in 2004: Thiel R. Daniel 11’s End-Time Prophetic Sequence. Submitted to LCG evangelists. July 7, 2024), I first thought that Daniel 11:30 could be referring to United States and/or British -descended warships alarming the European King of the North. Then in 2008, I came across the following in a book written about Greco-Roman Catholic prophecies by Gerald Culleton:

Countess Francesca de Billiante (died 1935): When the land with the great fleet enters the Mediterranean (England or the United States?) then Europe will tremble…God will save Rome (Culleton, The Prophets and Our Times, p. 226).

Note: The comments ( ) in are from the Roman Catholic writer Gerald Culleton.  And while he did not connect this Roman Catholic prophecy to Daniel 11:30 in that writing, that passage certainly may be related.

While priest Culleton did not connect this prediction to Daniel 11:30 in his writing, notice the following by Roman Catholic priest, Professor P. Huchedé, which connects that verse to Western naval forces:

It seems he will probably be defeated by certain people of the Western nations, who will give him a naval battle … (11:30). But he will soon recover from this defeat. (Huchedé P. History of Antichrist. Imprimatur Edward Charles Fabre, Bishop of Montreal, First English edition 1884. 1976 TAN Books, Rockford (IL), p. 22 )

When this event happens, all should realize that it is showing that Daniel 11:30, etc. is being fulfilled. The King of the North and his allies will not want people to believe this.

THIS WILL BE A MAJOR SIGN FOR PEOPLE WHO WILL PAY ATTENTION AND HEED THAT THE END (the start of the Great Tribulation) IS VERY NEAR--within weeks, which will be confirmed by verse 31.

Consider also something that a so-called "Christian" psychic and dowser wrote

Alois Irlmaier of Freilassing, Germany (prior to 1959): Suddenly ... large naval forces are positioned in a hostile way in the Mediterranean Sea - the situation is tense ... Then war breaks out ... Meanwhile, the yellow dragon invades Alaska and Canada at the same time. (Araujo Fabio R. Selected Prophecies and Prophets. BookSurge LLC, Charlestown (SC), 2007, pp. 116-117)

The above psychic helped the German police find various criminals etc., and thus may have had some type of connection to the spirit (demonic) world.

Because the Bible shows that the spirit world has knowledge of scripture (Matthew 4:5–6), it would appear that some spirits inspired certain private prophets to make a variety of statements throughout history to try to confuse people at the end. The statement from the Countess may have been intended to tell the Europeans that they should not be too afraid of the coming “American” (which could include Canadian) ships.

Despite some claims, notice that a major battle is not shown to have occurred in verse 30; it may only involve a show of naval force. Thus, that verse may possibly indicate that this is when the European Beast power may temporarily make a deceptive deal with a major Western power (probably the United States) which will ultimately allow it to destroy the USA and its English-speaking allies (see also verse 39).

Why does the Western naval power seem to be the United States and perhaps also its British-descended allies?

First, the United States is west of Jerusalem. As is Canada.

Second, the United States is a major naval power, and often uses its naval power as a threat.

Third, although Latin America is also west of Jerusalem, it (even when all the nations that compose it are combined) would not seem to have enough of a naval force to stop the European king's approach (plus, since Latin America shares culture, languages, and religion with Europe, it will most likely be allied with the King of the North either at this time or shortly thereafter).

Fourth, while the UK is basically north of Jerusalem, it has long had a naval presence west of Jerusalem in places like Gibraltar and Cyprus (some ships could come from Gibraltar as well as farther west, like from the USA). Furthermore, Great Britain took possession of Cyprus in 1878 and was formally annexed by the U.K. in 1914. And while that status changed after Cyprus emerged as a sovereign state in 1960, the UK did not cede all territory to it. Currently, the Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia is a British Overseas Territory on the island of Cyprus. So the UK actually has military territory in two places on the island of Cyprus. The Royal Navy has long had a presence there--and the UK has also allowed the USA to stage some military weaponry there.

Fifth, since the nation of Cyprus is actually part of the European Union, it makes no sense that it would attempt to stop the European Beast power--plus it does not have a massive enough navy to be a threat of itself against the coming King of the North.

Sixth, since the Bible shows that the problems from the kings that are north and east of the King of the North do not occur until verse 44 of Daniel 11, since they can be eliminated as possibilities, this pretty much only leaves that United States and its English-speaking allies as the only possible naval power that could deter the King of the North at this stage.

Also in a book I wrote in 2009, I identified the USA as the naval power in Daniel 11 that comes into conflict with the European power. Someone sent me a link to the following in 2019:

the European Union is shaping into an empire, and sooner or later the United States, as a maritime great power, will come into conflict with it. That is a structural issue, and it is inevitable. Any power consolidating the European landmass would have so much material, financial, and demographic power, it would be a threat to other land and maritime powers around, including the United States, United Kingdom, or even Russia. (Maitra S. When The European Union Becomes An Empire, Its Clash With The United States Is Inevitable. September 17, 2019)

Yes, conflict between the USA and Europe is coming. Now, even though Daniel 11:40 shows that the King of the North will have "many ships"--at the time of verse 30 it simply will not have enough naval power to dissuade the USA from getting the King of the North to stop proceeding for a short time.

But getting back to verse 30 itself, notice that the King of the North will be even further enraged by the people of the "holy covenant" and most likely try to stop the supporters of it from proclaiming the truth about his intentions and the gospel of the kingdom (c.f. Matthew 24:14), which is something that we in the Continuing Church of God expect to be doing then. The King of the North will probably attempt to learn more about how to eliminate us and any who follow by trying to be nice to various apostates (those who "forsake the holy covenant")--apparently he attempts to get them to betray true Christians (Matthew 24:10). It strikes me as important that although a naval power stops the King of the North momentarily, the King of the North becomes apparently more enraged with the people of the holy covenant than the naval power (which he also will later take vengeance upon--see Daniel 11:39).

Why would this be?

Most likely this occurs because the people of the holy covenant are proclaiming the Gospel of the Kingdom of God (Matthew 24:14, as that immediately precedes "the end") and teaching that the King of the North is fulfilling prophecies in Daniel 11.

It is my belief that after the peace deal in Daniel 9:27a/11:23a has been made and/or confirmed by “the prince to come,” that the group that best represents the “sect of the Nazarenes” (the remnant of the Philadelphia era of the church per Revelation 3:7–11, as led by the Continuing Church of God) in the 21st century will begin to publicly identify the person who confirmed the deal (“the prince”) as the one who fulfilled Daniel 9:27/11:23b-24. This apparently enrages the King of the North so much that he initially tries to eliminate these people through political pressure and selected persecution. 

Our teachings on this, particularly after these prophecies are being fulfilled and we publicly point that out--as well as us then identifying the Beast of Revelation, who is also the final King of the North--looks to be something that will give us the “fifteen minutes of fame” that late Andy Warhol indicated individuals or phenomena would be able to experience. Because our booklet, The Gospel of the Kingdom of God, is available in over 1500 languages (see Preaching the Gospel in Over 1500 Languages), many will get a witness as part of the fulfillment of Matthew 24:14. 

Even the Roman Catholic Jerome indirectly understood some of this concerning these passages in Daniel 11 as he wrote:

Verses 27----30..."And his heart shall be against the holy covenant, and he shall succeed and return into his own land. At the time appointed he shall return and shall come to the South; but the latter time shall not be like the former. And the galleys shall come upon him...But these events were typically prefigured under Antiochus Epiphanes, so that this abominable king who persecuted God's people foreshadows the Antichrist, who is to persecute the people of Christ (Jerome. Commentary on Daniel, Chapter 11. Translated by Gleason L. Archer. (1958). http://www.tertullian.org/fathers/jerome_daniel_02_text.htm viewed 12/20/08).

Jesus clearly taught that persecution would affect His people just prior to the Great Tribulation beginning:

7 And there will be famines, pestilences, and earthquakes in various places. 8 All these are the beginning of sorrows. 9 Then they will deliver you up to tribulation and kill you, and you will be hated by all nations for My name's sake. 10 And then many will be offended, will betray one another, and will hate one another (Matthew 24:7-10).

21 For then there will be great tribulation (Matthew 24:21).

So notice that after "the beginning of sorrows," the true Christians will be delivered up and many killed and many will be betrayed by those pretending to be Christians. And then the Great Tribulation will come shortly thereafter. This clearly ties in with the events of Daniel 11.

Let's look at 11:30b

30b therefore he shall be grieved, and return in rage against the holy covenant, and do damage.

Partially because the USA/UK led naval forces have stopped him AND the most faithful Christians are causing the modified ecumenical religion problems (as the media is likely to report much more of the Philadelphian Church’s message then), the King of the North will decide to do something to the members of the true Church (“damage” is not in the Hebrew) after he returns. This would be because he is "in rage against the holy covenant."

In the past several years, many in Europe and elsewhere have taken steps to be able to censor internet content, and some of that looks to be prophesied to happen with the King of the North's endorsement.

It continues to strike me as important that although a western naval power stops the King of the North momentarily, the King of the North becomes seemingly more enraged with the people of the holy covenant than with the naval power. He wants to eliminate the rising up of what some Greco-Roman prophecies call the "secret sect" (Birch, pp. 317,326; Dupont, pp.60,62,71).

Why would this be?

First of all because he previously already decided that the USA, UK, etc. must go.

Secondly, this likely occurs because the people of the holy covenant (seemingly called the “secret sect” by certain Roman Catholic seers) are warning the world that the King of the North is fulfilling these prophecies in Daniel 11. This enrages the King of the North so much that he tries to eliminate these people. The King of the North simply does not want the small continuing faithful Church telling the world in general, or the Anglo-Saxon-Celtic-American nations in particular, what some of his plans really are. Perhaps he also thinks that his relationship with the then USA president is still close enough that he has enough influence to push his censorship.

Consider that some period of time after the sorrows have begun, faithful Christians will be delivered up. Many will be killed, and many will be betrayed by those pretending to be Christians. Christ‘s "gospel of the kingdom is preached to the world as a witness," then the GREAT tribulation will come shortly thereafter. This clearly ties in with the events of Daniel 11, as Jesus Himself seemed to tie Daniel 11:31 into Matthew 24:15.

This may be precisely when God has the work of His Philadelphia remnant church, in a more organized manner, stopped (Romans 9:28; Amos 8:11)—perhaps getting kicked off electronic media, probably including much (or all) of the internet. However, at least parts of the message will apparently continue to go out by scattered and fleeing individuals, as well as the two witnesses who will be rising up. It may be (and this is certainly speculative) that the Americans agree to stop (or pressure or suspend on some pretext) the faithful church’s ability to boldly proclaim the message as part of the negotiations that certainly will be needed because of the encounter between the King of the North (Europe) and the naval forces of the West (America).

Part b of verse 30 appears to parallel Matthew 24:9-10. This indicates that some type of persecution of true Christians will begin before the "gospel of the kingdom" will have gone to the world as a witness, as that is completed in Matthew 24:14. Notice that the end comes once the Christians have successfully proclaimed the "gospel of the kingdom." This success would have been attained with inadvertent assistance through media coverage of what the faithful continuing Philadelphian remnant is teaching.

It is possible that verse 30b is when the two witnesses of Revelation 11:3 officially appear with power (or perhaps in or between vss. 31–39), as they will undoubtedly enrage the King of the North--of course so will any of the other faithful Christians who do the work.

Now let's look at what I have termed 30c of Daniel 11:

30c So he shall return and show regard for those who forsake the holy covenant.

It is somewhat possible that “those who forsake the holy covenant” are former “Christians,” who in that sense have actually forsaken the biblical covenant. Matthew Poole's Commentary refers to them as "apostates." During the time of Antiocus (first fulfillment) these were "extended special favors to those Jews who would turn from their religion" (Armstrong HW. Middle East in Prophecy).

Perhaps those betraying the faithful includes those who would have been involved in the prophesied falling away (c.f. 2 Thessalonians 2:3; The Falling Away: The Bible and WCG Teachings). The reason that the King of the North might wish to show them some type of favor may be so the King can learn more about the Christians to better be able to identify, eliminate, and/or persecute the faithful. His plan is to get them to betray the faithful Christians (cf. Matthew 24:10).

Here is what the Greco-Roman saint Jerome taught about the fulfillment of this portion of the verse:

… this is to be more amply fulfilled under the Antichrist, for he shall become angered at the covenant of God and devise plans against those whom he wishes to forsake the law of God. (Jerome. Commentary on Daniel, Chapter 11)

The Beast and the Antichrist will be against the law of God  and violate all of His Ten Commandments (for details, check out the free book, available online at ccog.org titledThe Ten Commandments: The Decalogue, Christianity, and the Beast).

Notice that Jesus listed betrayal just before the abomination of Daniel is mentioned:

12 Now brother will betray brother to death, and a father his child; and children will rise up against parents and cause them to be put to death. 13 And you will be hated by all men for My name’s sake. But he who endures to the end shall be saved.

14 "So  when you  see the  'abomination of desolation,' spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing where it ought not" (let the reader understand), "then let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains" (Mark 13:12-14).

Thus, it appears that Daniel is referring to a betrayal—a deliverance to persecuting authorities--by supposed believers and/or the members of their physical family. In Matthew 24:10 Jesus also makes a similar warning.

Notice that after the King of the North returns home, he decides to come back to the Jerusalem area (see also Jerusalem: Past, Present, and Future), but this time with a much stronger military presence--and this is when he violates the deal of Daniel 9:27, which is about 3 1/2 years after he confirmed it.

11:31

31 And forces shall be mustered by him, and they shall defile the sanctuary fortress; then they shall take away the daily sacrifices, and place there the abomination of desolation (Daniel 11:31).

Antiochus Epiphanes put up some type of statute related to Zeus which was involved in the first fulfillment of this. The final Beast may put up a statue or crucifix or something--it may be of interest to note that some scholars have pointed that the frequest depictions of images supposedly being Jesus are actually a younger version of the pagan god Zeus.

The event of verse 31, which apparently will involve the King of the North sending in forces into Jerusalem, was spoken of by Jesus (Matthew 24:15) as a warning of the final end time. So after the gospel has been preached enough to the world as a witness (Matthew 24:14), Jewish sacrifices are stopped (Daniel 9:27), the abomination is set up (Daniel 9:27; 11:31), and a decree is issued (Zephaniah 2:1), the most faithful Philadelphians (Revelation 3:7-10) will flee per Jesus' statements in Matthew 24:15-16 or 'fly' per Revelation 12:14-16.

Although some Greco-Roman Catholic, Protestant and Jewish sources say that this was all fufilled by Antiocus Epiphanes, in his commentary on Daniel titled Yafeh La-Ketz, the Jewish Malbim (Meïr Leibush ben Yehiel Michel Weiser, 1809-1879) claimed that starting in verse 31, Daniel 11 was referring to the Romans (Hoffman E. Chanukah, Daniel 11 and the Rabbis’ Limited Knowledge of Greek-Period Jewish History. http://thetorah.com/chanukah-daniel-11-and-history/ accessed 07/15/16).

Now for the daily sacrifices to stop in Daniel 11:31 and 12:11, it would be necessary that they start for a period of at least some days prior to the 1290 in order for them to be considered "daily." It may actually be that part of the justification that the King of the North will give himself (and possibly the United States) for this invasion is that it is necessary for him to go to Jerusalem to stop the "fanatics" in Israel from inciting world war by performing these sacrifices (see also Daniel 9:27). (Note: Although some teach that a physical temple must be built in Jerusalem to allow the daily sacrifices, it should be understood that only an altar is necessary per Ezra 3:6 and not a temple in that location--much more information is included in the article Why is a Jewish Temple in Jerusalem Not Required?)

This is likely the time that the following will be in the process of being fulfilled:

3 For when they say, "Peace and safety!" then sudden destruction comes upon them, as labor pains upon a pregnant woman. And they shall not escape (1 Thessalonians 5:3).

The Great Tribulation (Matthew 24:21) begins 30 days after Daniel 11:31 is fulfilled. Herbert W. Armstrong taught that the Church's efforts to proclaim the gospel would stop 45 days prior to the abomination in Daniel 11:31 (cf. Daniel 12:7 and 12:11 and Armstrong HW. The Time We Are In, Now. Pastor General's Report-Vol 1, No. 15, November 20, 1979, Page 2). Thus this is when the "one thousand two hundred and ninety days" (1290 days) of Daniel 12:11 begin:

11 And from the time that the daily sacrifice is taken away, and the abomination of desolation is set up, there shall be one thousand two hundred and ninety days. 12 Blessed is he who waits, and comes to the one thousand three hundred and thirty-five days. (Daniel 12:11-12)

Any true Church members in Jerusalem/Judea at the time the sacrifices are taken away would need to flee according to Jesus and Jeremiah:

15 Therefore when you see the 'abomination of desolation,' spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing in the holy place" (whoever reads, let him understand), 16 then let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains. 17 Let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house. 18 And let him who is in the field not go back to get his clothes. 19 But woe to those who are pregnant and to those who are nursing babies in those days! 20 And pray that your flight may not be in winter or on the Sabbath. 21 For then there will be great tribulation, such as has not been since the beginning of the world until this time, no, nor ever shall be (Matthew 24:15-21).

5 Declare in Judah and proclaim in Jerusalem, and say:

"Blow the trumpet in the land;
Cry, 'Gather together,'
And say, 'Assemble yourselves,
And let us go into the fortified cities.'
6 Set up the standard toward Zion.
Take refuge! Do not delay!
For I will bring disaster from the north,
And great destruction
."
7 The lion has come up from his thicket,
And the destroyer of nations is on his way.
He has gone forth from his place
To make your land desolate.
Your cities will be laid waste,
Without inhabitant
. (Jeremiah 4:5-7)

These passages show that there will be a time that will come that those in Judea and Jerusalem will have to flee into a mountainous area of protection.  Jesus told His followers to flee when they see the abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel. And Jeremiah is basically warning that disaster will come from the north--in this case, apparently the King of the North (he destroys nations, Daniel 11:41, cf. Isaiah 10:7)--in other writings Jerome (Jerome. Letter CXXIII to Ageruchia, Chapter 16) as well as the third century Roman Catholic theologian and bishop Hippolytus (Hippolytus. On the Antichrist, Chapters 16 & 57) tied in Assur/Assyria as apparently being the king (for more details, please see Germany in Biblical and Greco-Roman Catholic Prophecy). The Bible itself also points to the final King of the North being Assyrian (Isaiah 10:12), hence possessing at least some Germanic ancestry.

Notice that Jesus' comments can only be directed to those that are keeping the Sabbath PRIOR to the Great Tribulation. And that they flee in certain areas. Perhaps the reason that there are true Christians in Jerusalem at this time is because some have come to get out of regions dominated by the King of the North prior to and after he begins persecutions (some of those who understand these prophesies will most likely realize that remaining in regions dominated by the Beast power will not be safe and may leave prior to the actual persecution beginning). (More information on persecutions can be found in the article Persecutions by Church and State).

The Bible is clear that it will be a northern power that will eliminate Judah, the nation now called Israel:

22 Behold, the noise of the report has come, And a great commotion out of the north country, To make the cities of Judah desolate, a den of jackals. (Jeremiah 10:22)

And during this time, the northern King will apparently corrupt the corruptible and continue to be responsible for persecuting the people of God.

Let me add that LCG has 11:31 happen after 11:40-43 (Meredith RC. Fourteen Signs Announcing Christ's Return LCG booklet, 2001, 2008, 2020, May 2022). While Dr. Meredith agreed with me that his booklet was in error on the sequence, it was not only not fixed, when it was edited years after his 2017 death, it still has the wrong sequence. That COG will NOT know when the Great Tribulation will start until after it is too late unless they change. LCG should have heeded the truth about that and God's governmental authority with a true prophet (see The Bible, Peter, Paul, John, Polycarp, Herbert W. Armstrong, Roderick C. Meredith, and Bob Thiel on Church Government and Church of God Leaders on Prophets).

The King of the North, after getting upset by the people of the holy covenant comes up with a plan.

Earlier in the Book of Daniel, particularly the 6th chapter, we saw that opponents of the faithful Daniel used flattery towards King Darius to attempt to get rid of Daniel.

Well, here in chapter 11, we see that instead the King of the North employs flattery as part of the way he wants to get rid of the faithful Philadelphian Christians.

11:32

32 Those who do wickedly against the covenant he shall corrupt with flattery; but the people who know their God shall be strong, and carry out great exploits.

The King of the North's actions in verse 32 seem to parallel part of Daniel 11:23 which teaches "he shall act deceitfully."

This flattery, which likely will also include financial bribery, etc., looks to be people formerly part of the Church of God--like those who have fallen away, as well as perhaps others who long were opposed to the Church of God who are happy to see troubles come to its more faithful members.

But let's look at that verse and the following one from the Literal Standard Version as "great exploits" is in italics in the NKJV as those words are not in the orignal Hebrew for this chapter:

32 And those acting wickedly [against] the covenant, he defiles by flatteries; and the people knowing their God are strong, and have worked. 33 And the teachers of the people give understanding to many; and they have stumbled by sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil—days. (Daniel 11:32-33, LSV)

These are end time Christians supporting the work of God!

The 19th century Methodist theologian Adam Clarke, in his commentary on Daniel 11, identifies the faithful people as follows:

But the people that do know their God
The genuine Christians.

Shall be strong
Shall be strengthened by his grace and Spirit (Clarke A.  The Adam Clarke Commentary, Daniel Chapter 11.)

Yes, this is a reference to genuine Christians--and at this stage, it looks mainly to be end time Philadelphians.

Concerning Daniel 11:32, Jerome wrote:

"in my opinion this will take place in the time of the Antichrist" (Jerome. Commentary on Daniel, Chapter 11. Translated by Gleason L. Archer. (1958). This text was transcribed by Roger Pearse, Ipswich, UK, 2004. http://www.ccel.org/ccel/pearse/morefathers/files/jerome_daniel_02_text.htm viewed 06/05/11).

11:33

33 And those of the people who understand shall instruct many; yet for many days they shall fall by sword and flame, by captivity and plundering. (Daniel 11:32-33).

The Philadelphian Christians are the ones who understand the best. Concerning the people of Daniel 11:33-35, the late Herbert W. Armstrong considered them to mainly be Philadelphian Christians and also stated, “These are the people of God” (Armstrong HW. Falling away, part 2. World Tomorrow radio broadcast, HA5406.rm).

Now while the ability to instruct many is needed in all ages, in verse 33 it is an end time prophecy. Let look at parts of verses 32 and 33 again:

32 ... the people who know their God shall stand firm and take action. (Daniel 11:32, ESV)

33 And those of the people who understand shall instruct many; (Daniel 11:33)

The old Radio Church of God taught:

Daniel prophesied: "The people that do KNOW their God shall be strong, and do exploits" (Dan. 11:32). Such a statement could refer only to God's people. Now notice what follows: "And they THAT UNDERSTAND among the people shall instruct many; yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days" (verse 33). Here is a very brief summary of how God's Church has been persecuted down through the centuries.

Some commentators has incorrectly applied this to the Jews. But it could not refer to the Jewish people of our day! The Jews do not KNOW their God, nor do they UNDERSTAND, nor do they instruct many in the ways of God.

This prophecy concerns GOD'S CHURCH. (Neff L. Beware of False Brethren! Good News, January 1960)

Others, such as the late evangelist Dr. Roderick C. Meredith, have also taught it in the 21st century:

Dan. 11:32-33

"Those who do wickedly against the covenant he shall corrupt with flattery; but the people who know their God shall be strong, and carry out great exploits. [God grant that we will be such faithful people of God.] And those of the people who understand shall instruct many; yet for many days they shall fall by sword and flame, by captivity and plundering."

God's people will be persecuted but will warn the world. They will do a mighty work at the time of the end, just at the time when this great false leader will come in and place the abomination of desolation

(Meredith RC. Gospel of Matthew--Program 27, Bible Study https://members.lcg.org/bible-studies/gospel-matthew-program-27).

The "great false leader" that Dr. Meredith mentioned is the one that confirmed the covenant in Daniel 9:26-27.

Those who understand and instruct many are those who faithfully do the work of God. This would seem to mainly be the Philadelphia portion of the Church. Some will be killed and may also have their houses or other buildings burned down.

The mighty work Dr. Meredith referred to was the short work (Preparing for the 'Short Work' and The Famine of the Word) which is part of the final phase of the work that I told him about back in 2005 (The Final Phase of the Work). And he also understood that persecution would be involved.

The instructing many will be part of the witness to fulfill the following:

14 And this gospel of the kingdom will be preached in all the world as a witness to all the nations, and then the end will come. (Matthew 24:14)

Individual Philadelphian Christians are part of the witness.

One of the reasons that our sermons in the CCOG are more scripture, historically, and prophetically focused than other churches is to help train you so that God may use YOU to instruct many.

But there will be persecution. Others are NOT being trained like this--other churches do not focus on preparing their congregants to instruct many--at least none that I know of.

Furthermore, the Roman Catholic Jerome also understood that this passage of Daniel 11 was referring to Christian persecution as he wrote:

Verse 33 ... But let no one doubt that these things are going to happen under the Antichrist, when many shall resist his authority and flee away in various directions ...

Philadelphians will later flee. But they will also instruct many according to that verse, though Jerome did not quote that part of the verse.

The Apostle Paul wrote:

6 Let your speech always be with grace, seasoned with salt, that you may know how you ought to answer each one. (Colossians 4:6)

Not only should be always speak with grace, we also need to have the knowledge of how to talk and answer questions.

The Apostle Peter wrote:

15 But sanctify the Lord God in your hearts: and be ready always to give an answer to every man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear: (1 Peter 3:15, KJV)

The prophesied instruction may occur for a relatively short period of time. It needs to be understood that the expression “for many” in front of "days" in some translations of verse 33 is not in the original Hebrew. The MKJV (Modern King James Version), the LITV (Literal Translation of the Holy Bible), and also the DRB did a better job with this verse as shown below:

33 And those who understand among the people shall teach many; yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by exile, and spoil, for days. (Daniel 11:33, MKJV)

33 And those who understand among the people will instruct many, yet they will stumble by the sword and by flame, by exile and spoil for days. (Daniel 11:33, LITV)

33 And the learned in the people shall teach very many: and they shall fall by sword, and by flame, and by captivity, and by spoil of days. (Daniel 11:33, DRB)

Thus, there will be some days where intense persecution of the Philadelphian Christians will occur before they all flee and later receive supernatural protection from God through His angels.

But the Philadelphian Christians will be a witness. A witness related to the kingdom of God, a witness when instructing many, a witness when being persecuted, a witness when fleeing, and a witness by being in the place of protection in the wilderness (Revelation 12:14-16).

Regarding falling by the flame, there is also a Roman Catholic (by nun Anne Emmerich) as well as a Byzantine (by Andrew Fool for Christ) prophecy that indicates members of a small sect will be burnt, possibly in at least partial fulfillment of this verse:

Anne Catherine Emmerich (Purification day 1822) "I saw during the last few days marvellous things connected with the Church. St. Peter's was almost entirely destroyed by the sect, but their labors were, in turn, rendered fruitless and all that belonged to them, their aprons and tools, burned by the executioners on the public place of infamy. They were made of horse-leather, and the stench from them was so offensive that it made me quite sick ..." (Schmöger Carl E. The Life and Revelations of Anne Catherine Emmerich, Volume 2. Approbation: Bishop of Limbourgh Peter Joseph. TAN Books, reprint 1976, p.292)

Andrew Fool for Christ (5th century): During the End Times ... this King will turn ... against them for their blasphemous religion ... the remaining ones will be annihilated, they will be burned to death, and they will die a cruel death. (Tzima Otto, Great Monarch, p. 113)

The Eastern Orthodox also have a prophecy that various Sabbath-keepers will be publicly executed and the time period is supposed to be when the "Great Monarch" (who seems to be, at least like, the final King of the North) rises up:

Blessed Hieronymus Agathaghelos (1279): ... young man ... now it is not the end; I see you are being duped ... you are hoping in vain; Sabbatism is against the Divine Law ... you promote the Hebrew Sabbath at the expense of Christian Sunday, and yet, you will not succeed ... before you become an apostate on behalf of the Sabbath ...

And lo and behold, an evil assembly of the crafty evening leader, dressed in black mourning apparel, was measuring its strength...taking in a hypocritical manner the most holy name of Christ, by means of their flowering and dissembling speech; these were the men who were concealing their impiety under a mask of virtue; those were the most filthy citizens of Pentapolis ... these are semi-godless men, they despise the Divine Law, they are rapacious wolves in sheep's clothing ... they will have to pay the due price before the Public Executioner of the Sabbatians ... the blasphemies of the Sabbitians have stained and soiled for many centuries ... you, the inventors of the distorted heresies ... (Tzima Otto H. The Great Monarch and WWIII in Orthodox, Roman Catholic, and Scriptural Prophecies. The Verenika Press, Rock Hill (SC), 2000, pp. 127, 132-135, with a partial translation from page 240)

There are several points to make related to the above. Note “public executioner of the Sabbatians” is how that portion of the phrase is shown as a translation on page 240 and seems to make the most historical sense of the Greek being translated. Sabbatians means Sabbath-keepers. The fact that there is a "public executioner" for them, supports the idea that people like us in the genuine Church of God will be subject to execution and other likely forms of persecution. Notice that it is warning that someone who was part of a Sunday church (probably a one "born Roman Catholic" as he becomes an "apostate" according to the mystic because of the Sabbath) will believe in and teach the Sabbath as well as believe that it is the time of the end. The leader is, for at least some while, a citizen of the Pentapolis, which in English means "five cities." Black mourning apparel sounds like sackcloth as biblically, sackcloth is black (cf. Isaiah 50:3; Revelation 6:12). A major point to emphasize is that Agathaghelos is indicating that these men will seem pious and he does not want anyone to listen to him. Thus, the above Orthodox prediction is directed against Sabbath keepers.

Interestingly, the author of this book, Dr. Tzima Otto, made the following comments:

Pentapolis, a Greek word literally meaning 5 cities ... During the Christian Era ...It may be referring to ... Judeo-Masons fighting Christianity, having their headquarters in modern Israel, or it may apply to traitors from within the Roman Church located in either ... Pentapolis. (Tzima, pp. 23, 239)

Note, while I did not change her words, since SHE (not the one who came up with the prophecy) came up with her own "five cities" regions, I left those locations out with "..." basically showing what some in the end time might think about faithful Church of God leaders who may be in or from the five cities region, for exampe, in California--which is where the CCOG headquarters has always been based out of. Which is also in end time "Israel" (see also the free ebook: Lost Tribes and Prophecies: What will happen to Australia, the British Isles, Canada, Europe, New Zealand and the United States of America?). As far as being a traitor from the Roman Church goes, because I was baptized and confirmed as a Roman Catholic, plus teach against it and in favor of the seventh-day Sabbath, I would think Dr. Tzima Otto and others would consider me to be a traitor to it.

Dr. Tzima Otto also made the following comments:

there is a major controversy among people pretending to be Christians but promoting the Sabbath day ... Yet, what kind of punishment are these traitors from within Christianity going to receive from that ... Public executioner of the Sabbatians...? ... the people that these Christian traitors are , conspiring with, will eventually turn against them, once they have served their purpose. (Tzima Otto, p. 240)

That warning is consistent with what we read in Daniel 11:32-33!

For more on Sabbatarian persecution, see the article: Prophecies Showing Persecution for Sabbath Keepers.

That said, sadly, many Christians have forgotten this prophecy in Daniel 11:33--or at least what to do about it--even though it is to be fulfilled within the next decade or so.

Consider the following:

12 For though by this time you ought to be teachers, you need someone to teach you again the first principles of the oracles of God; and you have come to need milk and not solid food. (Hebrews 5:12)

Paul was disappointed that the Christians he was communicating with had not grown more in knowledge. The oracles of God come from God and His word, Jesus, the Holy Spirit, and God's prophets. Many do not accept how God works in these end times, despite what His word teaches (see Does the CCOG have the confirmed signs of Acts 2:17-18?).

Notice also that Christians are supposed to be able to be teachers--yes that ability to instruct is also a New Testament concept. Those who learned as they should have are subject to being used by God to instruct many.

When Jesus returns, His people are called volunteers:

2 The Lord shall send the rod of Your strength out of Zion.
Rule in the midst of Your enemies!

3 Your people shall be volunteers
In the day of Your power; (Psalm 110:2-3)

Do you want to be one of the volunteers of Jesus?

You should.

Isaiah teaches that God's people are to be His witnesses:

10 "You are My witnesses," says the Lord, (Isaiah 43:10a)

29. But Peter and the apostles answered and said, "We are obligated to obey God rather than men. 30. The God of our fathers raised up Jesus Whom you killed by hanging Him on a tree. 31. Him has God exalted by His right hand to be a Prince and Savior, to give repentance and remission of sins to Israel. 32. And we are His witnesses of these things, as is also the Holy Spirit, which God has given to those who obey Him." (Acts 5:29-32, A Faithful Version)

How can Philadelphian Christians be witnesses, take action, and instruct many if they are not prepared?

First, notice that Jesus also says that the Holy Spirit will assist:

18 You will be brought before governors and kings for My sake, as a testimony to them and to the Gentiles. 19 But when they deliver you up, do not worry about how or what you should speak. For it will be given to you in that hour what you should speak; 20 for it is not you who speak, but the Spirit of your Father who speaks in you. (Matthew 10:18-20)

9 "But watch out for yourselves, for they will deliver you up to councils, and you will be beaten in the synagogues. You will be brought before rulers and kings for My sake, for a testimony to them. 10 And the gospel must first be preached to all the nations. 11 But when they arrest you and deliver you up, do not worry beforehand, or premeditate what you will speak. But whatever is given you in that hour, speak that; for it is not you who speak, but the Holy Spirit. 12 Now brother will betray brother to death, and a father his child; and children will rise up against parents and cause them to be put to death. 13 And you will be hated by all for My name's sake. But he who endures to the end shall be saved. (Mark 13:9-13)

So does that mean you have no part to play?

No.

The Holy Spirit will bring to mind things you have studied, but will assist you with your wording as Jesus also said:

25. I have spoken these things to you while I am yet present with you. 26. But when the Comforter comes, even the Holy Spirit, which the Father will send in My name, that one shall teach you all things, and shall bring to your remembrance everything that I have told you. (John 14:25-26 AFV)

You need to be prepared as the Apostle Peter wrote to be able to give answers to those who ask.

The Apostle Paul wrote the following:

15 Be diligent to present yourself approved to God, a worker who does not need to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth. (2 Timothy 2:15, NKJV)

15 Study to shew thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth. (2 Timothy 2:15, KJV)

The Bible is the word of truth. Christians need to study diligently, which includes not only reading the Bible and paying attention to sermons, but also to read church literature.

One of the reasons is that parts of the Bible are not always easy to understand, as the Apostle Peter pointed out:

14 Therefore, beloved, looking forward to these things, be diligent to be found by Him in peace, without spot and blameless; 15 and consider that the longsuffering of our Lord is salvation as also our beloved brother Paul, according to the wisdom given to him, has written to you, 16 as also in all his epistles, speaking in them of these things, in which are some things hard to understand, which untaught and unstable people twist to their own destruction, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures. (2 Peter 3:14-16, NKJV)

Notice again one is to be 'diligent' so one will not be moved by untaught and unstable people.

The Apostle Paul wrote:

4 I thank my God always concerning you for the grace of God which was given to you by Christ Jesus, 5 that you were enriched in everything by Him in all utterance and all knowledge, (1 Corinthians 1:4-5)

Christians need to be enriched with knowledge.

This also means that God's people need to be taught.

And learn as Peter also wrote:

17 You therefore, beloved, since you know this beforehand, beware lest you also fall from your own steadfastness, being led away with the error of the wicked; 18 but grow in the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ. To Him be the glory both now and forever. Amen. (2 Peter 3:17-18)

One does not grow in grace and knowledge without gaining knowledge. Growing in grace and knowledge not only helps us spiritually, but helps us be able to better help others and give love to make things better. Which is actually why God put humans on the earth (see also The MYSTERY of GOD’s PLAN: Why Did God Create Anything? Why Did God Make You?).

Peter also wrote:

5 But also for this very reason, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue, to virtue knowledge, 6 to knowledge self-control, to self-control perseverance, to perseverance godliness, 7 to godliness brotherly kindness, and to brotherly kindness love. 8 For if these things are yours and abound, you will be neither barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. 9 For he who lacks these things is shortsighted, even to blindness, and has forgotten that he was cleansed from his old sins.

10 Therefore, brethren, be even more diligent to make your call and election sure, for if you do these things you will never stumble; 11 for so an entrance will be supplied to you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ. (2 Peter 1:5-11)

Christians are to add knowledge, at least partially so we will NOT be unfruitful.

The Apostle Paul taught that as well:

9 For this reason we also, since the day we heard it, do not cease to pray for you, and to ask that you may be filled with the knowledge of His will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding; 10 that you may walk worthy of the Lord, fully pleasing Him, being fruitful in every good work and increasing in the knowledge of God; (Colossians 1:9-10)

The knowledge is to be used to be fruitful--not just for your own sake. That is, being fruitful, for you assist in reaching many--via the church--but also possibly yourself.

Let's look at something from the Book of Isaiah:

9 "Whom will he teach knowledge? And whom will he make to understand the message? Those just weaned from milk? Those just drawn from the breasts? 10 For precept must be upon precept, precept upon precept, Line upon line, line upon line, Here a little, there a little." 11 For with stammering lips and another tongue He will speak to this people, (Isaiah 28:9-11)

The above is part of why in sermons covering one book of the Bible, we cite passages from other books.

Notice something from the Apostle Paul:

14 How then shall they call on Him in whom they have not believed? And how shall they believe in Him of whom they have not heard? And how shall they hear without a preacher? 15 And how shall they preach unless they are sent? As it is written:

"How beautiful are the feet of those who preach the gospel of peace,
Who bring glad tidings of good things!" (Romans 10:14-15)

For a preacher to be sent, others are to be supporting him.

Proper Philadephian governance leads to doctrinal accuracy and growth in love.

Jesus taught:

20 But these are the ones sown on good ground, those who hear the word, accept it, and bear fruit: some thirtyfold, some sixty, and some a hundred. (Mark 4:20)

Are you one who has been sown in good ground?

In addition to Christians studying the word of God on their own, this is part of why God has a ministry:

26 Now an angel of the Lord spoke to Philip, saying, "Arise and go toward the south along the road which goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza." This is desert. 27 So he arose and went. And behold, a man of Ethiopia, a eunuch of great authority under Candace the queen of the Ethiopians, who had charge of all her treasury, and had come to Jerusalem to worship, 28 was returning. And sitting in his chariot, he was reading Isaiah the prophet. 29 Then the Spirit said to Philip, "Go near and overtake this chariot." 30 So Philip ran to him, and heard him reading the prophet Isaiah, and said, "Do you understand what you are reading?" 31 And he said, "How can I, unless someone guides me?" And he asked Philip to come up and sit with him. (Acts 8:26-31)

Philip then assisted and taught the man.

Notice also:

11 And He Himself gave some to be apostles, some prophets, some evangelists, and some pastors and teachers, 12 for the equipping of the saints for the work of ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ, 13 till we all come to the unity of the faith and of the knowledge of the Son of God, to a perfect man, to the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ; 14 that we should no longer be children, tossed to and fro and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the trickery of men, in the cunning craftiness of deceitful plotting, 15 but, speaking the truth in love, may grow up in all things into Him who is the head -- Christ -- 16 from whom the whole body, joined and knit together by what every joint supplies, according to the effective working by which every part does its share, causes growth of the body for the edifying of itself in love. (Ephesians 4:11-16)

Yes, the true ministry helps people be able to speak the truth in love.

Philadelphian Christians accept true hierarchical government. But in the end times, most actual Christians do not--but they should (see The Bible, Peter, Paul, John, Polycarp, Herbert W. Armstrong, Roderick C. Meredith, and Bob Thiel on Church Government). There remains a Philadelphian remnant of the Church of God (see also Why is there a Philadelphian remnant of the true Christian Church of God?).

Now that books are more widely available than in New Testament times, books from ministers can also assist in teaching end time Christians.

While we have many, the following look to be particularly applicable to the 'instruct many' prophecy related to predominantly Philadelphian Christians:

Now that does not mean our other books and booklets are not important to know--and they can also be referred to--and all are found at the following link: CCOG Free Books and Booklets.

Non-Philadelphians, including 'independents,' will not know enough to instruct many in this age. Oh yes, they will teach people during the millennium. But, the lack of knowledge of church history, development of heresies, and proper prophetic understanding will prevent most non-Philadelphians from fulfilling the "instruct many" prophecy in Daniel 11:33.

Because some of what people in the world will be interested in will be a bit historical, and to them unique, the listed books were written. These books are part of the CCOG preparation for the short work.

Notice also the following which has multiple applicabilities:

8 The end of a thing is better than its beginning; (Ecclesiastes 7:8)

In the end times, the end of the short work will be better than its beginning, and we in the CCOG are still preparing for that end now.

The Apostle John was inspired to record, "the marriage of the Lamb has come, and His wife has made herself ready" (Revelation 19:7). It is the Philadelphian portion of the Church that best represents the wife (cf. Revelation 3:7-13, 12:14-17), and we are working to help its members--and not JUST its ministry--to be made ready.

If YOU are willing to be used by God and will support the true Philadelphian remnant leader, God may well have YOU instruct many. Either directly, or at least, indirectly.

Here is a link to a related sermon: Preparing to Instruct Many.

Now back to Daniel 11.

11:34

34 Now when they fall, they shall be aided with a little help; but many shall join with them by intrigue.

False Christians will betray the faithful. It is likely that the King of the North will encourage this. That looks to be consistent with Daniel 11:32.

Verse 34 further suggests that some Philadelphians will suffer and be betrayed, as it is the Philadelphians that should be those of high understanding. 

It should be pointed out that those suffering at this time may be the Philadelphians (and/or other Christians) in areas controlled or influenced by the King of the North, specifically Europe, and possibly also include Latin America. It may be that there will be a religious resurgence (cf. Revelation 13:4,8) that leads to some of God’s people being killed in those lands, and even the USA, etc., by self-appointed vigilantes calling themselves “Catholic” (such as one who actually called for a real crusade to begin in the 21st century--In this Sign you will conquer with One Voice. Cyndi Cain's SYMPHONY OF SUFFERING column DailyCatholic.org September 3-5, 2001 volume 12, no. 148).

Those who join with the Philadelphian or other Christians by intrigue look to include those having fallen away or others pretending to assist the Christians, yet secretly really supporting the King of the North. Greek Orthodox  scholar H. Tzima Otto  believes that some claiming Philadelphia Christian practices (she does not use the term “Philadelphia Christians,” but instead calls them Sabbatians, meaning seventh-day Sabbath-keepers) are going to betray genuine Philadelphians  in the future and support the Great Monarch.

Daniel 11:34, itself, is consistent with the following prophecy of Jesus related to the Philadelphian Christians:

9 Indeed I will make those of the synagogue of Satan, who say they are Jews and are not, but lie — indeed I will make them come and worship before your feet, and to know that I have loved you. (Revelation 3:9)

Jesus loves the Philadelphians, and the Philadelphians (Philadelphia means brotherly love) will be further demonstrating their love for God and humanity during this time. It should be pointed out that the New Testament calls Christians 'Jews' in several places (Romans 2:28-29; Revelation 2:9,3:9). So, those who are joining by intrigue look to be the same ones warned against in Revelation 3:9. Hence, this is another connection to the Philadelphians and this persecution in Daniel.

Daniel 11:34 is a warning to the most faithful end-time Christians in that, while some will actually help them then, they will need to be quite cautious, as problems are likely with “many” who will seem to join them.

Herbert W. Armstrong commented:

Verse 34 ... And [verse 35] ... notice the vision carries on down to this present time of the end. (The Middle East in Prophecy)

11:35

35 And some of those of understanding shall fall, to refine them, purify them, and make them white, until the time of the end; because it is still for the appointed time.

This would also be the time that the remaining Philadelphians (those who were not in Jerusalem during the prior verse) fly/flee to their place of protection (please see the article There is a Place of Safety for the Philadelphians. Why it May Be Petra) and thus, around vs. 35 is when the "time, times, and half a time; and when the power of the holy people has been completely shattered" as Daniel 12:7 refers to (also known as the 1260 days or the 3 1/2 years) begins.

Notice that the King of the North is mainly focused against God's people, and initially mainly (but likely not exclusively) the Philadelphians (for more about the persecutions, please see Persecutions by Church and State). This indicates that he is NOT mainly yet attacking Israel as some have suggested (as that would result in immediate retaliation by the United States). He seems to be focused on religion--probably setting the anti-Pope up in Jerusalem while eliminating those in the true Church who are reporting his real intentions (the persecutors are associated with the 'synagogue of Satan,' see also What is the Synagogue of Satan?).

Even the Roman Catholic Jerome also understood that this passage of Daniel 11 was referring to the end times and Christian persecution as he wrote:

Verses 34, 35 ... Our writers, however, would have it understood that the small help shall arise under the reign of the Antichrist, for the saints shall gather together to resist him, and afterwards a great number of the learned shall fall. And this shall take place in order that they may be refined as by fire in the furnace, and that they may be made white and may be chosen out, until the time before determined arrives ---- for the true victory shall be won at the coming of Christ (Jerome. Commentary on Daniel, Chapter 11. Translated by Gleason L. Archer. (1958). http://www.tertullian.org/fathers/jerome_daniel_02_text.htm viewed 12/20/08).

It is critical to realize is that verse 35 specifically shows that its activities go “until the time of the end,” thus, there must be a future fulfillment of vs. 35. 

Verse 35 further shows problems for many of the most faithful in the Church. Because not even the most faithful are perfect, some apparently will fall and/or be persecuted, so that they can be refined (spiritually improved).

But Daniel 12:1 shows that this specific persecution will probably end in, or shortly after, verse 35. Then, probably by the beginning of Daniel 11:39 at the latest, the great tribulation will begin.

Why?

The expression translated as “the appointed time“ in verse 35 is from the Hebrew word transliterated into English as `eth (OT:6256 `eth.   Biblesoft's New Exhaustive Strong's Numbers and Concordance with Expanded Greek-Hebrew Dictionary. Copyright (c) 1994, Biblesoft and International Bible Translators, Inc. ). It is used in both Daniel 12:1 and 11:35.

The same Hebrew word (`eth) is translated as “the set time” in Psalm 102:13:

13 You will arise and have mercy on Zion; For the time to favor her, Yes, the set time, has come.

This seems to show that these verses (Daniel 11:35 and Psalm 102:13) are for the same time. If so, this is the time when God distinguishes between the truly faithful Church (called “Zion” above), and those outside the most faithful Church (cf. Revelation 12:13-17). Perhaps this is a parallel to when God no longer had the children of Israel experience the plagues in Egypt, while the Egyptians did (Exodus 8:22).

However, one thing that is critical to notice is that verse 35 specifically shows that its activities go “until the time of the end“—thus there must be a future fulfillment of vs. 35. 

Verse 35 may be a key verse to tie in with Daniel 12:1, which discusses Michael the Archangel rising up, just prior to the Great Tribulation and protecting the faithful:

1 At that time Michael shall stand up, The great prince who stands watch over the sons of your people; And there shall be a time of trouble, Such as never was since there was a nation, Even to that time. And at that time your people shall be delivered, Every one who is found written in the book. (Daniel 12:1)

This is also the just prior to official start of the time of Jacob's troubles (Jeremiah 30:7)--though the Jacob descended nations will have "sorrows" first (Matthew 24:4-8).

Now The Wycliffe Bible Commentary states (bolding in original):

Dan 12:1
At that time (cf. on Dan 11:36). At the same time as the events of 11:36-45. Michael. See Rev 12:7; cf. Josh 5:13-15; 2 Kings 6:15-17; Isa 37:35-36; Matt 26:53. This is Israel's time of trouble. Every reference to it uses superlative language (cf. also Matt 24:21).

The reason that I mention that related to verse 35, is that the above from The Wycliffe Bible Commentary seems to be off a little bit. 

Why? 

Because the same Hebrew expression for “at that time” (`eth) occurs in verse 35, not verse 36. This suggests that Michael will likely provide protection to God's people when they flee/fly to the palce. Therefore, it would appear that somewhere between verse 35 and 39 is apparently when Michael stands up and begins to protect the true and faithful in the Church. Probably while they are fleeing/traveling (see also There is a Place of Safety for the Philadelphians. Why it May Be Petra).

Much of the persecution in Daniel 11:30-35 (see Persecutions by Church and State) will be directed against Philadelphian Christians. This will likely result in the non-Philadelphian Christians further distancing themselves from the Philadelphians.

One of the reasons the Philadelphians will be targeted is because the Philadelphians are leading the final phase of the work and will identify the King of the North and reveal some of his plans.

This will result in much of the world temporarily shifting attention towards the church that is doing that.

Many people will wonder and Philadelphian Christians are to answer questions (cf. Daniel 11:33).

The Philadelphians apparently will flee during vs. 35, as Jesus said that His people would flee just prior to the great tribulation in Matthew 24:20–21. Jesus specified that they would escape in Luke 21:36. Jesus stated that it would be the Philadelphians who would be kept “from the hour of trial which shall come upon the whole world” in Revelation 3:10.

The Bible shows that persecution will accompany this fleeing (Revelation 12:13–15), but that those fleeing are helped (vs. 16). Because of the successful fleeing, the King of the North will stop his direct pursuit of them. The faithful will no longer be proclaiming the gospel through any major organized media effort (cf. Amos 8:11-12). The rising up of the “secret sect” some Greco-Roman writings allude to will have ended.

Greco-Roman prophecies seem to also foretell this time. It looks like the Philadelphian “sect” will be perceived to be the enemy of the Great Monarch and the antipope:

St. Francis of Paola (Born in Italy, 15th century): the Great Monarch will annihilate heretics and unbelievers ... All in all, there will be on earth twelve Kings, one Emperor, one Pope and a few Princes. (Dupont, p.38)

David Poreus (17th century): The Great Monarch ... will crush the enemies of the Pope … (Dupont, p.31)

Thus, as far as most in the world will be concerned, the faithful Christians will have been “crushed” as heretics.

After Philadelphian Christians begin to face fierce  (and sometimes deadly) persecution, the fifth seal signaling the start of the Great Tribulation will be opened with the rest of the Christians facing deadly persecutions for 3 ½ years.

Notice that both the Great Monarch and the Beast are prophesied to be warring persecutors. People will marvel. Some will believe God is on the side of this Great Monarch, because few ever expected the USA and its British-descended allies to be conquered in this century.

The Faithful Philadelphians May Dwell in Caves

Roman Catholic and other theologians, consistent with Revelation 12:14-16, have considered that part of the true Church would flee into the wilderness during this time (Kramer H.B. L. The Book of Destiny. Nihil Obstat: J.S. Considine, O.P., Censor Deputatus. Imprimatur: +Joseph M. Mueller, Bishop of Sioux City, Iowa, January 26, 1956. Reprint TAN Books, Rockford (IL), pp. 296-297); and others specifically believe that this place has caves (Graff, Ron and Dolphin, Lambert. Thy Kingdom Come, Thy Will Be Done..., Chapter 11. Peninsula Bible Church, Palo Alto (CA), 1998).  

The late Protestant Dr. Tim LaHaye referred to a mountainous cave-filled place in Jordan called Petra and the people who flee as "believing Jews" (LaHaye T, Hindson E.  The Popular Bible Prophecy Commentary.  Harvest House, Eugene (OR), 2006, pp. 523-524).

It would seem that those called "believing Jews" (historically, sometimes known as Nazarene Christians) represent the faithful sect that certain mystics have improperly warned about.

Philadelphians, like other faithful, Christians have some practices considered “Jewish” as Revelation 3:7-9 and 2:9 suggests. The fact that Jesus told His followers to, “pray that your flight may not be in winter or on the Sabbath”, (Matthew 24:20) also confirms this. The Bible is clear that at the time of the fleeing, even those who do not flee, but are to be persecuted, “keep the commandments of God and have the testimony of Jesus Christ” (Revelation 12:17).

However, at least one Roman Catholic mystic warned in the 12th century that while those in caves seemed to be good, she felt they really were not:
Hildegard of Bingen (12th century): And fly from those who linger in caves and are cloistered supporters of the Devil. Woe to them, woe to them who remain thus! They are the Devil’s very viscera, and the advance guard of the son of perdition.

Therefore, O you My beloved children, avoid them with all devotion and with all the strength of your souls and bodies. For the ancient serpent feeds and clothes them by his arts, and they worship him as God and trust in his false deceptions ... Because they are afraid of My people, they do not openly resist these institutions of Mine, but in their hearts and their deeds they hold them as nothing. By devilish illusion, they pretend to have sanctity; but they are deceived by the Devil, for if he were to show himself to them openly they would understand him and flee him … But because the Devil knows he has only a short time for his error, he is not hastening to perfect infidelity in his members; you, you evil deceivers, who labor to subvert the Catholic faith. (Hildegard of Bingen. Scivias. Paulist Press, Mahwah (NJ), pp. 301-302)

It would appear that the mystic was demonically-influenced as she is actually warning against supporting the true Philadelphian pacifist Christians (something that may happen, as some not originally with them might try to join them per Isaiah 56:8). As far as “the Catholic faith” goes, check out our free book, online at ccog.org, titled Beliefs of the Original Catholic Church: Could a remnant group have continuing apostolic succession?

It is the Philadelphian Christians who will be protected, yet Hildegard seems to be claiming that they are the “supporters of the Devil“ (probably because they will oppose the final, revised, ecumenical church and because that church will have persecuted them). Because she calls them “the advanced guard of the son of perdition,” she sequentially looks to be referring to a group of people who will be protected in caves just before Christ returns. 

Notice also that she specifically warns against religious people in caves who are miraculously fed.

Yet, she must not have realized that the Bible indicates that those who receive God’s protection in the wilderness during the end time (Revelation 12:14–16), and are in caves (Jeremiah 48:28), are His people (Isaiah 16:1–4 possibly in Sela/Petra), and will be religious (Revelation 14:12), and will be miraculously fed (Isaiah 33:15-16).

Yes, as God provided the children of Israel what they needed in the wilderness, God will provide for the Philadelphian Christians who flee to the wilderness (Revelaton 12:14-16) during the coming "hour of trial" (cf. Revelation 3:7-10).

Hence, it is reasonable to conclude, that Hildegard's vision does support the view that even the demons have understood about a place of protection where some people will be miraculously fed, for quite some time.

However, those associated with the King of the North will then turn their attention to the rest of her seed, the non-Philadelphian Christians (who will be a kind of “secret sect” but will try to remain hidden, most likely to avoid this persecution).  

Even a commentator’s note in the Rheims New Testament agrees that the Church goes to a wilderness desert location:

The  Church  shall  flee  as  to  a  desert  in Antichrist‘s time, but not decay or be unknown, no not for so short a time. (Rheims New Testament, p. 556)

Early Greco-Roman “fathers” such as Irenaeus (Irenaeus. Adversus haereses, Book V, Chapter 34, Verse 3. From Ante-Nicene Fathers, Volume 1. Edited by Alexander Roberts & James Donaldson. 1885), Hippolytus (Hippolytus. On Christ and Antichrist, Chapter 61), and Cyril (Cyril of Jerusalem. Catechetical Lecture 15) also believed this. Hence, Hildegard is once again not even faithful to Greco-Roman Catholic positions on prophetic matters.

Furthermore, notice:

Bishop St. Victorinus (3rd  century): But the woman fled into the wilderness, and there were given to her two great eagle’s wings … to that … church … let them go to that place which they have ready, and let them be supported there for three years and six months from the presence of the devil. (Victorinus of Petau.  Commentary on the Apocalpyse.  Ante-Nicene Christian library: … the Fathers down to A.D. 325.  T. and T. Clark, 1870, p. 423)

Thus, the idea of true Christians fleeing, being supported, and being away from the devil for 3 ½ years is consistent with both biblical and certain Roman Catholic teachings (Revelation, Chapter 3. United States Conference of Catholic Bishops.  www.usccb.org/bible/revelation/3 viewed 08/25/2012).

The Greek Orthodox also tend to believe that the faithful will flee to caves in the desert/wilderness for 3 ½ years (Tzima Otto, pp.190, 274).

No one should rely on Hildegard’s false admonition.

Now, it should be understood that the Bible shows that those who do not flee at that time will then be persecuted:

17 And the dragon was enraged with the woman, and he went to make war with the rest of her offspring, who keep the commandments of God and have the testimony of Jesus Christ (Revelation 12:17).

Thus, we   see   several parallels in Daniel 11:29–35 and Revelation 12:13–17. We specifically see that some will be persecuted, will flee to the wilderness, and will be helped, but that Satan is not yet through (as Daniel 11:36-44 also seem to show).

The Spanish-influenced 16th century Mayan Chilam Balam warns that those associated with a church will be in a cave:

Son, where is the cenote? All are drenched <with> its water. There is no gravel on its bottom; a bow is inserted over its entrance. <It is> the church. (José Hoíl J, Roys R. The Book of Chilam Balam of Chumayel. Roys Publisher, 1933. Reprint Forgotten Books, 1967, p. 80)

The 1933 compiler of the above (J. José Hoíl) added a note stating, "Evidently a reference to a cave type of cenote" (José Hoíl, p. 233).

Thus, this Mayan writing is showing the church being in a cave and being drenched with water in a way seemingly consistent with the concept of fleeing to a wilderness and avoiding the flood as shown in Revelation 12:14-16.

11:36

36 "Then the king shall do according to his own will: he shall exalt and magnify himself above every god, shall speak blasphemies against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the wrath has been accomplished; for what has been determined shall be done.

The King of the North will prosper and honor his own god, but will honor himself the most. Although there have been partial fulfillments in the past, this would have to be at the time of the end.

The prospering in Daniel 11:36 may also be related to Ezekiel 27 (cf. Revelation 18). If so, this would suggest that the coming European power will start prospering through trading before it begins to prosper through military conquest. Notice something that the late evangelist John Ogwyn wrote:

This European union of church and state will promise universal prosperity and will exercise worldwide economic dominance for a short while. Ezekiel 27, using the figure of the ancient commercial city of Tyre, speaks of this global economic combine which will include nations of Europe, Africa, Latin America, and Asia along with Israel and Judah (v. 17). Portions of Ezekiel 27 are paraphrased or quoted in Revelation 18 where the end-time system, called Babylon the Great, is described.

The English-speaking nations will not prosper for long in connection with this system, however. In fact, they will ultimately be overpowered and destroyed by it militarily. Prior to military attack and occupation, devastating weather problems, combined with internal civil strife (“tumults in the midst” cf. Amos 3:9) will bring our nations to the point of internal collapse.

Thus, a major trading power will prosper. Even today, the European Union is a major trading power.

It should be noted that the term translated as "Then" in vs. 36 (and the "Thus" in vs. 39) is the Hebrew word `asah which according to the Interlinear Transliterated Bible actually means "And shall do" (Interlinear Transliterated Bible. Dan 11:36, 6213. Copyright (c) 1994 by Biblesoft). Therefore, it may be that every act listed is not necessarily consecutive, as some (from vs. 31 to 38) may be fairly concurrent.

That said, there is an aspect that most in the Churches of God (COGs) do NOT understand these verses.

Which is the proper identity of the man of sin of 2 Thessalonians 2 (see also Who is the Man of Sin of 2 Thessalonians 2?).

If they did, they would realize that the King of the North Beast power is the man of sin of 2 Thessalonians 2.

Let's look at what the Apostle Paul wrote about the man of sin:

1 Now, brethren, concerning the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ and our gathering together to Him, we ask you, 2 not to be soon shaken in mind or troubled, either by spirit or by word or by letter, as if from us, as though the day of Christ had come. 3 Let no one deceive you by any means; for that Day will not come unless the falling away comes first, and the man of sin is revealed, the son of perdition, 4 who opposes and exalts himself above all that is called God or that is worshiped, so that he sits as God in the temple of God, showing himself that he is God. (2 Thessalonians 2:1-4)

That is the same thing that the King of the North, who is also the Beast that rises from the sea, does in Daniel 11.

Many in the COGs oddly think that it is the two-horned Beast from the earth of Revelation 13 that is the man of sin.

Yet, notice that the two-horned beast of Revelation 13 gets people to worship the first beast and that it is the first beast that Satan has given great authority to:

1 Then I stood on the sand of the sea. And I saw a beast rising up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and on his horns ten crowns, and on his heads a blasphemous name…

2 The dragon gave him his power, his throne, and great authority….

11 Then I saw another beast coming up out of the earth, and he had two horns like a lamb and spoke like a dragon. 12 And he exercises all the authority of the first beast in his presence, and causes the earth and those who dwell in it to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed. 13 He performs great signs, so that he even makes fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men. 14 And he deceives those who dwell on the earth by those signs which he was granted to do in the sight of the beast, telling those who dwell on the earth to make an image to the beast who was wounded by the sword and lived. 15 He was granted power to give breath to the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak and cause as many as would not worship the image of the beast to be killed (Revelation 13:1,2,11-15).

Notice clearly that the two-horned beast (who is THE false prophet, cf. Revelation 19:20) gets people to worship THE FIRST beast, the ten-horned beast (with accompanying signs--that he does so in the presence of the FIRST BEAST--cf. 2 Thessalonians 2:9-10). Hence the two-horned beast is NOT putting himself above all gods or all worship as he has people worship the ten-horned beast--thus he does not meet the biblical criteria to be the man of sin. It also is the ten-horned beast who blasphemes, as he is also the blasphemous King of the North (Daniel 11:36-40).

Hence, the FACT is that the two-horned beast is NOT putting himself above all gods as he has people worship the ten-horned beast. And it is the ten-horned beast who is granted “great authority,” not the two-horned beast.

There is simply no verse that says that the second beast gets the worship that the first one does. The false prophet clearly promotes false worship, as opposed to being the primary object of it himself. While popes have long let people kneel down before them, I have found no scriptures that indicate that the false prophet himself tries to make himself the ultimate/top object of worship.

Yet, nearly all the other COGs teach the opposite. For details, check out the article Who is the Man of Sin of 2 Thessalonians 2?

Now back to Daniel 11.

11:37

37 He shall regard neither the God of his fathers nor the desire of women, nor regard any god; for he shall exalt himself above them all.

Notice that the King of the North, the ten-horned beast, will really worship himself, but will outwardly honor some type of god, perhaps including technology related to war.

Regarding “any god” in verse 37, it will probably be that the King of the North will pretend to be some type of “Catholic” until it is no longer convenient. The Beast will turn on an unfaithful church later as shown in Revelation 17:16–17.

That would seem to be consistent with the following from the Middle Ages:

S. Lazerianus, Archbishop of Cashel … foretold that the see of Rome is ‘fated to utter destruction when the Roman faith perisheth in Ireland.’ (The Christian remembrancer, p. 39 )

Yes, change in religion will happen.

Now let us look at the original KJV for Daniel 11:37-38, as it seems a bit truer to the Hebrew intent. The NKJV gives a different impression:

37 Neither shall he regard the God of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all. 38 But in his estate shall he honour the God of forces: and a god whom his fathers knew not shall he honour with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things (Daniel 11:37–38, KJV).

The word translated both times as “regard” in 11:37 is the Hebrew word biyn, which essentially means to have intellectual understanding/perception of (Gesenius HFW, Driver SR, Briggs CA, Brown F, Robinson E.  A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament). 

Essentially, the King of the North will probably consider that the changed ‘Catholic’ religion should not be taken seriously, although, he will at first honor many of its beliefs publicly. Like Emperor Constantine did, he will probably understand that religion may be useful for political purposes, including, at first, keeping the revised Holy Roman Empire united.

Here is some of what Jerome wrote about verses 37 and 38:

Aquila renders, "the God of mighty powers (fortitudinum)," whereas the Septuagint says, "the most mighty God." But because there is an ambiguity of position in the Hebrew original of the phrase we rendered by, "And he shall be engrossed in lust for women," Aquila renders it simply word for word (in Greek): "And he shall have no understanding with regard to the god of his fathers, and (B) in regard to the desire of women and in regard to every god he shall have no understanding"; ... The next statement, ". . .and he shall worship a god whom his fathers did not know" is more appropriate to the Antichrist than to Antiochus. (Commentary on Daniel)

As far as women go, the King of the North will seemingly not be highly influenced by them. Jerome's comment ". . .and he shall worship a god whom his fathers did not know" is more appropriate to the Antichrist than to Antiochus shows that 1) he felt that this is a prophecy for the future and 2) while he confuses Antichrist as being the King of the North, the final Antichrist will promote worship of the King of the North, more than Antiochus did as he tended to get people to worship Jupiter/Zeus.

11:38

38 But in their place he shall honor a god of fortresses; and a god which his fathers did not know he shall honor with gold and silver, with precious stones and pleasant things.

Verse 38 looks to be referring to two gods. The god that his fathers did not know (possibly called the foreign god of the next verse) and the god of fortresses.

The final King of the North will push warfare. The New Testament adds the following about him:

3 And I saw one of his heads as if it had been mortally wounded, and his deadly wound was healed. And all the world marveled and followed the beast. 4 So they worshiped the dragon who gave authority to the beast; and they worshiped the beast, saying, "Who is like the beast? Who is able to make war with him?" (Revelation 13:3-4)

So, we see emperor worship, which is precisely what the worship of the beast is. And worship of the dragon--that is worship of Satan (Revelation 12:9, 20:2)!

Herbert Armstrong commented:

Verse 38 — the Roman emperors honored the god of forces, or (margin) munitions, and developed the greatest war-making power the world ever knew. (The Middle East in Prophecy)

It was Roman Emperor Constantine that pushed the idea that the Greco-Roman Catholics should be in the military and engage in war. Let me add that many scholars teach that Constantine created the main current form of what is called Christianity (Paget JC. Jews, Christians and Jewish Christians in Antiquity. Mohr Seibeck, 2010, p.5).

In the end times, it would seem that those who believe that those who profess Christ, but endorse Christians fighting in carnal warfare, are in a real sense honoring the "god of fortresses." Yet, this is something that the original Nazarene Christians (cf. Acts 24:5) and their true spiritual descendants have never done (see also our free ebook, online at ccog.org, titled Beliefs of the Original Catholic Church: Could a remnant group have continuing apostolic succession?).

But, the split between original catholics and Greco-Roman Catholics on military matters also carried forward with Protestants as they condemned professors of Christ who would not endorse warfare.

Notice what the followers of Martin Luther declared in 1530:

Article XVI: Of Civil Affairs. Of Civil Affairs they teach that lawful civil ordinances are good works of God, and that it is right for Christians to bear civil office, to sit as judges, to judge matters by the Imperial and other existing laws, to award just punishments, to engage in just wars, to serve as soldiers...They condemn the Anabaptists who forbid these civil offices to Christians.

It should be noted that some of those called Anabaptists were in the Church of God (please see the article The Sardis Church Era). Martin Luther would have also condemned groups like the Continuing Church of God which hold to beliefs that he condemned on these matters.

Martin Luther apparently considered killing Jews and others as just. Notice what Martin Luther specifically advised his followers:

...to burn down Jewish schools and synagogues, and to throw pitch and sulphur into the flames; to destroy their homes; to confiscate their ready money in gold and silver; to take from them their sacred books, even the whole Bible; and if that did not help matters, to hunt them of the country like mad dogs" (Luther’s Works, vol. Xx, pp. 2230-2632 as quoted in Stoddard JL. Rebuilding a Lost Faith, 1922, p.99).

He also stated:

I, Martin Luther, slew all the peasants in the rebellion, for I said that they should be slain; all their blood is upon my head. But I cast it on the Lord God, who commanded me to speak this way (Werke, Erl. Edition, lix, p. 284 ‘Table Talk’ as quoted in Stoddard JL. Rebuilding a Lost Faith, 1922, p.96).

It is reported that 100,000 perished at that time.

Do Protestants realize that Martin Luther was a mass murderer?

Yet nearly all Protestant faiths have followed Martin Luther's lead, as sadly they, like the Romans, endorse carnal warfare.

That is one of the many ways which Protestanism boldly shows it is a daughter of the church of the mother of harlots in Revelation 17:5. The fact is that Protestantism did NOT protest non-biblical practices of the Church of Rome enough, nor did it really stand for sola Scriptura. We have a free ebook that also may be of assistance: Hope of Salvation: How the Continuing Church of God Differs from Protestantism.

The Church of Rome, by the way, does consider itself the 'mother church' at this time, though its scholars admit that the 'mother church' was really in Jerusalem. As far as now being the 'mother church' goes, notice the inscription, that is shown in numerous places, on the outside of St. John’s Lateran church:


(Photo by Joyce Thiel)

The inscription from Latin above translated into English means, “Sacred Lateran Church Mother and Head of All Churches of the City and the World.” Notice the following warning against a worldly “mother” church associated with seven-hills:

1 Then one of the seven angels who had the seven bowls came and talked with me, saying to me, “Come, I will show you the judgment of the great harlot who sits on many waters, 2 with whom the kings of the earth committed fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth were made drunk with the wine of her fornication.”

3 So he carried me away in the Spirit into the wilderness. And I saw a woman sitting on a scarlet beast which was full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns. 4 The woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet, and adorned with gold and precious stones and pearls, having in her hand a golden cup full of abominations and the filthiness of her fornication. 5 And on her forehead a name was written:

MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND OF THE ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.

6 I saw the woman, drunk with the blood of the saints and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus. And when I saw her, I marveled with great amazement…

9 “Here is the mind which has wisdom: The seven heads are seven mountains on which the woman sits. ...
18 And the woman whom you saw is that great city which reigns over the kings of the earth. (Revelation 17:1-6, 9, 18)

Many Roman Catholic scholars admit that Revelation 17 is referring to Rome--but they tend to call this ancient Rome, despite this being a prophecy for the end of the church age.

One of the other ways true Christians are to be a witness is because we maintain the religion of peace, because we did not adopt militaristic ' Christianity.'

But we will also be a witness through instructing many, supporting the work of instructing many, going through the doors that Jesus opens for the Philadelphian remnant, enduring persecutions, as well as, for those who survive, going to and being in the place of protection in the wilderness (Revelation 12:14-16) that Jesus promised to protect Philadelphians from the coming "hour of trial which shall come upon the whole world' (Revelation 3:10).

As far as the "god his fathers did not know," more on that is covered under verse 39.

Here is a link to a sermon: Daniel 11:32-38: Philadelphian Persecution and Witness.

Verse 39 is a highly relevant prophecy that many people do not understand nor pay attention to.

11:39

39 Thus he shall act against the strongest fortresses with a foreign god, which he shall acknowledge, and advance its glory; and he shall cause them to rule over many, and divide the land for gain.

The “he” is the King of the North. The two Hebrew words translated as “the strongest fortresses” in verse 39 do not appear together anywhere else in the Bible.

Something is, thus, unique here. As mentioned previously, Daniel 11:24 seems to parallel this as it teaches that the King of the North has plans against the strongholds and succeeds against the prosperous.

Many translations of Daniel 11:39 support this idea:

39 He shall deal with the strongest fortresses with the help of a foreign god. Those who acknowledge him he shall load with honor. He shall make them rulers over many and shall divide the land for a price. (ESV)

39 He will take action against the strongest of fortresses with the help of a foreign god; he will give great honor to those who acknowledge him and will cause them to rule over the many, and will parcel out land for a price ... (NASB)

39 Claiming this foreign god’s help, he will attack the strongest fortresses. He will honor those who submit to him, appointing them to positions of authority and dividing the land among them as their reward. (NLT)

39 So he shall deal against the fortresses of the strongest with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge: and shall increase with glory. He shall cause them to rule over many and divide the land for a price. (AFV)

39 He will attack the mightiest fortresses with the help of a foreign god and will greatly honor those who acknowledge him. He will make them rulers over many people and will distribute the land at a price. (NIV)

39 He’ll take action against the strongest fortresses. With the help of a foreign god, he’ll recognize those who honor him, making them rule over many, and he’ll parcel out the land for a profit. (ISB of 2012)

39 He shall deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a foreign god; those who acknowledge him he shall magnify with honor. He shall make them rulers over many and shall divide the land for a price. (RSV)

39 He shall deal with the strongest fortresses by the help of a foreign god; those who acknowledge him he shall magnify with honor. He shall make them rulers over many and shall divide the land for a price. (RSV, Catholic Edition)

39 And he shall deal with the strongest fortresses with the help of a foreign god; whom he shall acknowledge, shall increase glory; and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for a price. (Jewish Publication Society of 1917)

(More on the 'strongest fortresses' can be found in the article USA in Prophecy: The Strongest Fortresses.)

Isaiah warns that "The fortress also will cease from Ephraim" (Isaiah 17:3)--but unlike Manasseh (USA), Ephraim (UK, etc.) simply does not have the strongest fortresses in the 21st century. Yet, when you combine Isaiah 17:3 with Daniel 11:39 you see that the USA and its Anglo-Saxon allies will lose their military might. The coming defeat of the USA and its Anglo-Saxon allies could be called World War III (WWIII; see also World War III: Steps in Progress).

This passage about the "strongest fortresses" in Daniel 11:39 cannot be referring to the continental Europeans as they are supporting the King of the North who is doing the conquering. Nor can it be referring to the RussiansChinese, or other Asians as they do not get involved until verse 44 (see also The Eurasian Union, the Kings of the East, and Bible Prophecy).

Who has the strongest fortresses?

Looking further down in this chapter in Daniel, we must eliminate the King of the South, because that King is not attacked until later (the next verse). We must also eliminate those in the North and East, as they do not get involved until later (verse 44).

Neither the rest of Africa nor Latin America has anything resembling "the strongest fortresses." The strongest fortresses belong to the United States, and to a much lesser degree, its English-speaking allies. Thus, in current times, Daniel 11:39 looks to be describing when the Anglo-English-American nations are being destroyed. Some might refer to this as WWIII.

Interestingly, there seem to be several Roman Catholic private prophecies that also foretell the destruction of the English-speaking peoples. 

It should be noted, however, that many of the older Roman Catholic prophecies that mention the "English" were written before that area actually was called England, but was made up of territories of Anglo-Saxon-Celtic peoples. Of course, if any apply to the USA, Canada, Australia, and/or New Zealand, they were not formed as we now understand them until several centuries after some of the Roman Catholic prophecies were first written. Yet, although there are errors or distortions in translations, some do seem to somehow refer to the British-American descended peoples. It would seem that they basically were intended to refer to the Anglo-Saxon-Celtic-American nations in the twenty-first century as they were not fulfilled in previous centuries.

The following Roman Catholic "private prophecies" appear to predict the destruction of the English:

St. Columbkille (597):  English nobility shall sink into horrible life—wars shall be proclaimed against them, by means of which the frantically proud race shall be subdued, and will be harassed from every quarter. The English shall dwindle into disreputable people and shall forever be deprived of power”.  … the English shall be defeated … they shall be harassed by every quarter; like a fawn surrounded by a pack of voracious hounds, shall be the position of the English amidst their enemies. The English afterwards shall dwindle down to a disreputable people.

Mother Shipton (died 1551): The time will come when England shall tremble and quake …  London shall be destroyed forever after … and then York shall be London and the Kingdom governed by three Lords appointed by a Royal Great monarch…who will set England right and drive out heresy.

Saint Edward (died 1066): The extreme corruption and wickedness of the English nation has provoked the just anger of God. When malice shall have reached the fullness of its measure, God will, in His wrath, send to the English people wicked spirits, who will punish and afflict them with great severity …

Saint Malachy(12th century): the English in turn must suffer severe chastisement. Ireland, however, will be instrumental in bringing back the English to the unity of Faith.

Saint Cataldus of Tarentino (c. 500): The Great Monarch will be in war till he is forty years of age ... he will assemble great armies and expel tyrants from his empire. He will conquer England and other island empires.

Franciscan Friar of Mount Sinai (died 1840): England will become the scene of the greatest cruelties. Ireland and Scotland will invade England and destroy it. The royal family will be driven out and half of the population murdered.

D.A. Birch (20th century writer): It is interesting to note that the National (Government) of England is foretold to have no role in the return of England to Roman allegiance. As a matter of fact, a number of prophecies specifically state that England will be reevangelized by the French and Irish after England has suffered a terrible and specific chastisement.

Priest Paul Kramer (2010): Zachary the Armenian Jew who converted to the Catholic Faith – published in 1854 … there would be the war that the prophecy refers to as “the struggle of the strong, against the strong”. This empire of the north … will go to war against North America and North America will fall and be conquered and brought into bondage …

Notice that Zachary said there would be a battle against the strong of North America by the empire of the north. The "empire of the north" sounds like it is referring to the "king of the north" of biblical prophecies. Certain Roman Catholic prophecies appear to be foretelling the destruction of the Anglo-Saxon-Celtic-American powers, apparently by their Great Monarch. Places like the UK, Australia, and New Zealand could be considered as island empires--though he may mainly authorize others to take over the latter two.

Notice also:

Werdin d’ Otrante (13th century): 'The Great Monarch and the Great Pope will precede Antichrist ... All the sects will vanish. The capital of the world will fall ... The Great Monarch will come and restore peace and the Pope will share in the victory.

Actually, if the Great Monarch is the King of the North, he will be in league with the final Antichrist, who looks to be the one referred to as "the Great Pope" as the Bible points to him performing great signs and other deceptive wonders per Revelation 13:13-15.

In a sense, the capital of the world is the United States. Hence it seems to be the USA that Werdin d’ Otrante was referring to as the King of the North, who sounds like the Great Monarch of Greco-Roman Catholic prophecies, will be around after the USA is conquered as he its conqueror.

Sadly, some may well point to several of these non-Divinely inspired writings as partial justification for destroying the United States and peoples of some of the other British-descended lands.

It is interesting to note that the Roman Catholic Saint Edward specifically states that demons will be used to punish the English peoples (whether the majority of Scots, etc., will be specifically involved or not can be debated). This would suggest that, presuming the Great Monarch attacks them, the Great Monarch is on the side of demons. And while this is consistent with scriptures that show that the final ten-horned beast leader is influenced by demons (Revelation 16:13–14), it should give all who call themselves Roman Catholic (and others) pause to NOT support someone who is on the side of demons.

A Greek Orthodox document known as the Anonymou Paraphrasis of 1053 also seems to foretell of a time that the Anglos will no longer be in the area of England, but that nation was not known by that name at that time so it is not clear what is meant by it.

There also was a prophecy from a famous Roman Catholic stigmatic (a mystic with blood wounds supposedly reflective of those that Jesus suffered when nailed to the stake):

Therese Neumann (20th century): … at the end of this century America will be destroyed economically by natural disasters.

Although the timing of that prophecy was wrong, it should be clear according to a variety of sources claiming Roman Catholicism, the United States and the other English-descended peoples are facing disaster--and apparently relatively soon.

While many evangelical Protestants  (i.e. the late Hal Lindsey) correctly teach that the USA will be gone before Jesus‘ second coming, they generally do not seem to understand how that will happen nor what scripture most clearly refers to this.

Divided with Whom?

As far as lands being divided by this leader goes, it is likely that Mexico will regain at least some of the lands it had ceded to the USA. It would seem like Russia would end up with at least part of Alaska and perhaps part of Canada. The Irish would be expected to control Northern Ireland (and perhaps other lands controlled by the United Kingdom). Some Mexicans, Russians, and Irish have called for this.

Because of USA debts, a Russian professor named Igor Panarin predicted that the Europeans, Russians, Mexicans, Japanese, and Chinese may end up dividing the land of the USA in the 21st century (Osborn A. As if Things Weren’t Bad Enough, Russian Professor Predicts End of U.S. Wall Street Journal, Dec 29, 2008). And a Roman Catholic prophecy (previously cited) shows that the UK will be divided.  

In the Summer of 2022, Russia’s State Duma speaker, Vyacheslav Volodin, essentially said the USA owed it Alaska because of the cost of anti-Russian sanctions (Silsco A. 'Alaska Is Ours!' Billboards Appear in Russia After Threat to Reclaim State. Newsweek, July 7, 2022). Let me add that after 45th President Trump added sanctions against Russia in 2018, I warned of unintended consequences of that, including harm to the US dollar (watch US Sanctions and Tariffs leading to New World Order?). In 2024, a Russian broadcaster called it "Our Alaska," while its President Vladimir Putin called the sale of Alaska to the United States as illegal (see ‘Our Alaska’: Russia’s new talking point sparks U.S. alarm).

Furthermore related to Mexico, back in WWI days, understand that Germany promised Mexico it would give it the lands ceded to the USA if it helped Germany win. The Germanic European Beast power would be expected to do likewise again.

The Bible shows those of the USA and its British-descended allies who do not die related to the coming invasions will be scattered among the Gentiles:

13 And the Lord said, “Because they have forsaken My law which I set before them, and have not obeyed My voice, nor walked according to it, … 16 I will scatter them also among the Gentiles, whom neither they nor their fathers have known. And I will send a sword after them until I have consumed them.” (Jeremiah 9:13,16)

25 ... Gentiles, who do not know You ... they have eaten up Jacob, Devoured him and consumed him, And made his dwelling place desolate. (Jeremiah 10:25)

11 ‘Therefore, as I live,’ says the Lord God, ‘surely, because you have defiled My sanctuary with all your detestable things and with all your abominations, therefore I will also diminish you; My eye will not spare, nor will I have any pity. 12 One-third of you shall die of the pestilence, and be consumed with famine in your midst; and one-third shall fall by the sword all around you; and I will scatter another third to all the winds, and I will draw out a sword after them.  (Ezekiel 5:11-12)

13 I will also spread My net over him, and he shall be caught in My snare. I will bring him to Babylon, to the land of the Chaldeans; yet he shall not see it, though he shall die there. 14 I will scatter to every wind all who are around him to help him, and all his troops; and I will draw out the sword after them. 15 “Then they shall know that I am the Lord, when I scatter them among the nations and disperse them throughout the countries. 16 But I will spare a few of their men from the sword, from famine, and from pestilence, that they may declare all their abominations among the Gentiles wherever they go. Then they shall know that I am the Lord.” (Ezekiel 12:13-16)

So having Israelitish descendants going to the lands of the Gentiles, the final Babylon (which will be based in Europe) and the Chaldeans (the “daughter of the Chaldeans”, Isaiah 47:1–12, seems to be the false compromised end time harlot church--cf. Revelation 17:1-5; 18:23) is prophesied. This will happen during the final times of the Gentiles (cf. Ezekiel 30:3; Luke 21:24; Revelation 11:2)

Will Any Survive?

Jeremiah 30:7 teaches that some will “be saved out of” “the time of Jacob’s trouble.” But looking at Ezekiel 5 shows most will not survive. Amos 5:15 tells of a remnant from Joseph that will be saved alive.

The USA has a high population of members of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints (Mormons) who live in the mountainous states such as Utah. Because the individual Mormons tend to store a large supply of food, it would seem that some of those who survive may head to those mountainous areas to search for food.

Similarly, the Bible shows that some few who will escape the coming captivity will go to the mountains:

16 ‘Those who survive will escape and be on the mountains Like doves of the valleys, All of them mourning, Each for his iniquity. 17 Every hand will be feeble, And every knee will be as weak as water. (Ezekiel 7:16-17)

Yet, notice also something from the prophets Amos and Jeremiah:

9 ‘Assemble on the mountains of Samaria; See great tumults in her midst, And the oppressed within her. 10 For they do not know to do right, ‘Says the Lord, ‘Who store up violence and robbery in their palaces.’” 11 Therefore thus says the Lord God: “An adversary shall be all around the land; He shall sap your strength from you, And your palaces shall be plundered.” 12 Thus says the Lord: “As a shepherd takes from the mouth of a lion Two legs or a piece of an ear, So shall the children of Israel be taken out Who dwell in Samaria -- In the corner of a bed and on the edge of a couch! 13 Hear and testify against the house of Jacob,” Says the Lord God, the God of hosts, (Amos 3:9-13)

19 They pursued us on the mountains And lay in wait for us in the wilderness (Lamentations 4:19).

The above indicates that some will be hiding in the mountains and other places in the USA (as well as its British-descended allies) while others will be taken out as captives.

Most of the Anglo-Americans that are not killed will be made slaves. Hiding in the mountains may protect a few for a time, but it will be relatively few that survive that way for long. Zechariah 10:6 says some of the house of Joseph will return to their land because of God’s mercy (see also Physical Preparation Scriptures for Christians).

That being said, Divine protection during the “hour of trial” is offered by Jesus to the Philadelphian Christians per Revelation 3:7-10 (see also Revelation 12:14-17; and There is a Place of Safety for the Philadelphians. Why it May Be Near Petra).

China Prophecy, Australia, and New Zealand

Back in 2009, I came across some interesting Chinese prophecies from the Tang Dynasty (7-10th century). Notice one Chinese prophecy might hint that it involves dividing Australia and New Zealand with Europe.  It states:

Population mouth takes territories south of the Yangtze river. The capital is moved again. The two divide up the territories, of which each maintains and defends.

This could be related to a deal that perhaps the Chinese will make in the future with Europe (there are some ancient Chinese prophecies that discuss arrangements with some from the West), as opposed to military conquest.

The Chinese, in reaction to a deal made by then Australian Prime Minister Julia Gillard and Barack Obama, indicated that this and the expanded military cooperation between Australia and the USA is putting Australia at risk of attack by China. 

China is now heavily invested in Australia and may argue that it has rights to the land. Furthermore, in recent years, the Chinese have been buying a lot of real estate in Australia, beyond purchases of mineral assets. China and Japan also have interests in New Zealand.

China may be granted lands like Australia in partial repayment for the debts that the USA owes it, as well as in full or partial payment for any debts Europe itself may incur with China (it is likely that China will loan money and/or increase investments in Europe). 

It is also possible that a country like Japan may get some Anglo-Saxon-Celtic dominated land (New Zealand comes to mind) in partial repayment for the debts that the USA owes it (and also possibly Europe) since the King of the North will divide the land for gain. 

Perhaps it should also be mentioned that the dividing of the conquered lands also seems to be foretold in the Bible in Lamentations 4:16 and Joel 3:2.

The following Bible prophecies from Ezekiel and Isaiah seem to suggest that the Asians will also end up with peoples, which would probably include Anglo-Saxon-Celtic descended ones--like Australia and New Zealand:

13 Javan, Tubal, and Meshech were your traders. They bartered human lives and vessels of bronze for your merchandise. (Ezekiel 27:13)

9 That You may say to the prisoners, ‘Go forth,’ … 12 Surely these shall come from afar; Look! Those from the north and the west, And these from the land of Sinim. (Isaiah 49:9,12)

Tubal and Meshech are related to Russia (Meshech with Moscow and Tubal possibly with Siberia). Javan was the son of Japheth, from whom the Mongoloid/Asian race developed. Some believe that Sinim means China, and/or others in Asia. However, Yair Davidiy has written that Sinim is an ancient Phoenician and Hebrew word for Australia referring to an unknown “land of the south” as the sage Rashi interpreted the word (which in this context could also include New Zealand).

Having prisoners from the north and west, is consistent with them coming from the USA, Canada, and United Kingdom, whereas the Sinim reference looks to be referring to those of Australia and New Zealand.

The dividing of the Anglo-American lands for gain will prosper the European Babylonian power, which in turn, will increase prosperity to the Asians, Africans, Latin Americans, and others consistent with the following prophecy:

2 … Babylon the great … 3 … all the nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth have become rich through the abundance of her luxury. (Revelation 18:3)

Yes, much of the world will prosper through trade for a time after the USA and its British-descended allies are conquered.

Why America and its Anglo-Saxon-Celtic Allies?

Why would Europe ultimately destroy the USA and its Anglo-Saxon-Celtic allies? 

There are several reasons.

One would seem to be because it is the nominally Protestant and religiously diverse/independent USA that most stands in the way of the goals of a future single ecumenical religion in Europe to dominate the world.  The UK for its Protestantism, as well as its departure from the EU (Brexit), will also be something that the Beast will want to punish.

Only by eliminating the vast bastions of Protestantism, independence, and other “heresies” (which several other Greco-Roman prophecies seem to show is a goal) that are present in the USA and its Anglo-Saxon-Celtic allies, can such an ecumenical domination be attained in those lands.

Notice what one Roman Catholic priest has written:

Priest G. Rossi (19th century):  But boastful pride and presumption always go before a fall. With her large share of guilt, America cannot avoid her due share of punishment … If the world is not yet entirely converted to Christianity, the blame is not on the head nor in the conscience of the Catholic Church … Ah! wretched Protestantism shall have to answer for the loss of faith … English schism and heresy have squandered their treasures and abused their great temporal power, not only in persecuting-the faith in Great Britain and Ireland, but also in banishing the true religion of Jesus Christ from their vast American possessions … Their long-deserved punishment, however, is approaching from the North!

So, at least one respected Roman priest published that a northern power (the King of the North?) will punish Britain, and its descendants, including the USA and Canada, for their “pride” and Protestantism. 

But why would God allow some of these nations to be destroyed, given that the Anglo-Americans have been in the forefront of distributing Bibles, helping in humanitarian matters, assisting with international disasters, etc.?

Because of their rebellion against Him (Hosea 13:16), their deep corruption (Hosea 9:9), increased sins (Jeremiah 30:14-15), their governments despising the word of God (Isaiah 30:12), and their refusal to repent (Hosea 11:5).

Notice that lack of repentance is listed as a reason that the King of Assyria (the final King of the North) will become Israel and Ephraim’s king:

1 When Israel was a child, I loved him, … 3 I taught Ephraim to walk … 4 I drew them with gentle cords, With bands of love, And I was to them as those who take the yoke from their neck. I stooped and fed them … 5…But the Assyrian shall be his king, Because they refused to repent. 6 And the sword shall slash in his cities, Devour his districts, And consume them, Because of their own counsels. 7 My people are bent on backsliding from Me. Though they call to the Most High, None at all exalt Him. (Hosea 11:1a, 3a, 4b, 5b-7)

“Israel” include the USA and its British-descended allies. The Assyrian king is also prophesied to eliminate the USA and many of its British-descended allies in Isaiah 10:5-12.

Related to increased sins, God states:

14 All your lovers have forgotten you; They do not seek you; For I have wounded you with the wound of an enemy, With the chastisement of a cruel one, For the multitude of your iniquities, Because your sins have increased. 15 Why do you cry about your affliction? Your sorrow is incurable. Because of the multitude of your iniquities, Because your sins have increased, I have done these things to you. (Jeremiah 30:14-15)

As far as being apparently the first to be hit with the great tribulation, note that the Old Testament talks of “the time of Jacob’s trouble” (Jeremiah 30:7), and the New Testament clearly teaches:

48 For everyone to whom much is given, from him much will be required (Luke 12:48).

The USA and its British-descended allies have been given much—and were given Jacob’s name (Genesis 48:16). With Britain’s progenitor (Ephraim) promised to be “multitude of nations” and the USA’s progenitor (Manasseh) promised to have a great nation for his descendants (Genesis 48:19). And such happened (see also the free book, online at ccog.org, titled Lost Tribes and Prophecies: What will happen to Australia, the British Isles, Canada, Europe, New Zealand and the United States of America?).

Yet, the three “most sinful nations” according to a 2010 BBC report based on the classic ‘seven deadly sins’—lust, gluttony, greed, sloth, wrath, envy and pride’— were Australia, the United States, and Canada. The United Kingdom was 6th on that list. And while one can argue if other nations should be ahead of them on a sin-list, the reality is that the Anglo-nations promote a lot of sin. And they accept more and more sin. As far as New Zealand goes, one study found it had the highest promiscuity rate for women in the entire world. The USA has also been claimed to be leading the world in gender mutilations of children--though that looks to be reduced because of actions by the Trump Administration.

Consider the following about American society in 2021:

Never before in our lifetime have we seen such an abundance of widespread corruption, treacherous behavior, and blatant hypocrisy within our government. Its ruling mandate has now become, “Do as I say, not as I do”. (Gendon M. God's Prophetic Word Encourages Believers. PTG Newsletter, January 1, 2021)

More and more hypocrisy is being demonstrated by government and media leaders in the USA

The Bible, itself, teaches that the Assyrians will be used to punish “an hypocritical nation” (or hypocritical people, as the Hebrew can be translated as is done in Bishops’ Bible of 1568) that refuses to repent:

5 O Assyrian, the rod of mine anger, and the staff in their hand is mine indignation. 6 I will send him against an hypocritical nation (Isaiah 10:5–6, KJV).

1 … Israel … 3 … Ephraim 5 … the Assyrian shall be his king, Because they refused to repent. (Hosea 11:1,3,5)

Christians all need to recall that when Jesus came, He clearly condemned the hypocritical religious leaders of His day (e.g. Luke 11:44), more directly than he condemned the physically more obvious sinners (Matthew 9:10–13).

This is not to say that non-Anglo-Saxon-Celtic nations do not have sin or that they will not be punished. The European Assyrians will clearly also be punished, per Isaiah 10:12-19, but the punishment will begin first on those who should have known better. That is, the punishment will begin on those who have claimed to live rightly, but have repeatedly failed to do so. Those who were the people of the covenant with Israel should have striven to be faithful. Those who receive biblical blessings should not be surprised when they receive biblical curses for disobedience (cf. Deuteronomy 28:1-68).

While the gospel warning message will be made fairly clear to the English-speaking peoples by the “Philadelphia Christians,” prior to Daniel 11:39, because the British-American nations are not likely to heed that warning, they will have to answer for their relative lack of response (cf. Ezekiel 33:7-9) and their survivors will be taken captive (cf. Habakkuk 2:7).

Notice something from the Sibylline oracle, followed by a comment by one who translated the passages:

But then as time rolled around there rose the Egyptian kingdom, then … Assyria and Babylon …

For he who rules in heaven completed earth To be a common property for all, And in all bosoms placed he noblest thought. To them alone the bounteous field yields fruit, A hundred-fold from one, and thus completes God’s measure. But to them shall also come misfortune, nor will they escape all plague.

And even thou, forsaking thy fair shrine, Shalt flee away when it becomes thy lot to leave the holy ground, and thou shalt be carried to the Assyrians, and shalt see Wives and young children serving hostile men.

Comment by Milton Spenser Terry (19th century): Assyrians.—Assyria and Babylon seem to have been often confounded together by the Sibylline authors.

Thus, even that Sibyl seems to be warning that some who received God’s blessings will be taken away and held captive by the Assyrians, who have a relationship with Babylon. This seems to be consistent with biblical prophecies, such as several in Revelation 17 and Isaiah 10. Although some may feel this has been fulfilled (and perhaps in ante-type it partially was), according to the Bible, something like that will happen in the future.

More about Verse 39

If the Great Monarch is the King of the North, then the many ruled over in Daniel 11:39 would seem to include those in the U.S., United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, and/or New Zealand.

Furthermore, the dividing of the land of the United States, etc., for gain, will in no small way help prosper the King of the North’s empire. Many others may assist in this attack outside of those in Psalm 83. Mexico, China, and Russia, come to mind. 

Destruction is Coming

Yet, instead of being worried about this coming Beast power, the USA and some of the other British-descended powers, seem to be encouraging the development of a major power in Europe and pushing 5% military spending by 2035 (e.g. see NATO meeting–Europeans want a military independent of the United States).

This is something that the British-American peoples will come to later regret.

Unless the English-speaking peoples soon repent of their sins, which is very unlikely, the Bible indicates that their nations will be destroyed relatively soon (see also Hosea 8:1-13, 11:5).

The Roman Catholics also have this prophecy:

Balthassar Mas (17th century): I saw a land swallowed up by the sea and covered with water. But afterwards, I saw that the sea receded little by little and the land could be seen again. The tops of the towers in the city rose again above the water and appeared more beautiful than before, and I was told that this land was England.

The above may have several interpretations. Figuratively, it may mean that Protestant England is to be destroyed and will become “Catholic.” Or it may simply mean some type of tsunami will affect England (it probably is not related to the prophecy in Revelation about islands, as Revelation 16:20 discusses all islands, whereas this prophecy is specific to England).

Also notice this Roman Catholic prophecy:

Venerable Bartholomew Holzhauser(died 1658): England shall suffer much. The king shall be killed. After desolation has reached its peak in England peace will be restored and England will return to the Catholic faith with greater fervor than before. The Great Monarch will have the special help from God and be unconquerable.

The Bible shows that the Beast will have special help from “unclean spirits” (Revelation 16:13), NOT God, and will basically be considered to be unconquerable:

3... And all the world marveled and followed the beast. 4 So they worshiped the dragon who gave authority to the beast; and they worshiped the beast, saying, “Who is like the beast? Who is able to make war with him?” (Revelation 13:3-4)

Notice that the military power of the Beast was something that the world will marvel at, be astonished about.

Why?

Because despite fascination with war (Daniel 11:38), no one truly thought that the European Beast power had the military ability to defeat the USA with its Anglo-allies (Daniel 11:39), and then the Islamic King of the South (Daniel 11:40-43). Revelation 13:3-4 also supports the idea that the Beast may rise up because of violent civil unrest in Europe.

Europe to Rise

How can Europe rise up?

Technology appears to be the key to a powerful European military. One aspect could include particle collider research. The number of colliders in the USA dwindled down to one under the Obama and Bush Administrations and the one that is left reportedly, "pales next to Europe’s Large Hadron Collider."

The Large Hadron collider has been producing antimatter for years and in 2024 discovered the antimatter particle, antihyperhelium-4, which is the heaviest form of antimatter thus far found. Antimatter has destructive properties, and the Europeans look to be the leaders in working with it.

Europe has the leading collider in the world, CERN’s Large Hadron Collider (LHC) and Germany is working on a possibly even more advanced one called FAIR (F.A.I.R. stands for the Facility for Antiproton and Ion Research) which expects to start operations in 2027/2028. 3000 scientists are reportedly involved with FAIR. PESCO is involved in numerous military technological projects.

It looks like Germany’s FAIR, along with the LHC and other technology like the stellarator, will help the Europeans produce military weaponry to fulfill certain end-time prophecies. Since Revelation 13:4 is discussing what seems to be a unique type of warfare, this warfare likely includes certain high-tech weapons (such as electromagnetic pulse, neutron bombs, unique delivery systems, etc.) that will be effective for a while. The FAIR and the LHC projects are also likely to spin-off economic benefits that may help propel Europe to be (for a short while) the economic leader of the world (cf. Revelation 18). Ultimately, the Europeans will be overcome by what appears to be a Russian-led, mainly Asian, confederation, cf. Jeremiah 50:41-43 & Daniel 11:44, possibly by exploiting some technological flaw, like creating a software virus, etc., while also amassing troops, etc.

The European Space Agency and other European programs related to technology like Horizon Europe are expected to bear fruit to the economic and military power of Europe shortly. Many projects are ongoing that will assist Europe.

Germany’s stellarator nuclear fusion project and Europe’s Galileo satellite system are two such projects that are starting to show a lot of potential to aid the rise of Europe in the next several years (see European Technology and the Beast of Revelation).

While the USA, Australia, and others are currently worried mostly about China, the European developments will end up not being good for the Anglo-Saxon-Celtic descended lands, including England.

Here is one of Nostradamus‘ prophecies involving Germany and England:

Nostradamus (died 1566) Although nations talk peace, troubles brew everywhere.  Militaristic parties rise in Germany and pagan cults revive. Opinions are not free and the people are not enriched. The heir to the London government is overthrown for having made too many peace protests.

While many may believe that World War II fulfilled the above, if that prediction is valid, it looks a bit more likely to be related to the next war as "opinions" are less free now than they were several decades ago—and "the heir to the London government" was not truly overthrown during WWII. And now, parties like the AfD are rising in Germany.

Thus, both biblical and certain Roman Catholic prophecies seem to point to the destruction of the English-speaking peoples by a King of the North/Great Monarch. As well as the fact that end time leaders will falsely proclaim peace (Jeremiah 6:14,8:11; Ezekiel 13:10,16; 1 Thessalonians 5:3).

Because of Donald Trump’s reemergence, Europeans have specifically indicated that they are looking to have their own significant nuclear capability (Vela J, Camut N. As Trump looms, top EU politician calls for European nuclear deterrent. Politico, January 25, 2024; After Trump’s latest moves, is Russia about to nuke the USA to start WWIII? Are Germans looking to get nuclear bombs?). Plus, while the USA spends about 3.4% of its GDP on military matters, after pressure from Donald Trump, the European nations of NATO agreed to raise their spending to 5% by 2035--and even if the USA were to match that, since the European GDP exceeds that of the USA, Europeans are actually looking to possibly be spending more than the USA on military matters--and one day they will use their military in a big way.

As far as when this is to occur, the late Pastor General of the old Worldwide Church of God, Herbert W. Armstrong, wrote the following in 1979:

What is this abomination? This refers to Daniel 11:31 and Matthew 24:15...That will be a time when the UNITED Europe shall appear--the revival of the medieval "Holy Roman Empire." We shall then be warned, and readied to be taken to a place of refuge and safety from the Great Tribulation. Forty-five days later "the beasts armies" will surround Jerusalem. Thirty days later the Great Tribulation will probably start with a nuclear attack on London and Britain--and possibly the same day or immediately after, on the United States and Canadian cities. The GREAT TRIBULATION, we shall fully then realize, is the time of "Jacob's Trouble," spoken of in Jeremiah 30:7. And Jacob's name was named on Joseph's sons, Ephraim and Manasseh (Gen. 48:16). At that time a third of the people in our nations will die, or shall have died, by famine and disease epidemics; another third will dies of the war--our cities being destroyed (Ezek. 6:6), and the remaining third will be carried to the land of our enemies as slaves (Ezek. 5:12). ...

But while this most terrible TRIBULATION IS happening to our people, shall we of God's Church be protected? My son Garner Ted is now scoffing in derision at our being taken to a place of safety during the great tribulation. Does Revelation 3:10 mean what it says? The Unger's Bible dictionary, under article on the great tribulation, refers to Revelation 3:10, showing the great tribulation covers the whole earth. No other such time of worldwide trial and trouble is prophesied. A Bible I formerly used had in the marginal reference of Revelation 3:10 "or, the great tribulation." Also Revelation 12:14 shows the Church being FLOWN into a place of safety in the wilderness. After this (Rev. 12:17), Satan will make war with the remnant or Laodicean Church. That leads up to Christ's coming. (Armstrong HW. The Time We Are In, Now. Pastor General's Report-Vol 1, No. 15, November 20, 1979, Page 2).

So, this is tied in to happen after Daniel 11:31 is fulfilled.

Regarding those Anglo-Americans who who are not protected Philadelphian Christians the Bible states:

33 I will scatter you among the nations and draw out a sword after you; your land shall be desolate and your cities waste (Leviticus 26:33).

As far as nuclear weapons being prophesied to be used, doesn’t the following sound like nuclear-type destruction?

23 ‘The whole land is brimstone, salt, and burning; it is not sown, nor does it bear, nor does any grass grow there, like the overthrow of Sodom and Gomorrah, Admah, and Zeboiim, which the Lord overthrew in His anger and His wrath.’ 24 All nations would say, ‘Why has the Lord done so to this land? What does the heat of this great anger mean?’ 25 Then people would say: ‘Because they have forsaken the covenant of the Lord God of their fathers … (Deuteronomy 29:23-25)

God destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah for their pride and sexual immorality (Ezekiel 16:49-50; 2 Peter 2:6).

God’s word points out what will happen to the Anglo-lands will actually be worse than what happened to Sodom:

6 The punishment of the iniquity of the daughter of my people Is greater than the punishment of the sin of Sodom, Which was overthrown in a moment, With no hand to help her! (Lamentations 4:6)

The USA and its British-descended allies have endorsed/ condoned aspects of sexual immorality that the Bible condemns.

Notice also:

19 Through the wrath of the LORD of hosts
The land is burned up,
And the people shall be as fuel for the fire; No man shall spare his brother.
20 And he shall snatch on the right hand
And be hungry;
He shall devour on the left hand
And not be satisfied; Every man shall eat the flesh of his own arm. 21 Manasseh shall devour Ephraim, and Ephraim Manasseh; Together they shall be against Judah (Isaiah 9:19-21).
6 In all your dwelling places the cities shall be laid waste (Ezekiel 6:6).

Nuclear and certain other modern attacks tend to burn land up and make waste cities.

The time will come when the USA and NATO will be no more. NATO or other arrangements could give the Europeans cover for publicly preparing for a military event, while giving it the ability to publicly state that such preparations are only parts of an exercise. The Germans have historically used the element of surprise to gain military advantage—remember WWII and blitzkrieg? Europe one day will turn on the USA (Lamentations 1:1-2, Daniel 11:39; Isaiah 10:5-12). Weapons of mass destruction, and not necessarily just nuclear, will be employed.

If you are in the Anglo-Saxon-Celtic-American countries (because you did not flee with "the secret sect" of the "Nazarene" Philadelphian Christians), and you see them destroyed, will you repent then? If not, what will it take for you to do that? If you are in the Arabic lands, will you repent then, or will you wait until your great leader is destroyed shortly thereafter (Daniel 11:40-43)? 

If you are elsewhere in the world, will you repent then? If not, how much will it take for you to understand these events are truly coming to pass?

Who is the Foreign God?

Notice that verse 39 also mentions a “foreign god“ that the King of the North will acknowledge, and advance its glory.  What god might that be?

It is remotely possible that the “foreign god“ in Daniel 11:39 could be some new-age god that he, the King of the North, believes in—such as one in which demons provide him with certain direct assistance. But more likely, this “god” will simply be something acceptable to the new ecumenical “Catholicism“ that the King of the North will publicly promote and acknowledge.

This “new religion” will have some type of image associated with it that people will be told to worship:

15 He was granted power to give breath to the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak and cause as many as would not worship the image of the beast to be killed (Revelation 13:15).

It looks like the final King of the North will establish some type of religious order while also claiming Roman Catholicism. That is actually quite similar to Greco-Roman Catholic prophecies about a coming Great Monarch.

Notice the following from a book written by a Roman Catholic (D. Birch) who claims that he only cited Roman Catholic-approved prophecies:

St. Francis of Paula (15th Century) ... Great Monarch ... will be a Roman Emperor ... He is described as founding a new religious order. To the reader this may sound like he also become a priest. That is not the case. What happens is that he founds a religious order, part of which contains military men who take religious vows. ... He shall be the founder of a new religious order different from all others. He will divide it into three strata, namely military knights, solitary priests, and most pious hospitalliers. This shall be the last religious order in the Church, and it will do more good for our holy religion than all other religious institutions. ... These devout men will wear on their breasts ... the cross. (Birch DA. Trial, Tribulation & Triumph: Before During and After Antichrist. Queenship Publishing Company, Goleta (CA), 1996, pp.267-270)

This “Great Monarch” is, according to various Greco-Roman writings, prophesied to work with an end-time Pope to make the world nominally “Catholic.” But since he will actually change the religion, it is likely that he will take the name “Catholic” to pretend that he is faithful to that religion. And since this monarch is a warrior, obviously he will somehow honor the “god of fortresses.” And he is expected to “convert the world” according to various Greco-Roman Catholics.

Now, setting up a new order within Roman Catholicism is not that difficult to do--my great-aunt Mary, who was a nun, did that last century. But because Revelation 13:4 adds that people were worshipping the dragon, who is Satan (Revelation 12:9, 20:2), there will be even more Satanic elements in the worship that the King of the North will promote.

Greco-Roman writings teach that this Great Monarch is also expected to upset people, including parts of the clergy:

Sister Marianne Gaultier (18th century): “… the Prince shall reign, whom people did not esteem before, but whom they shall then seek.

Gameleo (possibly 16th century): The Great Lion will arise when the Holy See has been moved to Mentz, and a Sabinian elected Pope. There will have been much dissension among the cardinals.

L’ abbe Souffrand (1821): After the crises, there will be a General Council, despite opposition by the clergy itself.

Cyril the Hermit (14th century): A German ruler will persecute priests and monks and do much harm to the Church.

D. Birch (commenting after the above in his book), "Many of the prophecies speak of the fact that the Great King at first will not be well-liked, especially by the French clergy."

This leader is probably disliked by the clergy for changes he is trying to implement. He will outwardly feign the Roman Catholic religion (cf. Daniel 11:37; Revelation 13:1-10), but will not really believe it and will work to change it.

The idea of this being a new religious order claiming to be within Roman Catholicism fits verses 38 & 39 by allowing two "gods" in a manner that would not be totally alien to some Roman Catholic practice (there have historically been many religious orders, as well as many different types of statues/icons, within Roman Catholicism). 

Some Type of a Cross?

Various Greco-Roman Catholic writers have suggested some type of cross might be associated with this religion, its leader, and/or its image. For example, even though the Bible warns against one coming with signs and wonders (2 Thessalonians 2:8-9), an Eastern Orthodox prophecy teaches about the “Great Monarch”:

Anonymou Paraphrasis (10th century): The one true King … is destined to become manifest [be revealed] … by means … of signs … The King will hear the voice and instructions by an Angel appearing to him ... he has foresight and is cognizant of the text of the prophecies ... the name of the King is hidden [concealed] among the nations … And the particular manner of the king’s manifestation to the public [to the world] will take place as follows: A star will appear for three days ... And a herald speaking with a very loud voice in the course of the three days will summon and unveil the hoped for one ... There will become visible in the sky a ‘nebulous firmament of the sun’ ... under that image will be suspended a cross ... And the invisible herald from Heaven with his thunderous voice will say to the people: Is this man agreeable to you?  At that moment everybody will be taken by fear and terror.

This is interesting, particularly since versions of crosses have long been used in other religious traditions such as Hinduism, Buddhism, and Jainism. Here is one related reference:

[W]e find, in India, the cross bearing the same meaning as in Egypt. When with four equal arms it signifies the four elements, which cross the Hindoos consider as eternal, and the component parts with a cross upon his breast. The cross is also found in the hands of Siva, Brahma, Vishnu, and Tvashtri ... To this day, in Northern India, the cross is used to mark the jars of sacred water taken from the Indus and Ganges, as in the northeastern parts of Africa the women impress this sign as a mark of possession upon their vessels of grain, etc.  In Southern India the cross is used as an emblem of disembodied Jaina saints. The worshippers of Brahma and Buddha outnumber those of Christ; and the symbol, identified as that of our Master, was revered by the East Indians—their Lao Tse, centuries before our Lord appeared upon earth. (Seymour W.W.  The cross in tradition, history, and art.  G.P. Putnams̕ sons, 1898, p. 910)

I personally have seen Hindu and Buddhist temples with crosses of various types, and have noticed that large crosses are sometimes built within them. The Angkor Wat temple in Cambodia, to cite one specific example, has several. An ecumenical cross has been promoted in recent years.

Hence, Islam and original Christianity notwithstanding, the cross seems to be an international religious symbol. Furthermore, a symbol with a cross and crescent was used for an interfaith conference between the Vatican and certain Muslims (Vatican releases program for Apostolic Journey to Morocco. Vatican News, January 7, 2019).

Thus, because the bulk of the world will tend to accept this religion (Revelation 13:3–4,8), some type of ecumenical religious order, possibly using some type of a cross as a symbol, would seem to appeal to "foreigners" of all types. Thus, this may be what the "foreign god" will represent.

As Islam is opposed to icons, and especially any type of cross as a symbol (the Crusaders, "cross bearers" invaded them centuries ago), Muslims will likely strongly question where all of this is leading.

Once the USA and the other 'Five Eyes' are out of the way, the King of the North will likely declare that a new world order of peace has been ushered in. That is consistent with Jeremiah 6:14–15a, which is a warning about peace statements from one associated with abomination.

The World Worships the Beast

It has been asserted that because of his reelection, "President Trump can break globalism" (Steinhauer L. Reagan Broke Communism, Trump Can End GlobalismNewsMax, December 12, 2024 )

But is that possible?

No.

The Book of Revelation states:

8 All who dwell on the earth will worship him, whose names have not been written in the Book of Life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world. (Revelation 13:8)

The “him” above is the Babylonian European Beast.

The “prince of the power of the air” (Ephesians 2:2) has worked to set the stage for this Beast to have secular and religious supporters of various types.

Secular organizations such as the World Economic Forum (WEF), United Nations, and the Bilderberg Group all support a type of an ecumenical-interfaith-merged religion, allowing for certain differences, yet possibly writing their own holy book with artificial intelligence! They all promote what could be called a ‘globalist’ agenda, consistent with biblical prophecies (e.g. Revelation 17:1-5).

The European Union does as well, however, its view is that Europe should lead a coming "new world order" (Balázs P. ed. Europe's Position in the New World Order. Center for EU Enlargement Studies, 2013).

An unintended consequence of Donald Trump is that his presence has tended to push various globalist groups closer together. This will not stop with him as 47th President of the USA.

In May of 2022, World Economic Forum’s founder Klaus Schwab, who is German, said he wanted to make it "clear" -- "the future is built by us." And the WEF will work with others, like European politicians, to make that happen. WEF Chief Executive Philippe Donnet wrote related to global governance, "The world needs a leader. Europe should step up … Global leadership, especially in socioeconomic terms, could become the shared goal of European citizens" (Donnet P. The world needs a leader. Europe should step up. WEF, January 17, 2018).

Furthermore, the WEF has wanted Roman Catholic involvement and Pope Francis did, at least twice, send Klaus Schwab pro-WEF letters.

In 2020 Prince Charles, now king Charles III, endorsed the WEF’s globalist ‘Great Reset” agenda. There are prophecies about some of the UK (Ephraim) calling out to Germany (Assyria) after the start of the Great Tribulation (cf. Hosea 5:13). It is likely that at least one or more members of the British royal family will do this, though it will not turn out as they would have hoped (cf. Hosea 5:13b, 11:5).

Former German Defense Minister Karl-Theodor zu Guttenberg, who has pushed for more European integration, has personally spoken at a WEF meeting a decade ago and was still listed as part of the WEF on its website in 2023. Herr Guttenberg also has directly called for Europe to reorganize.

The WEF has called its version of a reorganized world The Great Reset. Many aspects of The Great Reset align with a future the Bible warns against. In 2021, the WEF announced it would work with Big Tech and governments to be able to control and censor the internet—such control would seem to contribute to the coming “famine of the word” (Amos 8:11-12). 

In 2022, Klaus Schwab told the G20 (a group of the most influential/powerful government leaders of the world) that he believed that "a deep systemic and structural restructuring of our world" was needed. While a deep European restructuring will occur (cf. Revelation 17:12-13), it is scripturally warned against.

In 2023 in a keynote speech at the World Government Summit, Klaus Schwab stated, "I agree, artificial intelligence, but not only artificial intelligence, but also the metaverse, neospace technologies, and I could go on and on … And, who masters those technologies, in some way, will be the master of the world" –and that is basically what he called for. Bible prophecy points to computer technologies to be used by the coming Beast power:

16 He causes all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and slave, to receive a mark on their right hand or on their foreheads, 17 and that no one may buy or sell except one who has the mark or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.

18 Here is wisdom. Let him who has understanding calculate the number of the beast, for it is the number of a man: His number is 666. (Revelation 13:16-18).

While Donald Trump has stated that he opposes a CBDC for the USA, and the majority of Canadians, Australians, and New Zealanders against them as well, the “European Central Bank (ECB) is moving forward with the digital euro project. … The next phase involving an actual development and rollout of the digital euro could start in November 2025 at the earliest” Europe will end up with a CBDC and/or other form of digital currency. That is how the 666 power will be able to control the ability to buy and sell.

On the opening day of the WEF meeting in Davos, Switzerland in 2023, Klaus Schwab called for his supporters to "master the future," which looks to be directed towards globalist totalitarianism. On the closing day of that conference "Tanja Fajon, Slovenia’s minister of foreign affairs, complained about countries placing their own sovereignty over the interests of the 'world order,'" (the loss of national sovereignty will happen at least in Europe according to prophecies such as Revelation 17:12-13).

It needs to be pointed out that this book is not asserting that the United Nations, the Vatican, World Economic Forum, Freemasons, Bilderberg Group, etc. cannot do anything good. They do have many positive goals, yet also some goals that are opposed by scripture. Despite the good, the Bible warns:

1 Unless the Lord builds the house, They labor in vain who build it; (Psalm 127:1)

And, since these groups do not promote the supremacy of the God of the Bible, they, in that sense, labor in vain.

Related to goals of the New Age movement, consider the following:

A number of fundamental beliefs are held by many New Age followers…

This also sounds consistent with what the Freemasons say they want:

What is the Mission of Freemasonry? To promote a way of life that binds like-minded men in a worldwide brotherhood that transcends all religious, ethnic, cultural, social and educational differences; by teaching the great principles of brotherly love, relief and truth; and, by the outward expression of these through its fellowship, to find ways in which to serve God, family, country, neighbors and self. (Reading Lodge No. 254 Free and Accepted Masons of the State of California. https://reddinglodge.org/mission-and-vision-of-freemasonry/ accessed 08/01/22)

There has, historically, been friction between the Freemasons and the Vatican, though this lessened under Pope Francis. However, Freemasons, and others without strong ties to the Church of the City of Seven Hills (Rome), are likely to be among those that will one day betray it after the Beast is more fully in power and an antipope is in place consistent with Revelation 17:16-18.

China and the Beast

An ancient Chinese prophecy states:

Beautiful people come from the West. Korea, China and Japan are gradually at peace.

This prophecy seems to indicate that many Asians will accept a type of peace that will be related to a Western (European) power. The “Beautiful people … from the West” align with the Beast and Antichrist/False Prophet that the Bible condemns.

In the 19th century, someone claimed,"if you tell a lie often enough, the people will ultimately believe it." Many will believe that it is a time of peace around then, but some will correctly doubt it.

Furthermore, notice another ancient Chinese prophecy:

All negative forces are subservient ... China now has a saint. Even if he is not that great a hero.

The conquering of the USA, UK, and Australia in WWIII will make them subservient. As far as China having a saint that is not that great of a hero, this looks to be talking about the Beast.

According to a Byzantine prophet, the final (the Eastern Orthodox recognize seven previous ones) ecumenical synod council satisfies what “heretics” want:

Saint Neilos the Myrrh-Gusher (died 1592): During that time the Eighth and last Ecumenical Synod will take place, which will satisfy the contentions of the heretics…

By satisfying “heretics,” clearly this council compromises and changes the religion, which will be at least partially called “Catholic.”  If heretics are truly heretics, should their complaints be satisfied?

The Hindus have some prophecies that also seem relevant here:

For the society to climb back to its pristine glory of the golden era... even the meek would handle metal (pick arms). Whatever the poor and the downtrodden lay their hands upon would become their weapon. In the last phase of the Kali Yuga we are passing through ... Bhagwan Kalki would be a spiritual master of the highest order with the deadly combination of a wise dictator …

Kalki, who is considered the last Avtar or incarnation of Vishnu or the Supreme Being, who will establish the Age of Truth or Age of Purity on Earth.… As agreed by all the religious prophecies, the Awaited One will not be a man of peace like Jesus Christ or Buddha, but a man of war who will destroy evil and establish righteousness on the earth.

Hindus believe that human civilization degenerates spiritually during the Kali Yuga, … which is the current epoch in which we are living, will end in 2025 CE.

So, even the Hindus have prophecies pointing to supporting a militaristic “savior” c.2025/2026, which is around the time the Beast may rise up.

Additionally, some Hindus asserted that Donald Trump could be this Kalki, claimed to be the "savior of humanity." And while that is NOT Donald Trump, the idea that the Kalki could be of European heritage and not a Hindu is not out-of-line with all Hindu thought. It should be noted that the Roman Catholic Ecstatic of Tours referred to the "Great Monarch" as the "saviour" as well, hence another reference that seems to point to the same person.

Notice the following from the Encyclopedia Britannica: related to Buddhism:

Buddhist literature contains predictions of a certain Buddha Maitreya, who will come as a kind of saviour-messiah to inaugurate a paradisaical age on earth. Gautama the Buddha himself, the 6th-century-bc founder of Buddhism, mentioned this prediction.

It is possible that when the final Beast rises up promising peace, that some Buddhists will feel he could be the "saviour" that Buddhism has predicted, or an ante-type predecessor to him.

Yet, no one should believe any "savior" claim prior to Jesus' return. 

The Bible teaches that nearly all will be deceived by this warring leader who will be accompanied by signs and lying wonders (2 Thessalonians 2:8-10), be promising peace (Daniel 8:25; 11:24), and who will actually be temporarily involved in international prosperity (cf. Revelation 18:3).

Yet, the acceptance and worship of the Beast by the world will not last.

An early major rebellion to the Beast that the Bible discusses will come from many of the Arabs and North Africans. The distrust of the proclamations by the 'crusaders,' combined with the prevalence of crosses being displayed, plus Islamic understandings related to the Antichrist, may be part of what triggers the prophesied attack from an ‘Islamic Mahdi’ who looks to be the biblical King of the South.

The King of the South, himself, looks to arise after the horsemen of famine/food-inflation and pestilences begin their rides (Revelation 6:5-8). Likely, he will promise food and prosperity as well as support for Islam.

Although not highly united, currently there is a confederation of 34 Islamic countries that have pledged to support “the Islamic nation.” A version of that, which will be some type of confederation of nations in the Middle East and North Africa is prophesied to arise. It is expected that the two witnesses will warn what will happen to the supporters of the King of the South (cf. Ezekiel 32:15,29).

11:40

40 "At the time of the end the king of the South shall attack him; and the king of the North shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter the countries, overwhelm them, and pass through.

The one called the King of the South in the above passage may be one with the title “Mahdi“ and/or “Caliph.” While Shi’ites (and some other Muslims) consider that he will be “a saviour” and establish an Islamic world, the Bible clearly shows that the King of the North will defeat him (see also Daniel 11:41-43). Hence, all Muslims need to be on their guard and not accept any pan-Islamic militaristic leader—especially one who looks to rise up in this decade. He will not be God’s representative, and he will eventually lose.

Presuming that the nations of the USA and its Anglo-Saxon-Celtic allies are taken over in verse 39, there are several reasons why the King of the South may decide to launch his major attack shortly thereafter:

1) The fact that "the Great Satan," a term that certain Muslims call the USA, has been eliminated, the King of the South will realize that the deals made (Daniel 11:27; Psalm 83) with the Assyrian King of the North are of little or no value anymore. 

2) Next, without the nominally Protestant USA in its way, the King of the North will try to impose its non-Muslim religion on more and more of the world. As many Arabs tend to be more devoutly religious than the Chinese and Russians, they would be more likely to get upset with this before the Kings of the East and North-East get upset (which occurs in Daniel 11:44).

3) Because major parts of the Arab confederation wanted to eliminate Israel (Psalm 83 most likely refers to the nation of Israel as well as the USA and its British-descended allies), it probably will think that its actions greatly helped the Europeans accomplish this. Because of this thinking, the King of the South may become emboldened.

4) While the Bible shows that Europe will get a "great army," it also shows that the King of the South will be in charge of “a very great and mighty army” (Daniel 11:25). This will likely give the King of the South misplaced confidence to attack. Yet, it seems likely that it will be European military technology that will allow it to defeat the “mighty army” that the King of the South leads.

5) It is also likely that the King of the South will feel that the conquest of the USA and its final allies will have put a strain on the military of the King of the North. The King of the South may believe it is an ideal time to strike. This is likely, as one of the reasons that the USA may be so easy to take over is because its own military has been strained, given that the USA has been spreading its military strength quite thin in the 21st century (and several defense cuts have been proposed, some implemented, along with a focus on China/Russia being a threat and not Europe being a threat).

6) Increasing displays of crosses, combined with people following wonders, perhaps including apparitions claiming to be Mary (see also the book Fatima Shock!), will get many in the Arab lands to remember the crusades. Enough will apparently hold to some version of Islam that they will fear an attack must be made or Islam will be defeated.

7) Finally, as many of the Arab economies are dependent upon oil revenues, and many oil fields may have passed their halfway point of production by that stage (and many of the King of the South’s  weapons will be of Anglo-American origins) while the West pushes “green” and other energy sources, the King of the South may decide that there is no better time to attack.

Also note that verse 40 says this attack against the King of the South occurs “at the time of the end.” Thus, even if this had some fulfillment with Benito Mussolini or previous leaders, as some have taught, it also has a future final fulfillment at the end.

Although the King of the North is also not “a savior” for “Catholics,” notice what a Roman Catholic prophecy states:

Rudolph Gekner (died 1675): A great prince of the North with a most powerful army will traverse all Europe, uproot all republics, and exterminate all rebels. His sword moved by Divine power will most valiantly defend the Church of Jesus Christ. He will combat on behalf of the true orthodox faith, and shall subdue to his dominion the Mahometan Empire. A new pastor of the universal church will come from the shore (of Dalmatia) through a celestial prodigy, and in simplicity of heart adorned with the doctrines of Jesus Christ. Peace will come to the world.

If the above has a lot of accuracy (and it has certain biblical consistency with Daniel 11:40-43), it seems to also show that all (or at least some) republics are to be uprooted before the Muslim King of the South is invaded. That is consistent with the European reorganization prophecies in Revelation 17:12-13.

Furthermore, here are three similar, possibly related, private prophecies (the first is from a Syriac document) related to a leader defeating Islam:

Pseudo-Methodius (7th century): This new Muslim invasion will be a punishment without limit and mercy … In France, people of Christians will fight and kill them … At that same time the Muslims will be killed and they will know the tribulation … The Lord will give them to the powers of the Christians whose empire will be elevated above all empires … The Roman King (Great Monarch) will show a great indignation against those who will have denied Christ in Egypt or in Arabia.

Anonymou Paraphrasis (10th century): However, in the End Times … this King … will march to fight against the Ishmaelites.*  And he will conquer them …

St. Francis de Paul (1470): ... From your lordship shall be born the great leader of the holy militia ... These devout men shall wear on their breasts, and much more in their hearts, the sign of the living God, namely the cross ... members of this holy order. ... the Great Monarch .. .will destroy the Mahometan sect and the rest of the infidels.

* Note: The term Ishmaelites is a term that has been used by the Roman Catholics and Eastern Orthodox to describe Arabs, but also has been used by them to mean all Muslims.

Many “Catholics” will apparently be so misled by these and similar prophecies that they will not recognize that the “great prince of the North” seems to fulfill Daniel 11:40.

Those who profess Greco-Roman Catholicism may wish to consider what their saint Jerome taught about Daniel 11:40–43:

… those of our viewpoint refer these details also to the Antichrist, asserting that he shall first fight against the king of the South, or Egypt, and shall afterwards conquer Libya and Ethiopia.

Hence, the idea that it is an evil power that will invade the Middle East is an older tradition than the private prophecies that some may become misled into believing.

11:41

41 He shall also enter the Glorious Land, and many countries shall be overthrown; but these shall escape from his hand: Edom, Moab, and the prominent people of Ammon. 42 He shall stretch out his hand against the countries, and the land of Egypt shall not escape.

The “he” is the King of the North.  Most scholars seem to have concluded that the Glorious Land is physical Israel. 

All the nations specifically mentioned in these verses are in Africa or the Middle East. Thus, other than Israel, this appears to be a taking over of Islamic lands.

Those spared look to be associated with Turkey (Edom), Jordan (Moab), and perhaps the United Arab Emirates and possibly Saudi Arabia (Moab and the prominent people of Ammon).

Now consider the following Roman Catholic prophecy about betrayal:

Nostradamus: The Great Arab shall progress well forward, But betrayed shall be by the Byzantines. (Turks).

Comment on above from Roman Catholic writer Yves Dupont: Here, we are told that Turkey will break its faith with the rest of the Arab world.

The “Great Arab” looks to represent the Mahdi/Caliph, the final King of the South. The Turks currently control ‘Byzantium’, and have for many centuries. Hence, Roman Catholic prophecy indicates that Turkey will betray the Islamic Arabic power.

In the Bible, Daniel 11:25-26 is quite clear that close allies of the King of the South will betray the King of the South:

25 “He shall stir up his power and his courage against the king of the South with a great army. And the king of the South shall be stirred up to battle with a very great and mighty army; but he shall not stand, for they shall devise plans against him. 26 Yes, those who eat of the portion of his delicacies shall destroy him; his army shall be swept away, and many shall fall down slain. (Daniel 11:25-26)

Presuming that Daniel 11:25-26 has a future fulfillment (and as it seems to parallel Daniel 11:40-43 so it appears to), there will be close allies (like Turkey, possibly the U.A.E., etc.) that will betray the King of the South according to scripture as well. Many events will not turn out well in the Arab World for a time (cf. Ezekiel 30:2-9; 32:2-16); Jeremiah 46:14-24.

"Daniel 11:40-41: "And the king of the north shall come against him [the king of the south] like a whirlwind ... and he shall enter into the countries.... He shall enter also into the glorious land [Palestine], and many countries [Arab countries of the Middle East] shall be overthrown...." The modern State of Israel will be conquered. Jerusalem will be besieged and taken. ... In addition, Daniel's prophecy specifically mentions that Egypt will be conquered by the German-led European forces. Isaiah shows that Syria, too, will become a "ruinous heap" (17:1-3).

The Arab-Moslem Confederation will, of course, be thrown into chaotic disarray in the face of invasion. Some of its component countries will be directly occupied by European troops. However, as revealed in Daniel 11:41, Jordan (the present-day descendants of Moab and Ammon) and Turkey (Edom) will escape occupation. Other Arab countries may also avoid full occupation, possibly remaining in some sort of limited alliance with United Europe. (Stump K. The Arab World in Prophecy. Plain Truth, December 1979, pp. 9-10)

Perhaps some of the Arabic peoples who are spared by the King of the North, are spared to run oil production or other activities that the Europeans believe will benefit them. And Turkey is probably spared as it will be one that will betray the King of the South.

This response from the King of the North against the King of the South will effectively eliminate much of what is called Islam.

11:43

43 He shall have power over the treasures of gold and silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt; also the Libyans and Ethiopians* shall follow at his heels.

* Note: The Hebrew word is כשׁים kushı̂ym, meaning Cushites, like from Sudan, and is not specifically a reference to the land of Ethiopia.

The “he” is the King of the North. This is the same King of the North that valued gold and silver in Daniel 11:38. Although other scriptures also show that gold and silver will have value around this time (like Revelation 9:20; 18:12,16), the Bible is clear that gold and silver will be worthless for a short time before Jesus returns (e.g. Ezekiel 7:19). 

The fact that the King of the North himself will accumulate gold (and some silver) is consistent with several Byzantine (“Greek” Orthodox) prophecies of their predicted Great Monarch:

Emperor Leo the Philosopher (died 912): You will amass gold … And you will be the leader of the surrounding nations …

Addressed to Emperor Manuel II, Palaeogous (died 1425): The Emperor … will discover gold and silver…

Saint Andrew Fool-for-Christ (c. 4th century):  God will reveal to this king all the gold wherever it happen to lay concealed from view …

One side note is that, in Egypt, major gold deposits were found in 2006 and the government announced increasing investment in gold mining in 2022. This is relevant as it does suggest that Egypt seemingly has enough gold that a foreign power could be interested in taking/using it as Bible prophecy teaches.

It may be of interest to note that back in the 1970s Europe was looking for a gold-backed currency. European central banks have, overall (there have been sales too by the European central banks), been accumulating gold since, and some in 2024 believe that the Europeans are still planning on having some type of gold-backing (or at least implied) of a European currency.

Since many are now questioning the role of the USA dollar as the world’s reserve currency, more are looking into other currencies as well as gold.

Gold will set records in U.S. dollar terms.

In 2017, I also published that last statement in my book related to Donald Trump, and it did hit records in July and August in 2020. Now, despite having ups and downs, as well as records hit in 2025, gold will set further records in U.S. dollar terms in the relatively near future.

It has been asserted that:

The only replacement for fiat {currency} is a currency credibly backed by gold. (MacLeod A. Designing a new currency is impractical. Goldmoney Insights, March 24, 2022)

Although the above can be debated, the reality is after the elimination of the USA and the crash of its dollar, the world will want something more stable than unbacked currency. Thus, it is likely that some type of gold-backed currency will emerge as the preferred reserve currency in the world.

It has long been reported that various nations around the world are already in the process of accumulating gold to one day overthrow the U.S. dollar—and that the "U.S. is unprepared for this strategic alternative to dollar dominance" (Rickards J. Axis of Gold. The Daily Reckoning, December 20, 2016).

When the U.S. dollar totally collapses people all around the world will consider that even if the euro (or something similar) is strong, having a more gold-backed currency would be safer. 

The collapse of the USA dollar will shake a lot of the world’s confidence in non-gold backed currencies. The Europeans do not have to have a perfect currency, only one that is perceived to be in better shape than the USA dollar or various other currencies. 

Having the European power acquiring more gold to back the Euro or possibly another future European currency (that might potentially replace the Euro or even a basket of currencies) may greatly increase European credibility, prosperity, and influence around the globe, even if the backing is only implied. 

The debt accumulation policies of the Obama-Biden and the Trump-Pence Administrations, which were a massive acceleration of the previous policies of the Bush Administration, have to a large degree been continued and expanded by the Biden-Harris Administration.

The increases in America’s debt are heading the world into the time when something other than the U.S. dollar will be valued as its reserve currency.

11:43

43 He shall have power over the treasures of gold and silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt; also the Libyans and Ethiopians shall follow at his heels.

Greco-Roman Catholic prophecy tells of the rise of an Islamic/Arabic power, who sounds like the King of the South, that that a Roman Catholic leader will put an end to.

Pseudo-Methodius (7th century): This new Muslim invasion will be a punishment without limit and mercy... In France, people of Christians will fight and kill them ... At that same time the Muslims will be killed and they will know the tribulation ... The Lord will give them to the powers of the Christians whose empire will be elevated above all empires ... The Roman King (Great Monarch) will show a great indignation against those who will have denied Christ in Egypt or in Arabia (Araujo, Fabio R. Selected Prophecies and Prophets. BookSurge LLC, Charlestown (SC), 2007, p. 103).

Rudolph Gekner (died 1675). "A great prince of the North with a most powerful army will traverse all Europe, uproot all republics, and exterminate all rebels. His sword moved by Divine power will most valiantly defend the Church of Jesus Christ. He will combat on behalf of the true orthodox faith, and shall subdue to his dominion the Mahometan Empire. A new pastor of the universal church will come from the shore (of Dalmatia) through a celestial prodigy, and in simplicity of heart adorned with the doctrines of Jesus Christ. Peace will come to the world." (Cited in Connor, Edward. Prophecy for Today. Imprimatur + A.J. Willinger, Bishop of Monterey-Fresno; Reprint: Tan Books and Publishers, Rockford (IL), 1984, p.36).

And while the Church of God and the Bible warn against this leader of the North (Daniel 11:36-38), Roman Catholics apparently will embrace him (see also The Great Monarch: Biblical and Catholic Prophecies).

 Also notice that the Bible shows that a time is coming when the confederation with Egypt will be destroyed and it is in the FUTURE as it is near the day of the LORD:

1 The word of the LORD came to me: 2 "Son of man, prophesy and say: 'This is what the Sovereign LORD says:

"'Wail and say, "Alas for that day!" 3 For the day is near, the day of the LORD is near- a day of clouds, a time of doom for the nations. 4 A sword will come against Egypt, and anguish will come upon Cush. When the slain fall in Egypt, her wealth will be carried away and her foundations torn down.

5 Cush and Put, Lydia and all Arabia, Libya and the people of the covenant land will fall by the sword along with Egypt.

6 "'This is what the LORD says:

"'The allies of Egypt will fall and her proud strength will fail. From Migdol to Aswan they will fall by the sword within her, declares the Sovereign LORD. 7 "'They will be desolate among desolate lands, and their cities will lie among ruined cities. 8 Then they will know that I am the LORD, when I set fire to Egypt and all her helpers are crushed.

9 "'On that day messengers will go out from me in ships to frighten Cush out of her complacency. Anguish will take hold of them on the day of Egypt's doom, for it is sure to come (Ezekiel 30:1-9, NIV).

And this seems to be the destruction of the King of the South by the King of the North in Daniel 11:40-43 as Ezekiel 30:4-5 sound very much like Daniel 11:42-43. Notice a different translation of verse 3:

3 For the day is near,
Even the day of the Lord is near;
It will be a day of clouds, the time of the Gentiles. (Ezekiel 30:3, NKJV)

The above is an end time prophecy as it ties in with the final time of the Gentiles, which also ties in with the Great Tribulation (see also When Will the Great Tribulation Begin?) and the Day of the Lord.

Note that the destruction of Egypt by the King of Babylon mentioned in Ezekiel 30:25-26 may also be an ante-type. (Perhaps it should be pointed out that Libya is mentioned specifically above in Ezekiel 30:5 as well as Daniel 11:43--though the Hebrew word in Ezekiel 30:5 for Libya seems to be the word the NIV translators translated as Lydia (see also Libya, Algeria, Morocco, and Tunisia in Prophecy)The word translated above as LibyaPuwt, may be referring to some of the peoples of Iran as Puwt was a Persian tribe or possibly the branch that made it to Pakistan.)

Ezekiel 32:2-16, and especially verses 11 & 12, also tells of the destruction of Egypt when it is apparently allied with multitudes, by the King of Babylon:

2 "Son of man, take up a lamentation for Pharaoh king of Egypt, and say to him:

'You are like a young lion among the nations,And you are like a monster in the seas,Bursting forth in your rivers,Troubling the waters with your feet,And fouling their rivers.'

3 "Thus says the Lord God:

'I will therefore spread My net over you with a company of many people, And they will draw you up in My net. 4 Then I will leave you on the land;I will cast you out on the open fields, And cause to settle on you all the birds of the heavens. And with you I will fill the beasts of the whole earth. 5 I will lay your flesh on the mountains, And fill the valleys with your carcass.

6 'I will also water the land with the flow of your blood, Even to the mountains; And the riverbeds will be full of you. 7 When I put out your light, I will cover the heavens, and make its stars dark; I will cover the sun with a cloud,And the moon shall not give her light. 8 All the bright lights of the heavens I will make dark over you,And bring darkness upon your land,' Says the Lord God.

9 'I will also trouble the hearts of many peoples, when I bring your destruction among the nations, into the countries which you have not known. 10 Yes, I will make many peoples astonished at you, and their kings shall be horribly afraid of you when I brandish My sword before them; and they shall tremble every moment, every man for his own life, in the day of your fall.'

11 "For thus says the Lord God: 'The sword of the king of Babylon shall come upon you. 12 By the swords of the mighty warriors, all of them the most terrible of the nations, I will cause your multitude to fall.

'They shall plunder the pomp of Egypt, And all its multitude shall be destroyed. 13 Also I will destroy all its animals From beside its great waters;The foot of man shall muddy them no more, Nor shall the hooves of animals muddy them. 14 Then I will make their waters clear,And make their rivers run like oil,' Says the Lord God.

15 'When I make the land of Egypt desolate, And the country is destitute of all that once filled it, When I strike all who dwell in it, Then they shall know that I am the Lord.

16 'This is the lamentation With which they shall lament her; The daughters of the nations shall lament her; They shall lament for her, for Egypt, And for all her multitude, 'Says the Lord God." (Ezekiel 32:2-16)

The above seems to have two fulfillments, and presuming a second one, it would seem to relate to the final King of the South.

If Jeremiah 46:14-24 has future application, this is another set of verses showing problems will hit that King of the South coalition:

14 "Declare in Egypt, and proclaim in Migdol;
Proclaim in Noph and in Tahpanhes;
Say, 'Stand fast and prepare yourselves,
For the sword devours all around you.'
15 Why are your valiant men swept away?
They did not stand
Because the Lord drove them away.
16 He made many fall;
Yes, one fell upon another.
And they said, 'Arise!
Let us go back to our own people
And to the land of our nativity
From the oppressing sword.'
17 They cried there,
'Pharaoh, king of Egypt, is but a noise.
He has passed by the appointed time!'

18 "As I live," says the King,
Whose name is the Lord of hosts,
"Surely as Tabor is among the mountains
And as Carmel by the sea, so he shall come.
19 O you daughter dwelling in Egypt,
Prepare yourself to go into captivity!
For Noph shall be waste and desolate, without inhabitant.

20 "Egypt is a very pretty heifer,
But destruction comes, it comes from the north.
21 Also her mercenaries are in her midst like fat bulls,
For they also are turned back,
They have fled away together.
They did not stand,
For the day of their calamity had come upon them,
The time of their punishment.
22 Her noise shall go like a serpent,
For they shall march with an army
And come against her with axes,
Like those who chop wood.

23 "They shall cut down her forest," says the Lord,
"Though it cannot be searched,
Because they are innumerable,
And more numerous than grasshoppers.
24 The daughter of Egypt shall be ashamed;
She shall be delivered into the hand
Of the people of the north." (Jeremiah 46:14-24)

Notice that verse 17 refers to the appointed time and verse 20 and 24 talk about the takeover from a power from the north--this is similar to Daniel 11:40-43.

But even if Ezekiel 32 and Jeremiah 46 have no future fulfillment, the Bible shows that the nations, like the Arab ones, should NOT support the coming confederation. It is doomed to be destroyed per Daniel 11:40-43 and Ezekiel 30:1-9.

Woe?

We have covered the rise of the European King of the North Beast power, his attack against the strongest fortresses of the USA, and his coming destruction of the King of the South in this 11th chapter of Daniel.

It will not only be the Middle East and North Africa that will turn against the King of the North, Asia will as well. This could possibly be called WWIV.

In the last verse of Revelation 8 (verse 13) the word woe is repeated three times and is later connected to three angels and three trumpet blasts which correspond to the blowing of the 5th, 6th, and 7th trumpets.

The first woe (5th trumpet) is described in Revelation 9:1-11. It involves a demonically-led force which causes torment (perhaps involving a plague of germ or chemical warfare) for those not having the seal of God (Revelation 9:4)—thus those of the 144,000 who were sealed in Revelation 7:4 are not tormented by this.

This woe looks to involve at least some of the European King of the North’s military and is consistent with something from Daniel:

11:44

44 But news from the east and the north shall trouble him; therefore he shall go out with great fury to destroy and annihilate many.

Looking at this verse, what could be north and east of the European Beast power?

Russia, for one, which is both in Europe and Asia. Daniel suggests that it, and some of its allies, will face some of the fury of the King of the North as part of the first woe.

Despite some erroneous claims, Russia, itself, is NOT the prophesied “King of the North,” but it is prophetically pointed to as the power of “the far north” (cf. Ezekiel 38:6, 39:1-2).

Going on from the first woe comes the second woe:

12 One woe is past. Behold, still two more woes are coming after these things.

13 Then the sixth angel sounded: And I heard a voice from the four horns of the golden altar which is before God, 14 saying to the sixth angel who had the trumpet, “Release the four angels who are bound at the great river Euphrates.” 15 So the four angels, who had been prepared for the hour and day and month and year, were released to kill a third of mankind. 16 Now the number of the army of the horsemen was two hundred million; I heard the number of them. 17 And thus I saw the horses in the vision: those who sat on them had breastplates of fiery red, hyacinth blue, and sulfur yellow; and the heads of the horses were like the heads of lions; and out of their mouths came fire, smoke, and brimstone. 18 By these three plagues a third of mankind was killed — by the fire and the smoke and the brimstone which came out of their mouths. 19 For their power is in their mouth and in their tails; for their tails are like serpents, having heads; and with them they do harm.

20 But the rest of mankind, who were not killed by these plagues, did not repent of the works of their hands, that they should not worship demons, and idols of gold, silver, brass, stone, and wood, which can neither see nor hear nor walk. 21 And they did not repent of their murders or their sorceries or their sexual immorality or their thefts. (Revelation 9:12-21)

Such a massively large army was not possible to be put together when Jesus had John pen the Book of Revelation in the 1st century. In the 21st century, however, it is possible, and that army would be expected to include Chinese, Indian, Russian, and other Asian peoples.

The European Beast empire will not last, but will fear what is coming.

Notice also the following from the Hebrew scriptures:

2 … A people come, great and strong, The like of whom has never been; Nor will there ever be any such after them, Even for many successive generations.

3 A fire devours before them, And behind them a flame burns; The land is like the Garden of Eden before them, And behind them a desolate wilderness; Surely nothing shall escape them. 4 Their appearance is like the appearance of horses; And like swift steeds, so they run. 5 With a noise like chariots Over mountaintops they leap, Like the noise of a flaming fire that devours the stubble, Like a strong people set in battle array.

6 Before them the people writhe in pain; All faces are drained of color. (Joel 2:2-6)

During the second woe, the 200,000,000 man army looks to tie in with Joel 2:2 which discusses some of that army’s expected actions.

Before going further, understand that current projects like China’s Belt and Road Initiative and Europe’s Global Gateway are looking to connect Asia, Europe, and the Middle East in ways that look to be building infrastructure that a 200 million man army would use in order to get to Europe and the Middle East.

Peoples prophetically called Medes are also shown to destroy the final Babylon according to both Isaiah and Jeremiah:

1 The burden against Babylon which Isaiah the son of Amoz saw...

17 “Behold, I will stir up the Medes against them,

Who will not regard silver; And as for gold, they will not delight in it. 18 Also their bows will dash the young men to pieces, And they will have no pity on the fruit of the womb; Their eye will not spare children. 19 And Babylon, the glory of kingdoms, The beauty of the Chaldeans’ pride, Will be as when God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah. (Isaiah 13:1, 17-19)
11 Make the arrows bright! Gather the shields! The Lord has raised up the spirit of the kings of the Medes. For His plan is against Babylon to destroy it,
Because it is the vengeance of the Lord, The vengeance for His temple. (Jeremiah 51:11)

The fact that there are multiple kings of the Medes indicates that powers involved in this end time confederation represent multiple governments. This would seem to include Russia, Belarus, and likely Crimea, Donbas, and some others in Ukraine, some in Moldova, perhaps some from the nation of Georgia, and some in Iran, etc.
Anciently, “Darius the Mede” (Daniel 5:31) conquered old Babylon—modern "Medes" will help do the same to the end-time daughter of Babylon.

The following passages seem also to apply:

8 “Move from the midst of Babylon, Go out of the land of the Chaldeans; And be like the rams before the flocks. 9 For behold, I will raise and cause to come up against Babylon An assembly of great nations from the north country, And they shall array themselves against her; From there she shall be captured. Their arrows shall be like those of an expert warrior; None shall return in vain. (Jeremiah 50:8-9)

Those who believe the Bible should leave the midst of end-time Babylon by then. Certainly, the above “north country” includes Russia, but other passages clearly point to others from Asia being involved (Jeremiah 51:27-29).

Notice some of what will happen to the coming European Babylonian Beast power led by a power from the farthest parts of the earth (Russia is the nation that is the farthest east and close to being the farthest north nation):

22 Thus says the Lord: “Behold, a people comes from the north country, And a great nation will be raised from the farthest parts of the earth.
23 They will lay hold on bow and spear; They are cruel and have no mercy; Their voice roars like the sea; And they ride on horses, As men of war set in array against you, O daughter of Zion.”
24 We have heard the report of it; Our hands grow feeble. Anguish has taken hold of us, Pain as of a woman in labor. 25 Do not go out into the field, Nor walk by the way. Because of the sword of the enemy, Fear is on every side. 26 O daughter of my people, Dress in sackcloth And roll about in ashes! Make mourning as for an only son, most bitter lamentation; For the plunderer will suddenly come upon us. (Jeremiah 6:22-26)

41 “Behold, a people shall come from the north, And a great nation and many kings Shall be raised up from the ends of the earth. 42 They shall hold the bow and the lance; They are cruel and shall not show mercy. Their voice shall roar like the sea; They shall ride on horses, Set in array, like a man for the battle, Against you, O daughter of Babylon.
43 “The king of Babylon has heard the report about them, And his hands grow feeble; Anguish has taken hold of him, Pangs as of a woman in childbirth.  (Jeremiah 50:41-43)

The "great nation" from the "farthest parts of the earth" includes Russia. There are also nations that will be confederate with it. Those would also include China and other nations in Asia, and particularly in the Far East. The "Daughter of Babylon" Jeremiah referred to is not ancient Babylon, but the end-time European power. The "kings … from the ends of the earth" seem to include South Africa and India, which are BRICS nations which have also conducted military drills with Russia and China.

Some nations in South America may also be involved as they seem to be part of the "ends of the earth." Consider that Brazil and Russia already have a variety of military agreements. When the "daughter of Babylon" is in the process of falling, many will abandon supporting it. Jeremiah 50 is part of the second woe.

The second woe, according to scripture, ends 3 ½ days after the two witnesses are killed per Revelation 11:7-14. That is quickly followed by the third woe and the blowing of the 7th trumpet (Revelation 11:14-15).

Jesus returns with this trumpet (1 Thessalonians 4:16) which is also the last trumpet when Christians rise up (cf. 1 Corinthians 15:51-52). While that is comforting for Christians (1 Thessalonians 4:18), this angers the nations (Revelation 11:15-18).

So, the nations that gathered in Armageddon to fight the forces of the Beast, despite issues between them, will unite to fight Jesus, Himself! This is also described in Zechariah 14 and Joel 3.

The third woe releases the seven last plagues (Revelation 15:1), with victorious Christians then pictured on the sea of glass (Revelation 15:2).

During the third woe, when God sends corrective punishments, because the non-Christians refused to repent:

9 And men were scorched with great heat, and they blasphemed the name of God who has power over these plagues; and they did not repent and give Him glory. (Revelation 16:9)

Notice something else that happens during this third woe:

12 Then the sixth angel poured out his bowl on the great river Euphrates, and its water was dried up, so that the way of the kings from the east might be prepared. 13 And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs coming out of the mouth of the dragon, out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet. 14 For they are spirits of demons, performing signs, which go out to the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.

15 “Behold, I am coming as a thief. Blessed is he who watches, and keeps his garments, lest he walk naked and they see his shame.”

16 And they gathered them together to the place called in Hebrew, Armageddon. (Revelation 16:12-16)

Forces from Asia, Africa, Europe, Latin America, the Caribbean would be expected to gather related to ‘Armageddon’ as “the whole world” (Revelation 16:13-16) will be involved.

Furthermore, note that Armageddon is the gathering place, but is not shown to be where a major battle is about to take place.

This world's two great military powers -- ready to fight each other for world domination -- will be suddenly confronted by what they conceive to be, in their deceived minds, a common "enemy" -- the returning Jesus Christ!

"And the nations were angry..." declares Revelation 11:18. Men will not want to submit to God's rule! Instead, they will seek to destroy Jesus Christ — whom they will regard, falsely, as the Antichrist — and his angelic armies from heaven who accompany him to Jerusalem.

Instead of fighting each other, the Beast and the kings of the east will join forces — to "make war with the Lamb" (Rev. 17:14).

From the staging ground or mustering area of Armageddon the world's armies will move to confront Jesus Christ himself.

Where will that climactic battle be fought? … Joel 3:1-2, 9-14. … The battle, involving "all nations," will take place in the valley of Jehoshaphat! This deep valley or ravine borders Jerusalem on the east, between the city and the Mount of Olives … Today it is more commonly known as the Kidron Valley. (Stump K. Just What Do You Mean - ARMAGEDDON? Plaint Truth, June 1985)

As it turns out, Jehoshaphat means "Yahweh judged.” Anyway, the unrepentant nations of this world will be judged there by God for their rebellion and disobedience!

That said, why would various ones wrongly think that the returning Jesus is the final Antichrist? There are basically two reasons. The first is that the world, in general, does not know the beliefs of the original Christian church (details are in our free book, online at ccog.org, titled Beliefs of the Original Catholic Church: Could a remnant group have continuing apostolic succession?). Why would that matter? Well, there are numerous Greco-Roman Catholic writings that teach that the Antichrist will hold to those original beliefs (see also Do Certain Greco-Roman Catholic Prophecies About Antichrist Warn Against Jesus and the Church of God?).

The second is that there are Greco-Roman Catholic prophecies that teach that the Antichrist wins the battle associated with Armageddon. Notice two:

Venerable Maria of Agreda (died 1665) ... the kings will send armies to the Holy Land, but the Antichrist will slay them all.

Anne Catherine Emmerich (died 1824) ... Antichrist will fight a successful battle at Mageddo in Palestine after which seven rulers, from fear, will subject themselves to Antichrist and he will thereafter become lord of the world.

Hence, many will be deceived to fight against Jesus!

Going back to Revelation 16, we see that God will also issue corrective punishment to nearly all of humanity after Babylon (the European Empire) falls:

17 Then the seventh angel poured out his bowl into the air, and a loud voice came out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, “It is done!” 18 And there were noises and thunderings and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake, such a mighty and great earthquake as had not occurred since men were on the earth. 19 Now the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell. And great Babylon was remembered before God, to give her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of His wrath. 20 Then every island fled away, and the mountains were not found. 21 And great hail from heaven fell upon men, each hailstone about the weight of a talent. Men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail, since that plague was exceedingly great (Revelation 16:17-21).

Notice that the islands are moved and mountains are basically gone sometime after God allows a massive earthquake. Islands and coastal regions will be filled with fearful people as the seas and the waves will roar per Jesus (Luke 21:25-26), before the islands fled (Isaiah 11:11 refers to remnants of people being on islands after this event, but likely most on them will die).

Sadly, the nations will be angry and fight against Jesus when He returns to set up the glorious kingdom of God:

16 And the twenty-four elders who sat before God on their thrones fell on their faces and worshiped God, 17 saying:

“We give You thanks, O Lord God Almighty, The One who is and who was and who is to come, Because You have taken Your great power and reigned. 18 The nations were angry, and Your wrath has come, And the time of the dead, that they should be judged, And that You should reward Your servants the prophets and the saints, And those who fear Your name, small and great, And should destroy those who destroy the earth.” (Revelation 11:16-18)

19:19 And I saw the beast, the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against Him who sat on the horse and against His army.  …
21 And the rest were killed with the sword which proceeded from the mouth of Him who sat on the horse. And all the birds were filled with their flesh. …
20:4 And I saw thrones, and they sat on them, and judgment was committed to them. Then I saw the souls of those who had been beheaded for their witness to Jesus and for the word of God, who had not worshiped the beast or his image, and had not received his mark on their foreheads or on their hands. And they lived and reigned with Christ for a thousand years. 5 But the rest of the dead did not live again until the thousand years were finished. (Revelation 19:19,21, 20:4-5a)

The Bible says Jesus will save the world when He establishes the Kingdom of God (2 Timothy 4:1; 1 Corinthians 15:24, 50). Otherwise, all flesh would be destroyed (Matthew 24:22).

Notice the following:

11 For as the sash clings to the waist of a man, so I have caused the whole house of Israel and the whole house of Judah to cling to Me,’ says the Lord, ‘that they may become My people, for renown, for praise, and for glory; but they would not hear.’ (Jeremiah 13:11)

God wants all humans, everywhere to repent (Acts 17:30), but the bulk of the tribes of Israel have been unwilling to do so.

Those nations who gathered at Armageddon, will fight against Jesus and be defeated (Revelation 19:11-21).

Towards the end of that battle, the following happens to the King of the North Beast and the Antichrist False Prophet:

11:34

45 And he shall plant the tents of his palace between the seas and the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and no one will help him. (Daniel 11:45)

Notice further from the Book of Revelation:

20 Then the beast was captured, and with him the false prophet who worked signs in his presence, by which he deceived those who received the mark of the beast and those who worshiped his image. These two were cast alive into the lake of fire burning with brimstone. (Revelation 19:20)

Jesus will come to then establish the millennial kingdom of God on the earth (Revelation 11:15; see also Did The Early Church Teach Millenarianism?).

That is very good news.

That being said, after the coming millennial reign, God has a glorious and fantastic plan for the vast bulk of humanity that will “live again” in the age to come (cf. Hebrews 6:5, see also the free ebook: Universal OFFER of Salvation, Apokatastasis: Can God save the lost in an age to come? Hundreds of scriptures reveal God’s plan of salvation ). This will benefit those of the whole house of Israel as well as Gentiles.

God’s plan of salvation includes people of all races and ethnicities (Luke 13:29; cf. Revelation 7:9). It is not limited to descendants of Israel or any other ethnicity (cf. Colossians 3:11).

Chapter 12

Now to chapter 12.

12:1a

1 "At that time Michael shall stand up, The great prince who stands watch over the sons of your people;

1b And there shall be a time of trouble, Such as never was since there was a nation, Even to that time.

The above is referring to the Great Tribulation as Jesus said:

21 For then there will be great tribulation, such as has not been since the beginning of the world until this time, no, nor ever shall be. 22 And unless those days were shortened, no flesh would be saved; but for the elect's sake those days will be shortened. (Matthew 24:21-22)

12:1c

1c And at that time your people shall be delivered, Every one who is found written in the book.

At that time--At the same time as the events of 11:35. This looks like the time the faithful Christians are fleeing (cf. Revelation 12:14-16).

12:2

2 And many of those who sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, Some to everlasting life, Some to shame and everlasting contempt.

That will take place in the resurrections of Revelation 20:4,5,13-14.

12:3a

3 Those who are wise shall shine Like the brightness of the firmament,

The wise are the faithful ones from this age and the converts in the age to come. Those who rise to eternal life will each give love in their own unique way to make eternity better for themselves and everyone else. See also the free ebook: The MYSTERY of GOD’s PLAN: Why Did God Create Anything? Why Did God Make You?

12:3b

3b And those who turn many to righteousness Like the stars forever and ever.

Should not that be YOUR goal now?

You need to become a Philadelphian Christian and support the Philadelphian work--see also Why is there a Philadelphian remnant of the true Christian Church of God?

Do not deceive yourself. The Apostle Paul wrote:

7 Do not be deceived, God is not mocked; for whatever a man sows, that he will also reap. 8 For he who sows to his flesh will of the flesh reap corruption, but he who sows to the Spirit will of the Spirit reap everlasting life. 9 And let us not grow weary while doing good, for in due season we shall reap if we do not lose heart. 10 Therefore, as we have opportunity, let us do good to all, especially to those who are of the household of faith. (Galatians 6:7-10)

And that is what we in the Continuing Church of God strive to do--which is part of why we also send a large amount of our income to support brethren in poorer regions of the world.

12:4

4 "But you, Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book until the time of the end; many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall increase."

The above is certainly a prophecy that has fulfilled in modern times with automobiles, airplanes, and even space ships related to travel.

Knowledge was to increase in the last days.

The last days did NOT end in the 20th century, but will in the 21st century--computers and artificial intelligence (when used properly) assist with that..

Herbert Armstrong wrote:

In these last days, according to biblical prophecy, knowledge, spiritual as well as material, was to be increased. The true Church of God was to be set back on the track, restoring the glorious knowledge of the faith once delivered to the saints in the days of the original apostles. (Armstrong HW. Mystery of the Ages, 1985)

Notice Herbert Armstrong believed that knowledge of church history and spiritual knowledge (which would included, for example, dreams and prophecies from God) would need to be increased in the last days--this has happened in the CCOG in the 21st century!

Herbert Armstrong also wrote:

God ..., He has always carried out through one man. ... God chose ONE MAN, Samuel, by whom GOD would rule this people. ... 70 years after Judah's captivity, to build a second temple, replacing Solomon's temple. And even then, one man, Zerubbabel, was governor and leader. We come to the time of Jesus, the Christ. Jesus chose 12 to become His first apostles — but ONE MAN, Peter, was unquestionably the leader. ... The Philadelphia era was to take on new life, vigor and vitality, restoring truths that had been lost. Again God raised up one man through whom the living Christ would work. ... ALWAYS God, in using MAN, has dealt through ONE MAN at a time. (Armstrong HW. The History of the Beginning and Growth of the Worldwide Church of God - Chapter 1. Good News, April 1980)

The restoration of lost truths has been happening.

Consider that restoration of truth was a reason that the old WCG taught that Philadelphia was raised up to do:

This Philadelphia era has been raised up to do the work of Elijah in preparation of "restoring all things" (Matt. 17:11). (Waterhouse G. Enlist in the Army of God. Good News, June-July 1979)

While in the 20th century, the old Worldwide Church of God tied Daniel 12:4 to restored doctrines (This is the Worldwide Church of God. Worldwide Church of God, booklet, 1972), we are further in the last days and more was to be restored in the 21st century--and we have been doing that. For details, check out the article: Continuing Church of God, Elijah, and Restoring All Things.

12:5

5 Then I, Daniel, looked; and there stood two others, one on this riverbank and the other on that riverbank. 6 And one said to the man clothed in linen, who was above the waters of the river, "How long shall the fulfillment of these wonders be?"

7 Then I heard the man clothed in linen, who was above the waters of the river, when he held up his right hand and his left hand to heaven, and swore by Him who lives forever, that it shall be for a time, times, and half a time; and when the power of the holy people has been completely shattered, all these things shall be finished.

Notice that the power of the holy people will be shattered. That is related to the persecutions of the Philadelphians in Daniel 11:29-35 and 7:25a. It also ties in with the fulfillment of Matthew 24:14-15:

14 And this gospel of the kingdom will be preached in all the world as a witness to all the nations, and then the end will come.

15 "Therefore when you see the 'abomination of desolation,' spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing in the holy place" (whoever reads, let him understand), (Matthew 24:14-15)

It is the Philadelphian Christians that lead the fulfillment of Matthew 24:14 and will know when to flee per verse 15. The prophetic reality is that while many non-Philadelphians think they will know when to flee--they will not. Jesus warns that most think they are fine when they are not per Revelation 3:14-21. For specific prophetic reasons that most will wrongly rely on--which is part of why they will not flee--is found in the article: Do You Hold to Any of These Laodicean Prophetic Errors?

Furthermore, the non-fleeing Christians will be "shattered" shortly thereafter per Daniel 7:25b and Revelation 13:

7 It was granted to him to make war with the saints and to overcome them. (Revelation 13:7)

12:8

8 Although I heard, I did not understand. Then I said, "My lord, what shall be the end of these things?"

Notice even though Daniel was prophet of God, he did not understand.

Later, the Apostle Paul made it clear that there were things he did not understand:

12 For now we see in a mirror, dimly, but then face to face. Now I know in part, but then I shall know just as I also am known.

13 And now abide faith, hope, love, these three; but the greatest of these is love. (1 Corinthians 13:12-13)

Yes, we need to abide in faith, hope, and love. So, while we in the Continuing Church of God have more understanding (cf. Psalm 119:99), there are still many things we do not fully understand, and many that we will not understand until after the first resurrection.

Yet:

19 We have also a more sure word of prophecy; whereunto ye do well that ye take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a dark place, until the day dawn, and the day star arise in your hearts: (2 Peter 1:19, KJV)

In case you have doubts, please check out the article: Do You Hold to Any of These Laodicean Prophetic Errors?

12:9

9 And he said, "Go your way, Daniel, for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end. 10 Many shall be purified, made white, and refined, but the wicked shall do wickedly; and none of the wicked shall understand, but the wise shall understand.

The Philadelphian Christians are the wisest in the end of this age.

12:11

11 "And from the time that the daily sacrifice is taken away, and the abomination of desolation is set up, there shall be one thousand two hundred and ninety days. 12 Blessed is he who waits, and comes to the one thousand three hundred and thirty-five days.

In Revelation we also read:

2 But leave out the court which is outside the temple, and do not measure it, for it has been given to the Gentiles. And they will tread the holy city underfoot for forty-two months.
3 And I will give power to my two witnesses, and they will prophesy one thousand two hundred and sixty days, clothed in sackcloth (Revelation 11:2-3)

5 And he was given a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies, and he was given authority to continue for forty-two months. 6 Then he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme His name, His tabernacle, and those who dwell in heaven. (Revelation 13:5-6)

Note that 42 months, 1260 days, and a time, times, and half a time all point to the same amount of time.

Now, what about these 1290 and 1335 days? There is also

Here is some of what Herbert W. Armstrong taught about the beginning of the 1260, 1290, and 1335 days:

And the abomination that maketh desolate set up.” What is this abomination? This refers to Daniel 11:31 and Matthew 24:15…From this time (Daniel 12:11) to Christ’s coming will be 1290 days. Now, verse 12, “Blessed is he that waiteth, and comes to the 1335 days.” Never before have we understood these periods of 1260, 1290. and 1335 days. But it seems evident, now, a blessing is pronounced on us–GOD”S CHURCH–who wait and endure until the 1335 days–approximately 1335 days prior to Christ’s coming. But since no one can know the day or hour of His coming, we probably shall not be able to know the exact day this 1335 days begins. But apparently that is the time when OUR WORK SHALL END. That will be a time when the UNITED Europe shall appear–the revival of the medieval “Holy Roman Empire.” (Armstrong HW. Personal. Good News magazine January 1980).

The organized work of proclamation has not stopped. The abomination of desolation has not been set up. The 1335 days have not begun--but that is expected to start relatively soon!

As his writing above shows, Herbert W. Armstrong clearly wrote that there would be a future fulfillment of Daniel 11:31 and other verses in Daniel. And as the above shows, he taught that something would afflict the Church/work forty-five days prior to Daniel 11:31. And that around when the revival of the “Holy Roman Empire”–which scripture shows will be led by the King of the North–will occur and the 1335 days will begin (which is apparently 75 days prior to the start of the Great Tribulation). Hence those writings support the idea of looking at the few verses prior to Daniel 11:31 to see what might stop the work, and that is consistent with the intent of what he wrote. In addition, Matthew 24:14, which comes just before Matthew 24:15, states that the gospel will be preached and then the end will come, thus this is another reason why confirmation for the organized work ending should be found prior to Daniel 11:31 or perhaps Daniel 11:33 as many will be reached then. The formation of that revival of the ‘Holy Roman Empire’ will occur once Europe reorganizes and gives power to the Beast (Revelation 17:12-13)–that has not happened yet (see also Must the Ten Kings of Revelation 17:12 Rule over Ten Currently Existing Nations? and The European Union and the Seven Kings of Revelation 17).

Because the 1290 days starts with Daniel 11:31, the 1335 days must begin prior to that, such as in Daniel 11:28 or 11:30–a time of persecution for the Philadelphians. The basic understanding that the old WCG had was that the Philadelphian Christians may have up to 75 days notice that the Great Tribulation would start, and that they would need to flee per Revelation 12:14-16. The idea is/was that one would wait 1335 days, as Daniel 12 states, that being 1260 days in a place of safety plus the 75 days prior (1260 + 75 = 1335). And essentially a famine of the word would occur.

12:13

13 "But you, go your way till the end; for you shall rest, and will arise to your inheritance at the end of the days."

So, we see that the last verse in Daniel points to him resting until what the Book of Revelation refers to as the first resurrection, which essentially starts the millennium.

That is part of the good news of the coming Kingdom of God.

Concluding Comments

The Book of Daniel has had numerous prophecies fulfilled.

Numerous more will be fulfilled.

Because of this, anti-biblical critics do not want to accept that it was written in the 6th century B.C.--they claim it was written in the 2nd or 1st century BCE.

Yet, the fact that Daniel 5:30–31 mentions Belshazzar as the final king of Babylon, a detail that was not widely known in later periods until cuneiform records like the Nabonidus Chronicle were rediscovered in 1879. But the writer in the Book of Daniel knew that. This, therefore, is additional evidence that Daniel was written in the 6th century BCE. as no one in the 2nd century A.D. would have likely had access to that.

Consider that the Dead Sea Scrolls were NOT the original manuscripts. While most of the Dead Sea Scrolls were written in Hebrew, a portion related to Daniel was written in Greek--specifically Scroll 4Q114. Anyway the Dead Sea Scrolls are translations and/or otherwise based on the original manuscripts. Scroll 4Q114 may have come from the 3rd century BCE--well before the arrival of Antiochus Epiphanes.

Additionally, notice the view of Dr. John Oakes:

The evidence of the language of the book leads to the conclusion that it was written in the fifth century BC plus or minus a century.  That is a fairly broad range.  In other words, the Aramaic and Hebrew in the book, according to the experts, is from somewhere between roughly 350 and 600 BC.  Some would give an earlier date, some later.  Only the liberals who have a preconceived notion give a later date, but when I look at their arguments their bias is so obvious it can be discounted.  Other evidence puts the book pre-300 BC.  This includes the inclusion of Daniel in the Greek Septuagint translation (made by about 180 BC, and probably earlier) as well as the discovery of fragements of Daniel in the Dead Sea Scrolls.  This evidence puts Daniel in the Hebrew canon of scripture certainly by 200 BC, and very likely much earlier.  Given the time for a book to be accepted as inspired, one can say with confidence that the book was written before 300 BC, and very likely much earlier.

The physical evidence for Daniel being written after 160 BC is completely missing in my opinion.  The reason people believe it was written so late is principally because of the ridiculous accuracy of the book’s statements about the career of the Ptolemies, the Seleucids and of course of Antiochus Epiphanes.  They simply HAVE to assume the book was written after these events or their pre-conceived notion that the Bible is NOT inspired by God falls apart. (What evidence do we have that the book of Daniel was written in the 600s BC, and what evidence is used for a later date of composition, after the time of Antiochus Epiphanes? Posted on September 21, 2008 by Dr. John Oakes https://evidenceforchristianity.org/what-evidence-do-we-have-that-the-book-of-daniel-was-written-in-the-600s-bc-and-what-evidence-is-used-for-a-later-date-of-composition-after-the-time-of-antiochus-epiphanes/)

The Bible can be relied upon.

The Book of Daniel teaches us that we are to have faith when persecuted, practice our faith even when government officials forbid it, that we should pray and fast, that God loves us and intervenes, that God sets up rulers, that biblical prophecies have been confirmed, that other biblical prophecies will come to pass, and that the faithful have a glorious eternal life ahead of them if we endure to the end.

Back to home page

Thiel B. Comments of Daniel. (c) 2025 COGwriter https://www.cogwriter.com/daniel.htm